Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2199/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 & Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2199/ en-US All rights reserved Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:28:16 GMT Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:28:16 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2199/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2199/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2199/ thebookvoice.com no Michel Bosco bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2199/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 & Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essai sur les femmes Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Philosophe allemand, Arthur Schopenhauer expose sa philosophie, très tôt élaborée, dans son ouvrage majeur Le Monde comme volonté et représentation (1819) où il énonce que : "La volonté singulière d'un individu n'a qu'une existence illusoire, elle est de toutes parts immergée dans le jeu infini et absurde d'une réalité qui la dépasse et finit par la détruire". Pour éteindre cette volonté, Arthur Schopenhauer propose l'abolition des désirs avec l'art qui permet l'évasion de la vie, la morale pour se délivrer de l'égoïsme et l'ascétisme inspiré du bouddhisme. Sa philosophie a eu une influence importante sur certains écrivains, philosophes ou artistes du XIXe et XXe siècle (Friedrich Nietzsche, Sigmund Freud, Thomas Mann, Fedor Dostoïevski ou encore de nos jours Michel Houellebecq). Schopenhauer est un maître du genre des petits textes pittoresques en marge de son œuvre monumentale de philosophe consacré. D'un côté, le très sérieux philosophe du Monde comme volonté et comme représentation, de l'autre le philosophe drolatique et sarcastique dont l'Essai sur les femmes constitue un morceau de choix. » Ce qui rend les femmes particulièrement aptes à soigner, à élever notre première enfance, c'est qu'elles restent elles-mêmes puériles, futiles et bornées; elles demeurent toute leur vie de grandes enfants, une sorte d'intermédiaire entre l'enfant et l'homme. " Délicieusement misogyne ? A vous d'en juger ! Schopenhauer critique les femmes de manière métaphysique : les femmes, par l'attrait sexuel dont elles sont l'objet, assujettissent l'homme à l'espèce et sont ainsi l'instinct pur, la volonté de volonté. Schopenhauer, avec Socrate, est le philosophe le plus virulent à l'égard des femmes. Arthur Schopenhauer Wed, 31 Dec 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279311 thebookvoice.com 0:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essai sur les femmes Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Philosophe allemand, Arthur Schopenhauer expose sa philosophie, très tôt élaborée, dans son ouvrage majeur Le Monde comme volonté et représentation (1819) où il énonce que : "La volonté singulière d'un individu n'a qu'une existence illusoire, elle est de toutes parts immergée dans le jeu infini et absurde d'une réalité qui la dépasse et finit par la détruire". Pour éteindre cette volonté, Arthur Schopenhauer propose l'abolition des désirs avec l'art qui permet l'évasion de la vie, la morale pour se délivrer de l'égoïsme et l'ascétisme inspiré du bouddhisme. Sa philosophie a eu une influence importante sur certains écrivains, philosophes ou artistes du XIXe et XXe siècle (Friedrich Nietzsche, Sigmund Freud, Thomas Mann, Fedor Dostoïevski ou encore de nos jours Michel Houellebecq). Schopenhauer est un maître du genre des petits textes pittoresques en marge de son œuvre monumentale de philosophe consacré. D'un côté, le très sérieux philosophe du Monde comme volonté et comme représentation, de l'autre le philosophe drolatique et sarcastique dont l'Essai sur les femmes constitue un morceau de choix. » Ce qui rend les femmes particulièrement aptes à soigner, à élever notre première enfance, c'est qu'elles restent elles-mêmes puériles, futiles et bornées; elles demeurent toute leur vie de grandes enfants, une sorte d'intermédiaire entre l'enfant et l'homme. " Délicieusement misogyne ? A vous d'en juger ! Schopenhauer critique les femmes de manière métaphysique : les femmes, par l'attrait sexuel dont elles sont l'objet, assujettissent l'homme à l'espèce et sont ainsi l'instinct pur, la volonté de volonté. Schopenhauer, avec Socrate, est le philosophe le plus virulent à l'égard des femmes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essai sur les femmes Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Philosophe allemand, Arthur Schopenhauer expose sa philosophie, très tôt élaborée, dans son ouvrage majeur Le Monde comme volonté et représentation (1819) où il énonce que : "La volonté singulière d'un individu n'a qu'une existence illusoire, elle est de toutes parts immergée dans le jeu infini et absurde d'une réalité qui la dépasse et finit par la détruire". Pour éteindre cette volonté, Arthur Schopenhauer propose l'abolition des désirs avec l'art qui permet l'évasion de la vie, la morale pour se délivrer de l'égoïsme et l'ascétisme inspiré du bouddhisme. Sa philosophie a eu une influence importante sur certains écrivains, philosophes ou artistes du XIXe et XXe siècle (Friedrich Nietzsche, Sigmund Freud, Thomas Mann, Fedor Dostoïevski ou encore de nos jours Michel Houellebecq). Schopenhauer est un maître du genre des petits textes pittoresques en marge de son œuvre monumentale de philosophe consacré. D'un côté, le très sérieux philosophe du Monde comme volonté et comme représentation, de l'autre le philosophe drolatique et sarcastique dont l'Essai sur les femmes constitue un morceau de choix. » Ce qui rend les femmes particulièrement aptes à soigner, à élever notre première enfance, c'est qu'elles restent elles-mêmes puériles, futiles et bornées; elles demeurent toute leur vie de grandes enfants, une sorte d'intermédiaire entre l'enfant et l'homme. " Délicieusement misogyne ? A vous d'en juger ! Schopenhauer critique les femmes de manière métaphysique : les femmes, par l'attrait sexuel dont elles sont l'objet, assujettissent l'homme à l'espèce et sont ainsi l'instinct pur, la volonté de volonté. Schopenhauer, avec Socrate, est le philosophe le plus virulent à l'égard des femmes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'être heureux Author: Epicure Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: La Lettre à Ménécée est une lettre écrite par le philosophe Épicure à son disciple Ménécée. Le texte résume la doctrine éthique d'Épicure et propose une méthode pour atteindre le bonheur, en même temps qu'elle en précise les conditions. Avec la Lettre à Hérodote et la Lettre à Pythoclès, la Lettre à Ménécée fait partie des rares textes d'Épicure qui sont parvenus jusqu'aux temps modernes. Jusqu'à la publication en 1888 de maximes issues d'un manuscrit du Vatican, la retranscription de Diogène Laërce constitue l'intégral du corpus attribué à Épicure. La Lettre à Ménécée est ainsi l'une des seules sources concernant la pensée d'Épicure sur les sujets dont elle traite, la plupart des œuvres de l'auteur ayant été perdues. Épicure annonce que la philosophie est la médecine de l'âme, et qu'on peut la pratiquer à tout âge. Il propose également un quadruple remède pour se soigner des maux de la condition humaine, à savoir : Les dieux ne sont pas à craindre, La mort n'est pas à craindre, On peut atteindre le bonheur, On peut supprimer la douleur. Des principes de vie pour être heureux qui si sont toujours aussi pertinents aujourd'hui. Epicure Wed, 31 Dec 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279310 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'être heureux Author: Epicure Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: La Lettre à Ménécée est une lettre écrite par le philosophe Épicure à son disciple Ménécée. Le texte résume la doctrine éthique d'Épicure et propose une méthode pour atteindre le bonheur, en même temps qu'elle en précise les conditions. Avec la Lettre à Hérodote et la Lettre à Pythoclès, la Lettre à Ménécée fait partie des rares textes d'Épicure qui sont parvenus jusqu'aux temps modernes. Jusqu'à la publication en 1888 de maximes issues d'un manuscrit du Vatican, la retranscription de Diogène Laërce constitue l'intégral du corpus attribué à Épicure. La Lettre à Ménécée est ainsi l'une des seules sources concernant la pensée d'Épicure sur les sujets dont elle traite, la plupart des œuvres de l'auteur ayant été perdues. Épicure annonce que la philosophie est la médecine de l'âme, et qu'on peut la pratiquer à tout âge. Il propose également un quadruple remède pour se soigner des maux de la condition humaine, à savoir : Les dieux ne sont pas à craindre, La mort n'est pas à craindre, On peut atteindre le bonheur, On peut supprimer la douleur. Des principes de vie pour être heureux qui si sont toujours aussi pertinents aujourd'hui. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'être heureux Author: Epicure Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: La Lettre à Ménécée est une lettre écrite par le philosophe Épicure à son disciple Ménécée. Le texte résume la doctrine éthique d'Épicure et propose une méthode pour atteindre le bonheur, en même temps qu'elle en précise les conditions. Avec la Lettre à Hérodote et la Lettre à Pythoclès, la Lettre à Ménécée fait partie des rares textes d'Épicure qui sont parvenus jusqu'aux temps modernes. Jusqu'à la publication en 1888 de maximes issues d'un manuscrit du Vatican, la retranscription de Diogène Laërce constitue l'intégral du corpus attribué à Épicure. La Lettre à Ménécée est ainsi l'une des seules sources concernant la pensée d'Épicure sur les sujets dont elle traite, la plupart des œuvres de l'auteur ayant été perdues. Épicure annonce que la philosophie est la médecine de l'âme, et qu'on peut la pratiquer à tout âge. Il propose également un quadruple remède pour se soigner des maux de la condition humaine, à savoir : Les dieux ne sont pas à craindre, La mort n'est pas à craindre, On peut atteindre le bonheur, On peut supprimer la douleur. Des principes de vie pour être heureux qui si sont toujours aussi pertinents aujourd'hui. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'avoir toujours raison Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'avoir toujours raison (titre d'origine : « La Dialectique éristique » ) est un petit traité pratique et humoristique de mauvaise foi : de façon à la fois sarcastique et pragmatique, Schopenhauer y expose une série de stratagèmes permettant de l'emporter lors de controverses, indépendamment de la vérité du point de vue que l'on soutient. Ce travail qu'il considère comme le premier essai d'une « dialectique scientifique » n'ayant pas d'équivalent à son époque a aussi pour but de bien distinguer ces stratagèmes afin de pouvoir les dénoncer. Arthur Schopenhauer Wed, 31 Dec 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279307 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'avoir toujours raison Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'avoir toujours raison (titre d'origine : « La Dialectique éristique » ) est un petit traité pratique et humoristique de mauvaise foi : de façon à la fois sarcastique et pragmatique, Schopenhauer y expose une série de stratagèmes permettant de l'emporter lors de controverses, indépendamment de la vérité du point de vue que l'on soutient. Ce travail qu'il considère comme le premier essai d'une « dialectique scientifique » n'ayant pas d'équivalent à son époque a aussi pour but de bien distinguer ces stratagèmes afin de pouvoir les dénoncer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'avoir toujours raison Author: Arthur Schopenhauer Narrator: Nicolas Planchais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'avoir toujours raison (titre d'origine : « La Dialectique éristique » ) est un petit traité pratique et humoristique de mauvaise foi : de façon à la fois sarcastique et pragmatique, Schopenhauer y expose une série de stratagèmes permettant de l'emporter lors de controverses, indépendamment de la vérité du point de vue que l'on soutient. Ce travail qu'il considère comme le premier essai d'une « dialectique scientifique » n'ayant pas d'équivalent à son époque a aussi pour but de bien distinguer ces stratagèmes afin de pouvoir les dénoncer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'aimer Author: Ovide Narrator: Jean Marc Tennberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'aimer est une œuvre en vers du poète latin Ovide parue autour de l'an 1. Elle se veut une initiation à l'art de l'amour et surtout de la séduction. Avec le Kama-Sutra, le Satyricon, ou encore La Prairie parfumée, L'Art d'aimer est l'un des textes érotiques les plus connus au monde. L'ouvrage est divisé en trois Livres. Le premier enseigne aux hommes à séduire les femmes. Le deuxième Livre apprend à transformer sa conquête en amour durable. Le dernier Livre s'adresse aux femmes, et prodigue les conseils pour séduire et conserver la relation : coiffure, habillement, maquillage, attitudes et jeux d'ombre qui mettent en valeur, y compris pendant l'acte amoureux. Ovide Wed, 31 Dec 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279298 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'aimer Author: Ovide Narrator: Jean Marc Tennberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'aimer est une œuvre en vers du poète latin Ovide parue autour de l'an 1. Elle se veut une initiation à l'art de l'amour et surtout de la séduction. Avec le Kama-Sutra, le Satyricon, ou encore La Prairie parfumée, L'Art d'aimer est l'un des textes érotiques les plus connus au monde. L'ouvrage est divisé en trois Livres. Le premier enseigne aux hommes à séduire les femmes. Le deuxième Livre apprend à transformer sa conquête en amour durable. Le dernier Livre s'adresse aux femmes, et prodigue les conseils pour séduire et conserver la relation : coiffure, habillement, maquillage, attitudes et jeux d'ombre qui mettent en valeur, y compris pendant l'acte amoureux. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: L'art d'aimer Author: Ovide Narrator: Jean Marc Tennberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: L'Art d'aimer est une œuvre en vers du poète latin Ovide parue autour de l'an 1. Elle se veut une initiation à l'art de l'amour et surtout de la séduction. Avec le Kama-Sutra, le Satyricon, ou encore La Prairie parfumée, L'Art d'aimer est l'un des textes érotiques les plus connus au monde. L'ouvrage est divisé en trois Livres. Le premier enseigne aux hommes à séduire les femmes. Le deuxième Livre apprend à transformer sa conquête en amour durable. Le dernier Livre s'adresse aux femmes, et prodigue les conseils pour séduire et conserver la relation : coiffure, habillement, maquillage, attitudes et jeux d'ombre qui mettent en valeur, y compris pendant l'acte amoureux. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking God: Philosophers on Belief Author: Gary Gutting Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through interviews with twelve distinguished philosophers-including atheists, agnostics, and believers-Talking God works toward a philosophical understanding and evaluation of religion. Along the way, Gary Gutting and his interviewees challenge many common assumptions about religious beliefs. As tensions simmer, and often explode, between the secular and the religious forces in modern life, the big questions about human belief press ever more urgently. Where does belief, or its lack, originate? How can we understand and appreciate religious traditions different from our own? Featuring conversations with twelve skeptics, atheists, agnostics, and believers-including Alvin Plantinga, Philip Kitcher, Michael Ruse, and John Caputo-Talking God offers new perspectives on religion, including the challenge to believers from evolution, cutting-edge physics and cosmology; arguments both for and against atheism; and meditations on the value of secular humanism and faith in the modern world. Experts offer insights on Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism, as well as Judaism and Christianity. Topical and illuminating, Talking God gives readers a deeper understanding of faith today and how philosophers understand it. Gary Gutting Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278699 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking God: Philosophers on Belief Author: Gary Gutting Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through interviews with twelve distinguished philosophers-including atheists, agnostics, and believers-Talking God works toward a philosophical understanding and evaluation of religion. Along the way, Gary Gutting and his interviewees challenge many common assumptions about religious beliefs. As tensions simmer, and often explode, between the secular and the religious forces in modern life, the big questions about human belief press ever more urgently. Where does belief, or its lack, originate? How can we understand and appreciate religious traditions different from our own? Featuring conversations with twelve skeptics, atheists, agnostics, and believers-including Alvin Plantinga, Philip Kitcher, Michael Ruse, and John Caputo-Talking God offers new perspectives on religion, including the challenge to believers from evolution, cutting-edge physics and cosmology; arguments both for and against atheism; and meditations on the value of secular humanism and faith in the modern world. Experts offer insights on Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism, as well as Judaism and Christianity. Topical and illuminating, Talking God gives readers a deeper understanding of faith today and how philosophers understand it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking God: Philosophers on Belief Author: Gary Gutting Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through interviews with twelve distinguished philosophers-including atheists, agnostics, and believers-Talking God works toward a philosophical understanding and evaluation of religion. Along the way, Gary Gutting and his interviewees challenge many common assumptions about religious beliefs. As tensions simmer, and often explode, between the secular and the religious forces in modern life, the big questions about human belief press ever more urgently. Where does belief, or its lack, originate? How can we understand and appreciate religious traditions different from our own? Featuring conversations with twelve skeptics, atheists, agnostics, and believers-including Alvin Plantinga, Philip Kitcher, Michael Ruse, and John Caputo-Talking God offers new perspectives on religion, including the challenge to believers from evolution, cutting-edge physics and cosmology; arguments both for and against atheism; and meditations on the value of secular humanism and faith in the modern world. Experts offer insights on Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism, as well as Judaism and Christianity. Topical and illuminating, Talking God gives readers a deeper understanding of faith today and how philosophers understand it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderland: How Play Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A house of wonders itself. . . . Wonderland inspires grins and well-what-d'ya-knows” —The New York Times Book Review From the New York Times–bestselling author of How We Got to Now and Extra Life, a look at the world-changing innovations we made while keeping ourselves entertained. This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused.    Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows.     In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun. Steven Johnson Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275944 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderland: How Play Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A house of wonders itself. . . . Wonderland inspires grins and well-what-d'ya-knows” —The New York Times Book Review From the New York Times–bestselling author of How We Got to Now and Extra Life, a look at the world-changing innovations we made while keeping ourselves entertained. This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused.    Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows.     In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderland: How Play Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A house of wonders itself. . . . Wonderland inspires grins and well-what-d'ya-knows” —The New York Times Book Review From the New York Times–bestselling author of How We Got to Now and Extra Life, a look at the world-changing innovations we made while keeping ourselves entertained. This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused.    Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows.     In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought from Descartes to Rousseau. Anthony Gottlieb Tue, 01 Nov 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275889 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought from Descartes to Rousseau. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought from Descartes to Rousseau. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275546 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ramayana: A New Retelling of Valmiki's Ancient Epic--Complete and Comprehensive Author: Kumuda Reddy, Linda Egenes Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A delightfully straightforward and lyrical retelling of the ancient Indian epic of loyalty, betrayal, redemption, and insight into the true nature of life -- one of history's most sacred ethical works, rendered with completeness and sterling accuracy for the modern reader or listener. Here is one of the world's most hallowed works of sacred literature, the grand, sweeping epic of the divine bowman and warrior Rama and his struggles with evil, power, duplicity, and avarice. The Ramayana is one of the foundations of world literature and one of humanity's most ancient and treasured ethical and spiritual works. Includes an introduction by scholar Michael Sternfeld. Kumuda Reddy, Linda Egenes Sat, 01 Oct 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275546 thebookvoice.com 15:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ramayana: A New Retelling of Valmiki's Ancient Epic--Complete and Comprehensive Author: Kumuda Reddy, Linda Egenes Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A delightfully straightforward and lyrical retelling of the ancient Indian epic of loyalty, betrayal, redemption, and insight into the true nature of life -- one of history's most sacred ethical works, rendered with completeness and sterling accuracy for the modern reader or listener. Here is one of the world's most hallowed works of sacred literature, the grand, sweeping epic of the divine bowman and warrior Rama and his struggles with evil, power, duplicity, and avarice. The Ramayana is one of the foundations of world literature and one of humanity's most ancient and treasured ethical and spiritual works. Includes an introduction by scholar Michael Sternfeld. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ramayana: A New Retelling of Valmiki's Ancient Epic--Complete and Comprehensive Author: Kumuda Reddy, Linda Egenes Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A delightfully straightforward and lyrical retelling of the ancient Indian epic of loyalty, betrayal, redemption, and insight into the true nature of life -- one of history's most sacred ethical works, rendered with completeness and sterling accuracy for the modern reader or listener. Here is one of the world's most hallowed works of sacred literature, the grand, sweeping epic of the divine bowman and warrior Rama and his struggles with evil, power, duplicity, and avarice. The Ramayana is one of the foundations of world literature and one of humanity's most ancient and treasured ethical and spiritual works. Includes an introduction by scholar Michael Sternfeld. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275381 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Come and Take It: The Gun Printer's Guide to Thinking Free Author: Cody Wilson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A startling philosophical manifesto for the twenty-first century on freedom of information, Come and Take It is the controversial yet thrilling story of the first ever-3D printable gun, developed by self-described crypto-anarchist and rogue thinker Cody Wilson. In Defense Distributed, Cody Wilson’s employees worked against all odds to defend liberty and the right to access arms through the production of 3D printed firearms. Now, Wilson crafts a unique and critical guide through the digital revolution and follows a group of digital radicals as they navigate political subterfuge—deflecting interference from the State Department and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives—to create a technological miracle, against all odds. Harkening to both Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance and The Anarchist Cookbook, Come and Take It combines elements of a modern-day thriller with a fascinating philosophical treatise, and Wilson paints a scathing and timely portrait of an ideologically polarized America and his own struggle in the fight for liberty. Cody Wilson Tue, 11 Oct 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275381 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Come and Take It: The Gun Printer's Guide to Thinking Free Author: Cody Wilson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A startling philosophical manifesto for the twenty-first century on freedom of information, Come and Take It is the controversial yet thrilling story of the first ever-3D printable gun, developed by self-described crypto-anarchist and rogue thinker Cody Wilson. In Defense Distributed, Cody Wilson’s employees worked against all odds to defend liberty and the right to access arms through the production of 3D printed firearms. Now, Wilson crafts a unique and critical guide through the digital revolution and follows a group of digital radicals as they navigate political subterfuge—deflecting interference from the State Department and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives—to create a technological miracle, against all odds. Harkening to both Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance and The Anarchist Cookbook, Come and Take It combines elements of a modern-day thriller with a fascinating philosophical treatise, and Wilson paints a scathing and timely portrait of an ideologically polarized America and his own struggle in the fight for liberty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Come and Take It: The Gun Printer's Guide to Thinking Free Author: Cody Wilson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A startling philosophical manifesto for the twenty-first century on freedom of information, Come and Take It is the controversial yet thrilling story of the first ever-3D printable gun, developed by self-described crypto-anarchist and rogue thinker Cody Wilson. In Defense Distributed, Cody Wilson’s employees worked against all odds to defend liberty and the right to access arms through the production of 3D printed firearms. Now, Wilson crafts a unique and critical guide through the digital revolution and follows a group of digital radicals as they navigate political subterfuge—deflecting interference from the State Department and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives—to create a technological miracle, against all odds. Harkening to both Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance and The Anarchist Cookbook, Come and Take It combines elements of a modern-day thriller with a fascinating philosophical treatise, and Wilson paints a scathing and timely portrait of an ideologically polarized America and his own struggle in the fight for liberty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Juniper: The Girl Who Was Born Too Soon Author: Kelley French, Thomas French Narrator: Kelley French, Thomas French Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A micro-preemie fights for survival in this extraordinary and gorgeously told memoir by her parents, both award-winning journalists. Juniper French was born four months early, at 23 weeks' gestation. She weighed 1 pound, 4 ounces, and her twiggy body was the length of a Barbie doll. Her head was smaller than a tennis ball, her skin was nearly translucent, and through her chest you could see her flickering heart. Babies like Juniper, born at the edge of viability, trigger the question: Which is the greater act of love -- to save her, or to let her go? Kelley and Thomas French chose to fight for Juniper's life, and this is their incredible tale. In one exquisite memoir, the authors explore the border between what is possible and what is right. They marvel at the science that conceived and sustained their daughter and the love that made the difference. They probe the bond between a mother and a baby, between a husband and a wife. They trace the journey of their family from its fragile beginning to the miraculous survival of their now thriving daughter. Kelley French, Thomas French Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274782 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Juniper: The Girl Who Was Born Too Soon Author: Kelley French, Thomas French Narrator: Kelley French, Thomas French Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A micro-preemie fights for survival in this extraordinary and gorgeously told memoir by her parents, both award-winning journalists. Juniper French was born four months early, at 23 weeks' gestation. She weighed 1 pound, 4 ounces, and her twiggy body was the length of a Barbie doll. Her head was smaller than a tennis ball, her skin was nearly translucent, and through her chest you could see her flickering heart. Babies like Juniper, born at the edge of viability, trigger the question: Which is the greater act of love -- to save her, or to let her go? Kelley and Thomas French chose to fight for Juniper's life, and this is their incredible tale. In one exquisite memoir, the authors explore the border between what is possible and what is right. They marvel at the science that conceived and sustained their daughter and the love that made the difference. They probe the bond between a mother and a baby, between a husband and a wife. They trace the journey of their family from its fragile beginning to the miraculous survival of their now thriving daughter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Juniper: The Girl Who Was Born Too Soon Author: Kelley French, Thomas French Narrator: Kelley French, Thomas French Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A micro-preemie fights for survival in this extraordinary and gorgeously told memoir by her parents, both award-winning journalists. Juniper French was born four months early, at 23 weeks' gestation. She weighed 1 pound, 4 ounces, and her twiggy body was the length of a Barbie doll. Her head was smaller than a tennis ball, her skin was nearly translucent, and through her chest you could see her flickering heart. Babies like Juniper, born at the edge of viability, trigger the question: Which is the greater act of love -- to save her, or to let her go? Kelley and Thomas French chose to fight for Juniper's life, and this is their incredible tale. In one exquisite memoir, the authors explore the border between what is possible and what is right. They marvel at the science that conceived and sustained their daughter and the love that made the difference. They probe the bond between a mother and a baby, between a husband and a wife. They trace the journey of their family from its fragile beginning to the miraculous survival of their now thriving daughter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Gorgias Author: Plato Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gorgias of Leontini, a famous teacher of rhetoric, has come to Athens to recruit students, promising to teach them how to become leaders in politics and business. A group has gathered at Callicles' house to hear Gorgias demonstrate the power of his art. This dialogue blends comic and serious discussion of the best life, providing a penetrating examination of ethics. Is it better to suffer evil or to do evil? Is it better to do something wrong and avoid being caught or to be caught and punished? Is pleasure the same as goodness? As the characters in the dialogue pursue these questions, the foundations of ethics and the nature of the good life come to light. © Agora Publications Plato Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274480 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Gorgias Author: Plato Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gorgias of Leontini, a famous teacher of rhetoric, has come to Athens to recruit students, promising to teach them how to become leaders in politics and business. A group has gathered at Callicles' house to hear Gorgias demonstrate the power of his art. This dialogue blends comic and serious discussion of the best life, providing a penetrating examination of ethics. Is it better to suffer evil or to do evil? Is it better to do something wrong and avoid being caught or to be caught and punished? Is pleasure the same as goodness? As the characters in the dialogue pursue these questions, the foundations of ethics and the nature of the good life come to light. © Agora Publications Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Gorgias Author: Plato Narrator: Ray Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gorgias of Leontini, a famous teacher of rhetoric, has come to Athens to recruit students, promising to teach them how to become leaders in politics and business. A group has gathered at Callicles' house to hear Gorgias demonstrate the power of his art. This dialogue blends comic and serious discussion of the best life, providing a penetrating examination of ethics. Is it better to suffer evil or to do evil? Is it better to do something wrong and avoid being caught or to be caught and punished? Is pleasure the same as goodness? As the characters in the dialogue pursue these questions, the foundations of ethics and the nature of the good life come to light. © Agora Publications https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crash Detectives: Investigating the World's Most Mysterious Air Disasters Author: Christine Negroni Narrator: Christine Negroni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Negroni is a talented aviation journalist who clearly understands the critically important part the human factor plays in aviation safety.” —Captain Chesley “Sully” Sullenberger, pilot of US Airways 1549, the Miracle on the Hudson A fascinating exploration of how humans and machines fail—leading to air disasters from Amelia Earhart to MH370—and how the lessons learned from these accidents have made flying safer.   In The Crash Detectives, veteran aviation journalist and air safety investigator Christine Negroni takes us inside crash investigations from the early days of the jet age to the present, including the search for answers about what happened to the missing Malaysia Airlines Flight 370. As Negroni dissects what happened and why, she explores their common themes and, most important, what has been learned from them to make planes safer. Indeed, as Negroni shows, virtually every aspect of modern pilot training, airline operation, and airplane design has been shaped by lessons learned from disaster. Along the way, she also details some miraculous saves, when quick-thinking pilots averted catastrophe and kept hundreds of people alive.   Tying in aviation science, performance psychology, and extensive interviews with pilots, engineers, human factors specialists, crash survivors, and others involved in accidents all over the world, The Crash Detectives is an alternately terrifying and inspiring book that might just cure your fear of flying, and will definitely make you a more informed passenger. “Christine Negroni combines her investigative reporting skills with an understanding of the complexities of air accident investigations to bring to life some of history’s most intriguing and heartbreaking cases.” —Bob Woodruff, ABC News Christine Negroni Tue, 27 Sep 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273825 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crash Detectives: Investigating the World's Most Mysterious Air Disasters Author: Christine Negroni Narrator: Christine Negroni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Negroni is a talented aviation journalist who clearly understands the critically important part the human factor plays in aviation safety.” —Captain Chesley “Sully” Sullenberger, pilot of US Airways 1549, the Miracle on the Hudson A fascinating exploration of how humans and machines fail—leading to air disasters from Amelia Earhart to MH370—and how the lessons learned from these accidents have made flying safer.   In The Crash Detectives, veteran aviation journalist and air safety investigator Christine Negroni takes us inside crash investigations from the early days of the jet age to the present, including the search for answers about what happened to the missing Malaysia Airlines Flight 370. As Negroni dissects what happened and why, she explores their common themes and, most important, what has been learned from them to make planes safer. Indeed, as Negroni shows, virtually every aspect of modern pilot training, airline operation, and airplane design has been shaped by lessons learned from disaster. Along the way, she also details some miraculous saves, when quick-thinking pilots averted catastrophe and kept hundreds of people alive.   Tying in aviation science, performance psychology, and extensive interviews with pilots, engineers, human factors specialists, crash survivors, and others involved in accidents all over the world, The Crash Detectives is an alternately terrifying and inspiring book that might just cure your fear of flying, and will definitely make you a more informed passenger. “Christine Negroni combines her investigative reporting skills with an understanding of the complexities of air accident investigations to bring to life some of history’s most intriguing and heartbreaking cases.” —Bob Woodruff, ABC News Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crash Detectives: Investigating the World's Most Mysterious Air Disasters Author: Christine Negroni Narrator: Christine Negroni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Negroni is a talented aviation journalist who clearly understands the critically important part the human factor plays in aviation safety.” —Captain Chesley “Sully” Sullenberger, pilot of US Airways 1549, the Miracle on the Hudson A fascinating exploration of how humans and machines fail—leading to air disasters from Amelia Earhart to MH370—and how the lessons learned from these accidents have made flying safer.   In The Crash Detectives, veteran aviation journalist and air safety investigator Christine Negroni takes us inside crash investigations from the early days of the jet age to the present, including the search for answers about what happened to the missing Malaysia Airlines Flight 370. As Negroni dissects what happened and why, she explores their common themes and, most important, what has been learned from them to make planes safer. Indeed, as Negroni shows, virtually every aspect of modern pilot training, airline operation, and airplane design has been shaped by lessons learned from disaster. Along the way, she also details some miraculous saves, when quick-thinking pilots averted catastrophe and kept hundreds of people alive.   Tying in aviation science, performance psychology, and extensive interviews with pilots, engineers, human factors specialists, crash survivors, and others involved in accidents all over the world, The Crash Detectives is an alternately terrifying and inspiring book that might just cure your fear of flying, and will definitely make you a more informed passenger. “Christine Negroni combines her investigative reporting skills with an understanding of the complexities of air accident investigations to bring to life some of history’s most intriguing and heartbreaking cases.” —Bob Woodruff, ABC News https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Marcus Aurelius was the Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, and during that time, he kept several collections of journals that contained personal notes, militaristic strategy, and ideas on Stoic philosophy. While unlikely that he ever intended to publicly publish these journals, there is no real official title, so most often Meditations is used because of his in depth writings on philosophy. These journals give an introspective look at how and why Marcus Aurelius operated as an emperor. This informative piece of history contains twelve sections that each chronicle different parts of Aurelius' life, including his source of guidance, self-improvement tips, and his ideas on how to analyze yourself and adjust your attitude to become a better person or leader. Marcus Aurelius Fri, 19 Aug 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270564 thebookvoice.com 4:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Marcus Aurelius was the Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, and during that time, he kept several collections of journals that contained personal notes, militaristic strategy, and ideas on Stoic philosophy. While unlikely that he ever intended to publicly publish these journals, there is no real official title, so most often Meditations is used because of his in depth writings on philosophy. These journals give an introspective look at how and why Marcus Aurelius operated as an emperor. This informative piece of history contains twelve sections that each chronicle different parts of Aurelius' life, including his source of guidance, self-improvement tips, and his ideas on how to analyze yourself and adjust your attitude to become a better person or leader. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Marcus Aurelius was the Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, and during that time, he kept several collections of journals that contained personal notes, militaristic strategy, and ideas on Stoic philosophy. While unlikely that he ever intended to publicly publish these journals, there is no real official title, so most often Meditations is used because of his in depth writings on philosophy. These journals give an introspective look at how and why Marcus Aurelius operated as an emperor. This informative piece of history contains twelve sections that each chronicle different parts of Aurelius' life, including his source of guidance, self-improvement tips, and his ideas on how to analyze yourself and adjust your attitude to become a better person or leader. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought. Western philosophy is now two-and-a-half millennia old, but much of it came in just two staccato bursts, each lasting only about 150 years. In his landmark survey of Western philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance, The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb documented the first burst, which came in the Athens of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Now, in The Dream of Enlightenment, Gottlieb expertly navigates a second great explosion of thought, taking us to northern Europe in the wake of its wars of religion and the rise of Galilean science. In a relatively short period—from the early 1640s to the eve of the French Revolution—Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Leibniz, and Hume all made their mark. The Dream of Enlightenment tells their story and that of the birth of modern philosophy. As Gottlieb explains, all these men were amateurs: none had much to do with any university. They tried to fathom the implications of the new science and of religious upheaval, which led them to question traditional teachings and attitudes. What does the advance of science entail for our understanding of ourselves and for our ideas of God? How should a government deal with religious diversity—and what, actually, is government for? Such questions remain our questions, which is why Descartes, Hobbes, and the others are still pondered today. Yet it is because we still want to hear them that we can easily get these philosophers wrong. It is tempting to think they speak our language and live in our world; but to understand them properly, we must step back into their shoes. Gottlieb puts listeners in the minds of these frequently misinterpreted figures, elucidating the history of their times and the development of scientific ideas while engagingly explaining their arguments and assessing their legacy in lively prose. With chapters focusing on Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Pierre Bayle, Leibniz, Hume, Rousseau, and Voltaire—and many walk-on parts—The Dream of Enlightenment creates a sweeping account of what the Enlightenment amounted to, and why we are still in its debt. Anthony Gottlieb Tue, 30 Aug 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270263 thebookvoice.com 10:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought. Western philosophy is now two-and-a-half millennia old, but much of it came in just two staccato bursts, each lasting only about 150 years. In his landmark survey of Western philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance, The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb documented the first burst, which came in the Athens of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Now, in The Dream of Enlightenment, Gottlieb expertly navigates a second great explosion of thought, taking us to northern Europe in the wake of its wars of religion and the rise of Galilean science. In a relatively short period—from the early 1640s to the eve of the French Revolution—Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Leibniz, and Hume all made their mark. The Dream of Enlightenment tells their story and that of the birth of modern philosophy. As Gottlieb explains, all these men were amateurs: none had much to do with any university. They tried to fathom the implications of the new science and of religious upheaval, which led them to question traditional teachings and attitudes. What does the advance of science entail for our understanding of ourselves and for our ideas of God? How should a government deal with religious diversity—and what, actually, is government for? Such questions remain our questions, which is why Descartes, Hobbes, and the others are still pondered today. Yet it is because we still want to hear them that we can easily get these philosophers wrong. It is tempting to think they speak our language and live in our world; but to understand them properly, we must step back into their shoes. Gottlieb puts listeners in the minds of these frequently misinterpreted figures, elucidating the history of their times and the development of scientific ideas while engagingly explaining their arguments and assessing their legacy in lively prose. With chapters focusing on Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Pierre Bayle, Leibniz, Hume, Rousseau, and Voltaire—and many walk-on parts—The Dream of Enlightenment creates a sweeping account of what the Enlightenment amounted to, and why we are still in its debt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dream of Enlightenment: The Rise of Modern Philosophy Author: Anthony Gottlieb Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the classic The Dream of Reason vividly explains the rise of modern thought. Western philosophy is now two-and-a-half millennia old, but much of it came in just two staccato bursts, each lasting only about 150 years. In his landmark survey of Western philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance, The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb documented the first burst, which came in the Athens of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Now, in The Dream of Enlightenment, Gottlieb expertly navigates a second great explosion of thought, taking us to northern Europe in the wake of its wars of religion and the rise of Galilean science. In a relatively short period—from the early 1640s to the eve of the French Revolution—Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Leibniz, and Hume all made their mark. The Dream of Enlightenment tells their story and that of the birth of modern philosophy. As Gottlieb explains, all these men were amateurs: none had much to do with any university. They tried to fathom the implications of the new science and of religious upheaval, which led them to question traditional teachings and attitudes. What does the advance of science entail for our understanding of ourselves and for our ideas of God? How should a government deal with religious diversity—and what, actually, is government for? Such questions remain our questions, which is why Descartes, Hobbes, and the others are still pondered today. Yet it is because we still want to hear them that we can easily get these philosophers wrong. It is tempting to think they speak our language and live in our world; but to understand them properly, we must step back into their shoes. Gottlieb puts listeners in the minds of these frequently misinterpreted figures, elucidating the history of their times and the development of scientific ideas while engagingly explaining their arguments and assessing their legacy in lively prose. With chapters focusing on Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Locke, Pierre Bayle, Leibniz, Hume, Rousseau, and Voltaire—and many walk-on parts—The Dream of Enlightenment creates a sweeping account of what the Enlightenment amounted to, and why we are still in its debt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Justice? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this dialogue, a case is made that justice is a kind of social proxy for the cause-effect relation. When in a state of nature, man has no one but himself to rely on in his dealings with nature, which, though cruel, is consistent, driven as she is by inviolable physical laws and which, consequently, always rewards an action with an equal and opposite reaction. But human beings are emotional and therefore mercurial creatures, and when avails himself of their assistance, they may decide not to honor their commitments to him. The interrelations of the members of a given society are just to the extent that its members fulfill their mutual obligations as consistently as nature follows her own laws, and those interrelations are unjust to the extent that they don't. J.-M. Kuczynski Tue, 26 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270175 thebookvoice.com 0:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Justice? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this dialogue, a case is made that justice is a kind of social proxy for the cause-effect relation. When in a state of nature, man has no one but himself to rely on in his dealings with nature, which, though cruel, is consistent, driven as she is by inviolable physical laws and which, consequently, always rewards an action with an equal and opposite reaction. But human beings are emotional and therefore mercurial creatures, and when avails himself of their assistance, they may decide not to honor their commitments to him. The interrelations of the members of a given society are just to the extent that its members fulfill their mutual obligations as consistently as nature follows her own laws, and those interrelations are unjust to the extent that they don't. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is Justice? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this dialogue, a case is made that justice is a kind of social proxy for the cause-effect relation. When in a state of nature, man has no one but himself to rely on in his dealings with nature, which, though cruel, is consistent, driven as she is by inviolable physical laws and which, consequently, always rewards an action with an equal and opposite reaction. But human beings are emotional and therefore mercurial creatures, and when avails himself of their assistance, they may decide not to honor their commitments to him. The interrelations of the members of a given society are just to the extent that its members fulfill their mutual obligations as consistently as nature follows her own laws, and those interrelations are unjust to the extent that they don't. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270174 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Laws of Logic Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The 100 most important laws of formal logic are stated. J.-M. Kuczynski Tue, 26 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270174 thebookvoice.com 0:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Laws of Logic Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The 100 most important laws of formal logic are stated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Laws of Logic Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The 100 most important laws of formal logic are stated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270173 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chomsky's Two Contributions to Philosophy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Chomsky's arguments for the existence of pre-experiential knowledge, and for the existence of sub-personal cognition, are clearly stated and shown to be cogent. J.-M. Kuczynski Tue, 26 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270173 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chomsky's Two Contributions to Philosophy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Chomsky's arguments for the existence of pre-experiential knowledge, and for the existence of sub-personal cognition, are clearly stated and shown to be cogent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chomsky's Two Contributions to Philosophy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Chomsky's arguments for the existence of pre-experiential knowledge, and for the existence of sub-personal cognition, are clearly stated and shown to be cogent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270140 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance: The Wisdom of Ralph Waldo Emerson as Inspiration for Daily Living Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: December 16, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the spiritual to the economic, Emerson s Self-Reliance details the various aspects of a man s ability to rely on himself for survival. This 19th century essay resolutely supports Emerson s life-long belief in individualism and encourages mankind to pass over practices like conformity and false consistency for following intuition and instincts instead. Rather than promoting ideas of anti-society, Emerson asserts self-reliance is a starting point for a more efficient society, and not an end goal. Ralph Waldo Emerson Thu, 16 Dec 1999 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270140 thebookvoice.com 1:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance: The Wisdom of Ralph Waldo Emerson as Inspiration for Daily Living Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: December 16, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the spiritual to the economic, Emerson s Self-Reliance details the various aspects of a man s ability to rely on himself for survival. This 19th century essay resolutely supports Emerson s life-long belief in individualism and encourages mankind to pass over practices like conformity and false consistency for following intuition and instincts instead. Rather than promoting ideas of anti-society, Emerson asserts self-reliance is a starting point for a more efficient society, and not an end goal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance: The Wisdom of Ralph Waldo Emerson as Inspiration for Daily Living Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: December 16, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the spiritual to the economic, Emerson s Self-Reliance details the various aspects of a man s ability to rely on himself for survival. This 19th century essay resolutely supports Emerson s life-long belief in individualism and encourages mankind to pass over practices like conformity and false consistency for following intuition and instincts instead. Rather than promoting ideas of anti-society, Emerson asserts self-reliance is a starting point for a more efficient society, and not an end goal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable, audiobook edition of The Road to Character by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey and David Brooks. #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In The Road to Character David Brooks, best-selling author of The Social Animal and New York Times columnist, explains why selflessness leads to greater success We all possess two natures. One focuses on external success: wealth, fame, status and a great career. The other aims for internal goodness, driven by a spiritual urge not only to do good but to be good - honest, loving and steadfast. The inner self doesn't seek happiness superficially defined; it seeks emotional commitments without counting the cost, and a deeper moral joy. Individuals and societies thrive when a general balance is struck between these two imperatives, but we live in a culture that encourages us to think about the external side of our natures rather than the inner self. We hanker for praise instead of following our hearts, and we self-promote rather than confront our weaknesses. In this urgent and eye-opening book, David Brooks asks us to confront the meaning of true fulfilment. A famous columnist for The New York Times and best-selling author, Brooks found himself living in a shallow mode. For years, he remained focused on getting ahead and reaping the rewards for his efforts, placing his career before his character. Finding himself at a crossroads, Brooks sought out men and women who embodied the moral courage he longed to experience. Citing an array of history's greatest thinkers and leaders - from St. Augustine and George Eliot to Dwight Eisenhower and Samuel Johnson - he traces how they were able to face their weaknesses and transcend their flaws. Each one of them chose to embrace one simple but counterintuitive truth: in order to fulfil yourself, you must learn how to forget yourself. An elegant interweaving of politics, spirituality and psychology, The Road to Character proves that it is how we want to be remembered - and not what we put on our CVs - that truly matters. David Brooks Thu, 11 Aug 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270043 thebookvoice.com 12:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable, audiobook edition of The Road to Character by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey and David Brooks. #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In The Road to Character David Brooks, best-selling author of The Social Animal and New York Times columnist, explains why selflessness leads to greater success We all possess two natures. One focuses on external success: wealth, fame, status and a great career. The other aims for internal goodness, driven by a spiritual urge not only to do good but to be good - honest, loving and steadfast. The inner self doesn't seek happiness superficially defined; it seeks emotional commitments without counting the cost, and a deeper moral joy. Individuals and societies thrive when a general balance is struck between these two imperatives, but we live in a culture that encourages us to think about the external side of our natures rather than the inner self. We hanker for praise instead of following our hearts, and we self-promote rather than confront our weaknesses. In this urgent and eye-opening book, David Brooks asks us to confront the meaning of true fulfilment. A famous columnist for The New York Times and best-selling author, Brooks found himself living in a shallow mode. For years, he remained focused on getting ahead and reaping the rewards for his efforts, placing his career before his character. Finding himself at a crossroads, Brooks sought out men and women who embodied the moral courage he longed to experience. Citing an array of history's greatest thinkers and leaders - from St. Augustine and George Eliot to Dwight Eisenhower and Samuel Johnson - he traces how they were able to face their weaknesses and transcend their flaws. Each one of them chose to embrace one simple but counterintuitive truth: in order to fulfil yourself, you must learn how to forget yourself. An elegant interweaving of politics, spirituality and psychology, The Road to Character proves that it is how we want to be remembered - and not what we put on our CVs - that truly matters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable, audiobook edition of The Road to Character by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey and David Brooks. #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In The Road to Character David Brooks, best-selling author of The Social Animal and New York Times columnist, explains why selflessness leads to greater success We all possess two natures. One focuses on external success: wealth, fame, status and a great career. The other aims for internal goodness, driven by a spiritual urge not only to do good but to be good - honest, loving and steadfast. The inner self doesn't seek happiness superficially defined; it seeks emotional commitments without counting the cost, and a deeper moral joy. Individuals and societies thrive when a general balance is struck between these two imperatives, but we live in a culture that encourages us to think about the external side of our natures rather than the inner self. We hanker for praise instead of following our hearts, and we self-promote rather than confront our weaknesses. In this urgent and eye-opening book, David Brooks asks us to confront the meaning of true fulfilment. A famous columnist for The New York Times and best-selling author, Brooks found himself living in a shallow mode. For years, he remained focused on getting ahead and reaping the rewards for his efforts, placing his career before his character. Finding himself at a crossroads, Brooks sought out men and women who embodied the moral courage he longed to experience. Citing an array of history's greatest thinkers and leaders - from St. Augustine and George Eliot to Dwight Eisenhower and Samuel Johnson - he traces how they were able to face their weaknesses and transcend their flaws. Each one of them chose to embrace one simple but counterintuitive truth: in order to fulfil yourself, you must learn how to forget yourself. An elegant interweaving of politics, spirituality and psychology, The Road to Character proves that it is how we want to be remembered - and not what we put on our CVs - that truly matters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269318 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Concept of a Transcendental Argument Author: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Narrator: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A transcendental argument for a given proposition P is one to the effect that, unless P were true, it could not even be asked whether P were true. In this audio, it is shown by means of transcendental arguments that some events compel the occurrence of other events and also that the mind is a cohesive structure in which thoughts inhere, as opposed to a mere 'bundle' or 'cloud' of thoughts. JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269318 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Concept of a Transcendental Argument Author: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Narrator: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A transcendental argument for a given proposition P is one to the effect that, unless P were true, it could not even be asked whether P were true. In this audio, it is shown by means of transcendental arguments that some events compel the occurrence of other events and also that the mind is a cohesive structure in which thoughts inhere, as opposed to a mere 'bundle' or 'cloud' of thoughts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Concept of a Transcendental Argument Author: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Narrator: JOHN-MICHAEL KUCZYNSKI Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A transcendental argument for a given proposition P is one to the effect that, unless P were true, it could not even be asked whether P were true. In this audio, it is shown by means of transcendental arguments that some events compel the occurrence of other events and also that the mind is a cohesive structure in which thoughts inhere, as opposed to a mere 'bundle' or 'cloud' of thoughts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Perfiles de Coraje Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: «Este es un libro acerca de la virtud más admirable de todas las virtudes humanas: el valor. Ernest Hemingway la definió como “gracia bajo presión”. Y estos son los relatos sobre las presiones que experimentaron ocho Senadores de Estados Unidos y la gracia con la cual las enfrentaron». —John F. Kennedy Durante los años 1954 y 1955, el entonces Senador de Estados Unidos, John F. Kennedy, escogió a ocho de sus colegas históricos para presentar sus perfiles, destacados por sus actos de impresionante integridad ante una oposición abrumadora. Entre estos héroes se encuentran John Quincy Adams, Daniel Webster, Thomas Hart Benton y Robert A. Taft. Este libro recibió el Premio Pulitzer en 1957, y ha vuelto al mercado en esta nueva edición en español, que incluye una introducción escrita por Caroline Kennedy, además del prólogo para la edición conmemorativa escrito por Robert Kennedy, lanzada en 1964, resuena con lecciones perdurables para todos los tiempos sobre la más apreciada de las virtudes, y es una poderosa remembranza de la fortaleza del espíritu humano. Como afirma Robert Kennedy en el prólogo, este es «no solo un conjunto de historias del pasado, sino también una conexión de esperanza y confianza para el futuro. Lo que suceda en la nación, y en el mundo, depende de lo que nosotros hagamos con lo que otros nos han dejado». John F. Kennedy Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268954 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Perfiles de Coraje Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: «Este es un libro acerca de la virtud más admirable de todas las virtudes humanas: el valor. Ernest Hemingway la definió como “gracia bajo presión”. Y estos son los relatos sobre las presiones que experimentaron ocho Senadores de Estados Unidos y la gracia con la cual las enfrentaron». —John F. Kennedy Durante los años 1954 y 1955, el entonces Senador de Estados Unidos, John F. Kennedy, escogió a ocho de sus colegas históricos para presentar sus perfiles, destacados por sus actos de impresionante integridad ante una oposición abrumadora. Entre estos héroes se encuentran John Quincy Adams, Daniel Webster, Thomas Hart Benton y Robert A. Taft. Este libro recibió el Premio Pulitzer en 1957, y ha vuelto al mercado en esta nueva edición en español, que incluye una introducción escrita por Caroline Kennedy, además del prólogo para la edición conmemorativa escrito por Robert Kennedy, lanzada en 1964, resuena con lecciones perdurables para todos los tiempos sobre la más apreciada de las virtudes, y es una poderosa remembranza de la fortaleza del espíritu humano. Como afirma Robert Kennedy en el prólogo, este es «no solo un conjunto de historias del pasado, sino también una conexión de esperanza y confianza para el futuro. Lo que suceda en la nación, y en el mundo, depende de lo que nosotros hagamos con lo que otros nos han dejado». Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Perfiles de Coraje Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: «Este es un libro acerca de la virtud más admirable de todas las virtudes humanas: el valor. Ernest Hemingway la definió como “gracia bajo presión”. Y estos son los relatos sobre las presiones que experimentaron ocho Senadores de Estados Unidos y la gracia con la cual las enfrentaron». —John F. Kennedy Durante los años 1954 y 1955, el entonces Senador de Estados Unidos, John F. Kennedy, escogió a ocho de sus colegas históricos para presentar sus perfiles, destacados por sus actos de impresionante integridad ante una oposición abrumadora. Entre estos héroes se encuentran John Quincy Adams, Daniel Webster, Thomas Hart Benton y Robert A. Taft. Este libro recibió el Premio Pulitzer en 1957, y ha vuelto al mercado en esta nueva edición en español, que incluye una introducción escrita por Caroline Kennedy, además del prólogo para la edición conmemorativa escrito por Robert Kennedy, lanzada en 1964, resuena con lecciones perdurables para todos los tiempos sobre la más apreciada de las virtudes, y es una poderosa remembranza de la fortaleza del espíritu humano. Como afirma Robert Kennedy en el prólogo, este es «no solo un conjunto de historias del pasado, sino también una conexión de esperanza y confianza para el futuro. Lo que suceda en la nación, y en el mundo, depende de lo que nosotros hagamos con lo que otros nos han dejado». https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kierkegaard: A Single Life Author: Stephen Backhouse Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An accessible, expert introduction to one of the greatest minds of nineteenth century. Whether you're completely new to him, or if you're already familiar with his work, Kierkegaard: A Single Life presents a fresh understanding of his life and thought. Kierkegaard was a brilliant and enigmatic loner whose ideas permeated culture, shaped modern Christianity, and influenced people as diverse as Franz Kafka and Martin Luther King Jr. Though few people today have read his work, that lack of familiarity with the real Kierkegaard is changing with this biography by scholar Stephen Backhouse, who clearly presents the man's mind as well as the acute sensitivity behind Kierkegaard's books. Drawing on biographical material that has newly come to light, Kierkegaard: A Single Life introduces his many guises—the thinker, the lover, the recluse, the writer, the controversialist—in prose as compelling and fluid as a novel and pursues clarity to long-standing questions about him: - What made this Danish theologian so controversial and influential? - Why were so many people drawn to his books, even if they didn't understand what they were reading? - Can his complicated relationship with the Church and religion be untangled? - Or, for that matter, what about his complicated—at times almost paradoxical—relationship with every sphere of life from politics to poetry? To be considered everything from a great intellect to a dandy, from a martyr to a 'false messiah' is no mean feat, and this biography sheds light on Søren Kierkegaard as he was with empathy and humor. Stephen Backhouse Tue, 09 Aug 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268872 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kierkegaard: A Single Life Author: Stephen Backhouse Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An accessible, expert introduction to one of the greatest minds of nineteenth century. Whether you're completely new to him, or if you're already familiar with his work, Kierkegaard: A Single Life presents a fresh understanding of his life and thought. Kierkegaard was a brilliant and enigmatic loner whose ideas permeated culture, shaped modern Christianity, and influenced people as diverse as Franz Kafka and Martin Luther King Jr. Though few people today have read his work, that lack of familiarity with the real Kierkegaard is changing with this biography by scholar Stephen Backhouse, who clearly presents the man's mind as well as the acute sensitivity behind Kierkegaard's books. Drawing on biographical material that has newly come to light, Kierkegaard: A Single Life introduces his many guises—the thinker, the lover, the recluse, the writer, the controversialist—in prose as compelling and fluid as a novel and pursues clarity to long-standing questions about him: - What made this Danish theologian so controversial and influential? - Why were so many people drawn to his books, even if they didn't understand what they were reading? - Can his complicated relationship with the Church and religion be untangled? - Or, for that matter, what about his complicated—at times almost paradoxical—relationship with every sphere of life from politics to poetry? To be considered everything from a great intellect to a dandy, from a martyr to a 'false messiah' is no mean feat, and this biography sheds light on Søren Kierkegaard as he was with empathy and humor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kierkegaard: A Single Life Author: Stephen Backhouse Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An accessible, expert introduction to one of the greatest minds of nineteenth century. Whether you're completely new to him, or if you're already familiar with his work, Kierkegaard: A Single Life presents a fresh understanding of his life and thought. Kierkegaard was a brilliant and enigmatic loner whose ideas permeated culture, shaped modern Christianity, and influenced people as diverse as Franz Kafka and Martin Luther King Jr. Though few people today have read his work, that lack of familiarity with the real Kierkegaard is changing with this biography by scholar Stephen Backhouse, who clearly presents the man's mind as well as the acute sensitivity behind Kierkegaard's books. Drawing on biographical material that has newly come to light, Kierkegaard: A Single Life introduces his many guises—the thinker, the lover, the recluse, the writer, the controversialist—in prose as compelling and fluid as a novel and pursues clarity to long-standing questions about him: - What made this Danish theologian so controversial and influential? - Why were so many people drawn to his books, even if they didn't understand what they were reading? - Can his complicated relationship with the Church and religion be untangled? - Or, for that matter, what about his complicated—at times almost paradoxical—relationship with every sphere of life from politics to poetry? To be considered everything from a great intellect to a dandy, from a martyr to a 'false messiah' is no mean feat, and this biography sheds light on Søren Kierkegaard as he was with empathy and humor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Part of the acclaimed Eminent Lives series, Machiavelli is a superb portrait of the brilliant and revolutionary political philosopher—history’s most famous theorist of “warfare, terror, murder, and bloodshed”—and the age he embodied. Ross King, the New York Times bestselling author of Brunelleschi’s Dome, argues that the author of The Prince was a far more complex and sympathetic character than is often portrayed. Ross King Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Part of the acclaimed Eminent Lives series, Machiavelli is a superb portrait of the brilliant and revolutionary political philosopher—history’s most famous theorist of “warfare, terror, murder, and bloodshed”—and the age he embodied. Ross King, the New York Times bestselling author of Brunelleschi’s Dome, argues that the author of The Prince was a far more complex and sympathetic character than is often portrayed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machiavelli: Philosopher of Power Author: Ross King Narrator: Tim Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Part of the acclaimed Eminent Lives series, Machiavelli is a superb portrait of the brilliant and revolutionary political philosopher—history’s most famous theorist of “warfare, terror, murder, and bloodshed”—and the age he embodied. Ross King, the New York Times bestselling author of Brunelleschi’s Dome, argues that the author of The Prince was a far more complex and sympathetic character than is often portrayed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1831, a Frenchman named Alexis de Tocqueville arrived in New York convinced that the democratic spirit America had embraced would eventually spread across Europe. Democracy in America, a treatise on democratic government written from his fresh perspective as an outsider, is now a classic document of political history. Alexis De Tocqueville Tue, 11 Mar 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1831, a Frenchman named Alexis de Tocqueville arrived in New York convinced that the democratic spirit America had embraced would eventually spread across Europe. Democracy in America, a treatise on democratic government written from his fresh perspective as an outsider, is now a classic document of political history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1831, a Frenchman named Alexis de Tocqueville arrived in New York convinced that the democratic spirit America had embraced would eventually spread across Europe. Democracy in America, a treatise on democratic government written from his fresh perspective as an outsider, is now a classic document of political history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm in a Teacup: The Physics of Everyday Life Author: Helen Czerski Narrator: Chloe Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Our world is full of patterns. If you pour milk into your tea and give it a stir, you'll see a swirl, a spiral of two fluids, before the two liquids mix completely. The same pattern is found elsewhere too. Look down on the Earth from space, and you'll find similar swirls in the clouds, made where warm air and cold air waltz. In Storm in a Teacup, Helen Czerski links the little things we see every day with the big world we live in. Each chapter begins with something small - popcorn, coffee stains and refrigerator magnets - and uses it to explain some of the most important science and technology of our time. This is physics as the toolbox of science - a toolbox we need in order to make sense of what is around us and arrive at decisions about the future, from medical advances to solving our future energy needs. It is also physics as the toy box of science: physics as fun, as never before. 'A quite delightful book on the joys, and universality, of physics. Czerski's enthusiasm is infectious because she brings our humdrum everyday world to life, showing us that it is just as fascinating as anything that can be seen by the Hubble Telescope or created at the Large Hadron Collider.' - Jim Al-Khalili © Helen Czerski 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Helen Czerski Thu, 10 Nov 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266368 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm in a Teacup: The Physics of Everyday Life Author: Helen Czerski Narrator: Chloe Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Our world is full of patterns. If you pour milk into your tea and give it a stir, you'll see a swirl, a spiral of two fluids, before the two liquids mix completely. The same pattern is found elsewhere too. Look down on the Earth from space, and you'll find similar swirls in the clouds, made where warm air and cold air waltz. In Storm in a Teacup, Helen Czerski links the little things we see every day with the big world we live in. Each chapter begins with something small - popcorn, coffee stains and refrigerator magnets - and uses it to explain some of the most important science and technology of our time. This is physics as the toolbox of science - a toolbox we need in order to make sense of what is around us and arrive at decisions about the future, from medical advances to solving our future energy needs. It is also physics as the toy box of science: physics as fun, as never before. 'A quite delightful book on the joys, and universality, of physics. Czerski's enthusiasm is infectious because she brings our humdrum everyday world to life, showing us that it is just as fascinating as anything that can be seen by the Hubble Telescope or created at the Large Hadron Collider.' - Jim Al-Khalili © Helen Czerski 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm in a Teacup: The Physics of Everyday Life Author: Helen Czerski Narrator: Chloe Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Our world is full of patterns. If you pour milk into your tea and give it a stir, you'll see a swirl, a spiral of two fluids, before the two liquids mix completely. The same pattern is found elsewhere too. Look down on the Earth from space, and you'll find similar swirls in the clouds, made where warm air and cold air waltz. In Storm in a Teacup, Helen Czerski links the little things we see every day with the big world we live in. Each chapter begins with something small - popcorn, coffee stains and refrigerator magnets - and uses it to explain some of the most important science and technology of our time. This is physics as the toolbox of science - a toolbox we need in order to make sense of what is around us and arrive at decisions about the future, from medical advances to solving our future energy needs. It is also physics as the toy box of science: physics as fun, as never before. 'A quite delightful book on the joys, and universality, of physics. Czerski's enthusiasm is infectious because she brings our humdrum everyday world to life, showing us that it is just as fascinating as anything that can be seen by the Hubble Telescope or created at the Large Hadron Collider.' - Jim Al-Khalili © Helen Czerski 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy: Don't Have Them if You Won't Raise Them Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Dr. Laura Schlessinger Tue, 02 Aug 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265800 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy: Don't Have Them if You Won't Raise Them Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy: Don't Have Them if You Won't Raise Them Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The essential account of geopolitics right now, from one of our greatest living intellectuals - including a new afterword on President Donald Trump Noam Chomsky: philosopher, political writer, fearless activist. No one has done more to question the hidden actors who govern our lives, calling the powers that be to account. Here he presents Who Rules the World?, his definitive account of those powers, how they work, and why we should be questioning them. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China's global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, this book investigates the defining issues of our times and exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of America's policies and actions. The world's political and financial elite are now operating almost totally unconstrained by the so-called democratic structure. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening our very survival, dissenting voices have never been more necessary. Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are. Noam Chomsky Thu, 26 May 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The essential account of geopolitics right now, from one of our greatest living intellectuals - including a new afterword on President Donald Trump Noam Chomsky: philosopher, political writer, fearless activist. No one has done more to question the hidden actors who govern our lives, calling the powers that be to account. Here he presents Who Rules the World?, his definitive account of those powers, how they work, and why we should be questioning them. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China's global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, this book investigates the defining issues of our times and exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of America's policies and actions. The world's political and financial elite are now operating almost totally unconstrained by the so-called democratic structure. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening our very survival, dissenting voices have never been more necessary. Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Rules the World? Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The essential account of geopolitics right now, from one of our greatest living intellectuals - including a new afterword on President Donald Trump Noam Chomsky: philosopher, political writer, fearless activist. No one has done more to question the hidden actors who govern our lives, calling the powers that be to account. Here he presents Who Rules the World?, his definitive account of those powers, how they work, and why we should be questioning them. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China's global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, this book investigates the defining issues of our times and exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of America's policies and actions. The world's political and financial elite are now operating almost totally unconstrained by the so-called democratic structure. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening our very survival, dissenting voices have never been more necessary. Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic and Loss: The Internet as Art Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Virginia Heffernan “melds the personal with the increasingly universal in a highly informative analysis of what the Internet is—and can be. A thoroughly engrossing examination of the Internet’s past, present, and future” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) from one of the best living writers of English prose. This book makes a bold claim: The Internet is among mankind’s great masterpieces—a massive work of art. As an idea, it rivals monotheism. But its cultural potential and its societal impact often elude us. In this deep and thoughtful book, Virginia Heffernan reveals the logic and aesthetics behind the Internet, just as Susan Sontag did for photography and Marshall McLuhan did for television. Life online, in the highly visual, social, portable, and global incarnation rewards certain virtues. The new medium favors speed, accuracy, wit, prolificacy, and versatility, and its form and functions are changing how we perceive, experience, and understand the world. In “sumptuous writing, saturated with observations that are simultaneously personal, cultural, and strikingly original” (The New Republic), Heffernan presents “a revealing look at how the Internet continues to reshape our lives emotionally, visually, and culturally” (The Smithsonian Magazine). “Magic and Loss is an illuminating guide to the Internet...it is impossible to come away from this book without sharing some of Heffernan’s awe for this brave new world” (The Wall Street Journal). Virginia Heffernan Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265117 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic and Loss: The Internet as Art Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Virginia Heffernan “melds the personal with the increasingly universal in a highly informative analysis of what the Internet is—and can be. A thoroughly engrossing examination of the Internet’s past, present, and future” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) from one of the best living writers of English prose. This book makes a bold claim: The Internet is among mankind’s great masterpieces—a massive work of art. As an idea, it rivals monotheism. But its cultural potential and its societal impact often elude us. In this deep and thoughtful book, Virginia Heffernan reveals the logic and aesthetics behind the Internet, just as Susan Sontag did for photography and Marshall McLuhan did for television. Life online, in the highly visual, social, portable, and global incarnation rewards certain virtues. The new medium favors speed, accuracy, wit, prolificacy, and versatility, and its form and functions are changing how we perceive, experience, and understand the world. In “sumptuous writing, saturated with observations that are simultaneously personal, cultural, and strikingly original” (The New Republic), Heffernan presents “a revealing look at how the Internet continues to reshape our lives emotionally, visually, and culturally” (The Smithsonian Magazine). “Magic and Loss is an illuminating guide to the Internet...it is impossible to come away from this book without sharing some of Heffernan’s awe for this brave new world” (The Wall Street Journal). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic and Loss: The Internet as Art Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Virginia Heffernan “melds the personal with the increasingly universal in a highly informative analysis of what the Internet is—and can be. A thoroughly engrossing examination of the Internet’s past, present, and future” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) from one of the best living writers of English prose. This book makes a bold claim: The Internet is among mankind’s great masterpieces—a massive work of art. As an idea, it rivals monotheism. But its cultural potential and its societal impact often elude us. In this deep and thoughtful book, Virginia Heffernan reveals the logic and aesthetics behind the Internet, just as Susan Sontag did for photography and Marshall McLuhan did for television. Life online, in the highly visual, social, portable, and global incarnation rewards certain virtues. The new medium favors speed, accuracy, wit, prolificacy, and versatility, and its form and functions are changing how we perceive, experience, and understand the world. In “sumptuous writing, saturated with observations that are simultaneously personal, cultural, and strikingly original” (The New Republic), Heffernan presents “a revealing look at how the Internet continues to reshape our lives emotionally, visually, and culturally” (The Smithsonian Magazine). “Magic and Loss is an illuminating guide to the Internet...it is impossible to come away from this book without sharing some of Heffernan’s awe for this brave new world” (The Wall Street Journal). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264708 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make a Choice: When You Are at the Intersection of Happiness and Despair Author: Jeff Benedict Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Extraordinary stories of people who have survived life’s most heart-wrenching tragedies and whose Christian faith has remained unshakable. New York Times bestselling author Jeff Benedict has seen both good and bad in his career as a journalist. Some of the best are the extraordinary people he has met who have made deliberate choices to live happier lives despite the extreme hardship that each of them have faced. Although life will knock us down from time to time, this book is an important reminder that we all can make a choice to get back up, brush ourselves off, and keep pressing forward. “Each of us will find ourselves at the intersection of happiness and despair. And when that day comes, there are choices we can make that will help us turn and walk down the street called Happiness,” says the author. From choosing to forgive to choosing to serve others to choosing to pray, the seven true stories that Jeff shares illustrate the power within each of us to choose to live a happier, more abundant life. Stories include a husband who lost his wife when a young boy inadvertently pulled the trigger of a loaded shotgun;a waitress who nearly drowned after being swept away in a raging flood;a father who lost his one-year-old son to a rare disease;a woman lost at sea during a harrowing storm;a man who was brutally beaten but who chose to forgive his attacker;a mother whose home was demolished by a tornado, whose husband was diagnosed with cancer, and whose nine-year-old son has undergone nearly one hundred surgeries; anda father trying to raise his family in a neighborhood often targeted by gang members. Jeff Benedict Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264708 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make a Choice: When You Are at the Intersection of Happiness and Despair Author: Jeff Benedict Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Extraordinary stories of people who have survived life’s most heart-wrenching tragedies and whose Christian faith has remained unshakable. New York Times bestselling author Jeff Benedict has seen both good and bad in his career as a journalist. Some of the best are the extraordinary people he has met who have made deliberate choices to live happier lives despite the extreme hardship that each of them have faced. Although life will knock us down from time to time, this book is an important reminder that we all can make a choice to get back up, brush ourselves off, and keep pressing forward. “Each of us will find ourselves at the intersection of happiness and despair. And when that day comes, there are choices we can make that will help us turn and walk down the street called Happiness,” says the author. From choosing to forgive to choosing to serve others to choosing to pray, the seven true stories that Jeff shares illustrate the power within each of us to choose to live a happier, more abundant life. Stories include a husband who lost his wife when a young boy inadvertently pulled the trigger of a loaded shotgun;a waitress who nearly drowned after being swept away in a raging flood;a father who lost his one-year-old son to a rare disease;a woman lost at sea during a harrowing storm;a man who was brutally beaten but who chose to forgive his attacker;a mother whose home was demolished by a tornado, whose husband was diagnosed with cancer, and whose nine-year-old son has undergone nearly one hundred surgeries; anda father trying to raise his family in a neighborhood often targeted by gang members. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make a Choice: When You Are at the Intersection of Happiness and Despair Author: Jeff Benedict Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Extraordinary stories of people who have survived life’s most heart-wrenching tragedies and whose Christian faith has remained unshakable. New York Times bestselling author Jeff Benedict has seen both good and bad in his career as a journalist. Some of the best are the extraordinary people he has met who have made deliberate choices to live happier lives despite the extreme hardship that each of them have faced. Although life will knock us down from time to time, this book is an important reminder that we all can make a choice to get back up, brush ourselves off, and keep pressing forward. “Each of us will find ourselves at the intersection of happiness and despair. And when that day comes, there are choices we can make that will help us turn and walk down the street called Happiness,” says the author. From choosing to forgive to choosing to serve others to choosing to pray, the seven true stories that Jeff shares illustrate the power within each of us to choose to live a happier, more abundant life. Stories include a husband who lost his wife when a young boy inadvertently pulled the trigger of a loaded shotgun;a waitress who nearly drowned after being swept away in a raging flood;a father who lost his one-year-old son to a rare disease;a woman lost at sea during a harrowing storm;a man who was brutally beaten but who chose to forgive his attacker;a mother whose home was demolished by a tornado, whose husband was diagnosed with cancer, and whose nine-year-old son has undergone nearly one hundred surgeries; anda father trying to raise his family in a neighborhood often targeted by gang members. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. Aaron James Tue, 03 May 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 thebookvoice.com 2:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263903 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 6 Series: #6 of Philosophy Talk Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. John Perry, Ken Taylor Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263903 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 6 Series: #6 of Philosophy Talk Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 6 Series: #6 of Philosophy Talk Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 5 Series: #5 of Philosophy Talk Author: Ken Taylor, John Perry Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Ken Taylor, John Perry Tue, 10 May 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263902 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 5 Series: #5 of Philosophy Talk Author: Ken Taylor, John Perry Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 5 Series: #5 of Philosophy Talk Author: Ken Taylor, John Perry Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Picture: On the Origins of Life, Meaning, and the Universe Itself Author: Sean Carroll Narrator: Sean Carroll Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: *An instant New York Times Bestseller* *Publishers Weekly #1 Most Anticipated Science Book of Spring 2016* 'You will be enthralled.' — Wall Street Journal 'A tour de force.' — Salon.com Already internationally acclaimed for his elegant, lucid writing on the most challenging notions in modern physics, Sean Carroll is emerging as one of the greatest humanist thinkers of his generation as he brings his extraordinary intellect to bear not only on Higgs bosons and extra dimensions but now also on our deepest personal questions.  Where are we? Who are we? Are our emotions, our beliefs, and our hopes and dreams ultimately meaningless out there in the void? Does human purpose and meaning fit into a scientific worldview? In short chapters filled with intriguing historical anecdotes, personal asides, and rigorous exposition, readers learn the difference between how the world works at the quantum level, the cosmic level, and the human level--and then how each connects to the other.  Carroll's presentation of the principles that have guided the scientific revolution from Darwin and Einstein to the origins of life, consciousness, and the universe is dazzlingly unique.   Carroll shows how an avalanche of discoveries in the past few hundred years has changed our world and what really matters to us. Our lives are dwarfed like never before by the immensity of space and time, but they are redeemed by our capacity to comprehend it and give it meaning. The Big Picture is an unprecedented scientific worldview, a tour de force that will sit on shelves alongside the works of Stephen Hawking, Carl Sagan, Daniel Dennett, and E. O. Wilson for years to come. *Includes a Bonus PDF with charts and images. Sean Carroll Tue, 10 May 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263235 thebookvoice.com 17:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Picture: On the Origins of Life, Meaning, and the Universe Itself Author: Sean Carroll Narrator: Sean Carroll Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: *An instant New York Times Bestseller* *Publishers Weekly #1 Most Anticipated Science Book of Spring 2016* 'You will be enthralled.' — Wall Street Journal 'A tour de force.' — Salon.com Already internationally acclaimed for his elegant, lucid writing on the most challenging notions in modern physics, Sean Carroll is emerging as one of the greatest humanist thinkers of his generation as he brings his extraordinary intellect to bear not only on Higgs bosons and extra dimensions but now also on our deepest personal questions.  Where are we? Who are we? Are our emotions, our beliefs, and our hopes and dreams ultimately meaningless out there in the void? Does human purpose and meaning fit into a scientific worldview? In short chapters filled with intriguing historical anecdotes, personal asides, and rigorous exposition, readers learn the difference between how the world works at the quantum level, the cosmic level, and the human level--and then how each connects to the other.  Carroll's presentation of the principles that have guided the scientific revolution from Darwin and Einstein to the origins of life, consciousness, and the universe is dazzlingly unique.   Carroll shows how an avalanche of discoveries in the past few hundred years has changed our world and what really matters to us. Our lives are dwarfed like never before by the immensity of space and time, but they are redeemed by our capacity to comprehend it and give it meaning. The Big Picture is an unprecedented scientific worldview, a tour de force that will sit on shelves alongside the works of Stephen Hawking, Carl Sagan, Daniel Dennett, and E. O. Wilson for years to come. *Includes a Bonus PDF with charts and images. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Picture: On the Origins of Life, Meaning, and the Universe Itself Author: Sean Carroll Narrator: Sean Carroll Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: *An instant New York Times Bestseller* *Publishers Weekly #1 Most Anticipated Science Book of Spring 2016* 'You will be enthralled.' — Wall Street Journal 'A tour de force.' — Salon.com Already internationally acclaimed for his elegant, lucid writing on the most challenging notions in modern physics, Sean Carroll is emerging as one of the greatest humanist thinkers of his generation as he brings his extraordinary intellect to bear not only on Higgs bosons and extra dimensions but now also on our deepest personal questions.  Where are we? Who are we? Are our emotions, our beliefs, and our hopes and dreams ultimately meaningless out there in the void? Does human purpose and meaning fit into a scientific worldview? In short chapters filled with intriguing historical anecdotes, personal asides, and rigorous exposition, readers learn the difference between how the world works at the quantum level, the cosmic level, and the human level--and then how each connects to the other.  Carroll's presentation of the principles that have guided the scientific revolution from Darwin and Einstein to the origins of life, consciousness, and the universe is dazzlingly unique.   Carroll shows how an avalanche of discoveries in the past few hundred years has changed our world and what really matters to us. Our lives are dwarfed like never before by the immensity of space and time, but they are redeemed by our capacity to comprehend it and give it meaning. The Big Picture is an unprecedented scientific worldview, a tour de force that will sit on shelves alongside the works of Stephen Hawking, Carl Sagan, Daniel Dennett, and E. O. Wilson for years to come. *Includes a Bonus PDF with charts and images. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Siddhartha's Brain: Unlocking the Ancient Science of Enlightenment Author: James Kingsland Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of the “science of enlightenment,” told through the lens of the journey of Siddhartha (better known as Buddha), by Guardian science editor James Kingsland. In a lush grove on the banks of the Neranjara in northern India—400 years before the birth of Christ, when the foundations of western science and philosophy were being laid by the great minds of Ancient Greece—a prince turned ascetic wanderer sat beneath a fig tree. His name was Siddhartha Gautama, and he was discovering the astonishing capabilities of the human brain and the secrets of mental wellness and spiritual “enlightenment,” the foundation of Buddhism. Framed by the historical journey and teachings of the Buddha, Siddhartha’s Brain shows how meditative and Buddhist practice anticipated the findings of modern neuroscience. Moving from the evolutionary history of the brain to the disorders and neuroses associated with our technology-driven world, James Kingsland explains why the ancient practice of mindfulness has been so beneficial and so important for human beings across time. Far from a New Age fad, the principles of meditation have deep scientific support and have been proven to be effective in combating many contemporary psychiatric disorders. Siddhartha posited that “Our life is shaped by our mind; we become what we think.” As we are increasingly driven to distraction by competing demands, our ability to focus and control our thoughts has never been more challenged—or more vital. Siddhartha’s Brain offers a cutting-edge, big-picture assessment of meditation and mindfulness: how it works, what it does to our brains, and why meditative practice has never been more important. James Kingsland Tue, 26 Apr 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262282 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Siddhartha's Brain: Unlocking the Ancient Science of Enlightenment Author: James Kingsland Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of the “science of enlightenment,” told through the lens of the journey of Siddhartha (better known as Buddha), by Guardian science editor James Kingsland. In a lush grove on the banks of the Neranjara in northern India—400 years before the birth of Christ, when the foundations of western science and philosophy were being laid by the great minds of Ancient Greece—a prince turned ascetic wanderer sat beneath a fig tree. His name was Siddhartha Gautama, and he was discovering the astonishing capabilities of the human brain and the secrets of mental wellness and spiritual “enlightenment,” the foundation of Buddhism. Framed by the historical journey and teachings of the Buddha, Siddhartha’s Brain shows how meditative and Buddhist practice anticipated the findings of modern neuroscience. Moving from the evolutionary history of the brain to the disorders and neuroses associated with our technology-driven world, James Kingsland explains why the ancient practice of mindfulness has been so beneficial and so important for human beings across time. Far from a New Age fad, the principles of meditation have deep scientific support and have been proven to be effective in combating many contemporary psychiatric disorders. Siddhartha posited that “Our life is shaped by our mind; we become what we think.” As we are increasingly driven to distraction by competing demands, our ability to focus and control our thoughts has never been more challenged—or more vital. Siddhartha’s Brain offers a cutting-edge, big-picture assessment of meditation and mindfulness: how it works, what it does to our brains, and why meditative practice has never been more important. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Siddhartha's Brain: Unlocking the Ancient Science of Enlightenment Author: James Kingsland Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of the “science of enlightenment,” told through the lens of the journey of Siddhartha (better known as Buddha), by Guardian science editor James Kingsland. In a lush grove on the banks of the Neranjara in northern India—400 years before the birth of Christ, when the foundations of western science and philosophy were being laid by the great minds of Ancient Greece—a prince turned ascetic wanderer sat beneath a fig tree. His name was Siddhartha Gautama, and he was discovering the astonishing capabilities of the human brain and the secrets of mental wellness and spiritual “enlightenment,” the foundation of Buddhism. Framed by the historical journey and teachings of the Buddha, Siddhartha’s Brain shows how meditative and Buddhist practice anticipated the findings of modern neuroscience. Moving from the evolutionary history of the brain to the disorders and neuroses associated with our technology-driven world, James Kingsland explains why the ancient practice of mindfulness has been so beneficial and so important for human beings across time. Far from a New Age fad, the principles of meditation have deep scientific support and have been proven to be effective in combating many contemporary psychiatric disorders. Siddhartha posited that “Our life is shaped by our mind; we become what we think.” As we are increasingly driven to distraction by competing demands, our ability to focus and control our thoughts has never been more challenged—or more vital. Siddhartha’s Brain offers a cutting-edge, big-picture assessment of meditation and mindfulness: how it works, what it does to our brains, and why meditative practice has never been more important. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastery of Life: The Self-Help Classics of Ralph Waldo Emerson Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The great writings of American transcendentalist philosopher Ralph Waldo Emerson (1803-1882) are not some distant ponderings on life – they are works of the highest practicality, intended to supply guidance and daily help. Emerson’s ideas arose from his simple observations of human existence, with all its pitfalls and possibilities. Reading and listening to Emerson brings the wisdom of the ages down to earth. This collection is drawn from his most practical and best-loved works. Each points you toward better and fuller ways of living. 1. 'Success' 2. 'Compensation' 3. 'Self-Reliance' 4. 'Spiritual Laws' 5. 'Fate' Ralph Waldo Emerson Wed, 01 Jan 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262269 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastery of Life: The Self-Help Classics of Ralph Waldo Emerson Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The great writings of American transcendentalist philosopher Ralph Waldo Emerson (1803-1882) are not some distant ponderings on life – they are works of the highest practicality, intended to supply guidance and daily help. Emerson’s ideas arose from his simple observations of human existence, with all its pitfalls and possibilities. Reading and listening to Emerson brings the wisdom of the ages down to earth. This collection is drawn from his most practical and best-loved works. Each points you toward better and fuller ways of living. 1. 'Success' 2. 'Compensation' 3. 'Self-Reliance' 4. 'Spiritual Laws' 5. 'Fate' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastery of Life: The Self-Help Classics of Ralph Waldo Emerson Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The great writings of American transcendentalist philosopher Ralph Waldo Emerson (1803-1882) are not some distant ponderings on life – they are works of the highest practicality, intended to supply guidance and daily help. Emerson’s ideas arose from his simple observations of human existence, with all its pitfalls and possibilities. Reading and listening to Emerson brings the wisdom of the ages down to earth. This collection is drawn from his most practical and best-loved works. Each points you toward better and fuller ways of living. 1. 'Success' 2. 'Compensation' 3. 'Self-Reliance' 4. 'Spiritual Laws' 5. 'Fate' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262259 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Thinking: What You Need to Know to Be Smarter, Safer, Wealthier, And Wiser Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.78 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Critical-thinking skills are essential for life in the 21st century. In this follow-up to his introductory guide Think, and continuing his trademark of hopeful skepticism, Guy Harrison demonstrates in a detailed fashion how to sort through bad ideas, unfounded claims, and bogus information to drill down to the most salient facts. By explaining how the human brain works, and outing its most irrational processes, this book provides the thinking tools that will help you make better decisions, ask the right questions (at the right time), know what to look for when evaluating information, and understand how your own brain subconsciously clouds your judgment. Think you're too smart to be easily misled? Harrison summarizes scientific research showing how easily even intelligent and well-educated people can be fooled. We all suffer from cognitive biases, embellished memories, and the tendency to kowtow to authority figures or be duped by dubious 'truths' packaged in appealing stories. And as primates we are naturally status seekers, so we are prone to irrational beliefs that seem to enhance our sense of belonging and ranking. Emotional impulses and stress also all too often lead us into traps of misperception and bad judgment. Understanding what science has discovered about the brain makes you better equipped to cope with its built-in pitfalls. Good Thinking--the book and the practice-- makes clear that with knowledge and the right thinking skills, anyone can lead a safer, wiser, more efficient, and productive life. Guy P. Harrison Tue, 01 Mar 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262259 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Thinking: What You Need to Know to Be Smarter, Safer, Wealthier, And Wiser Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.78 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Critical-thinking skills are essential for life in the 21st century. In this follow-up to his introductory guide Think, and continuing his trademark of hopeful skepticism, Guy Harrison demonstrates in a detailed fashion how to sort through bad ideas, unfounded claims, and bogus information to drill down to the most salient facts. By explaining how the human brain works, and outing its most irrational processes, this book provides the thinking tools that will help you make better decisions, ask the right questions (at the right time), know what to look for when evaluating information, and understand how your own brain subconsciously clouds your judgment. Think you're too smart to be easily misled? Harrison summarizes scientific research showing how easily even intelligent and well-educated people can be fooled. We all suffer from cognitive biases, embellished memories, and the tendency to kowtow to authority figures or be duped by dubious 'truths' packaged in appealing stories. And as primates we are naturally status seekers, so we are prone to irrational beliefs that seem to enhance our sense of belonging and ranking. Emotional impulses and stress also all too often lead us into traps of misperception and bad judgment. Understanding what science has discovered about the brain makes you better equipped to cope with its built-in pitfalls. Good Thinking--the book and the practice-- makes clear that with knowledge and the right thinking skills, anyone can lead a safer, wiser, more efficient, and productive life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Thinking: What You Need to Know to Be Smarter, Safer, Wealthier, And Wiser Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.78 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Critical-thinking skills are essential for life in the 21st century. In this follow-up to his introductory guide Think, and continuing his trademark of hopeful skepticism, Guy Harrison demonstrates in a detailed fashion how to sort through bad ideas, unfounded claims, and bogus information to drill down to the most salient facts. By explaining how the human brain works, and outing its most irrational processes, this book provides the thinking tools that will help you make better decisions, ask the right questions (at the right time), know what to look for when evaluating information, and understand how your own brain subconsciously clouds your judgment. Think you're too smart to be easily misled? Harrison summarizes scientific research showing how easily even intelligent and well-educated people can be fooled. We all suffer from cognitive biases, embellished memories, and the tendency to kowtow to authority figures or be duped by dubious 'truths' packaged in appealing stories. And as primates we are naturally status seekers, so we are prone to irrational beliefs that seem to enhance our sense of belonging and ranking. Emotional impulses and stress also all too often lead us into traps of misperception and bad judgment. Understanding what science has discovered about the brain makes you better equipped to cope with its built-in pitfalls. Good Thinking--the book and the practice-- makes clear that with knowledge and the right thinking skills, anyone can lead a safer, wiser, more efficient, and productive life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 4 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. John Perry, Ken Taylor Tue, 12 Apr 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262056 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 4 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 4 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path: A New Way to Think About Everything Author: Michael Puett, Christine Gross-Loh Narrator: Michael Puett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents, the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Path by Professor Michael Puett and Christine Gross-Loh, read by Professor Michael Puett. Harvard's most popular professor explains how thinkers from Confucius to Zhuangzi can transform our lives The first book of its kind, The Path draws on the work of the great but largely unknown Chinese philosophers to offer a profound guide to living well. By explaining what these teachings reveal about subjects from decision-making to relationships, it challenges some of our deepest held assumptions, forcing us to 'unlearn' many ideas that inform modern society. The way we think we're living our lives isn't the way we live them. The authors show that we live well not by 'finding' ourselves and slavishly following a grand plan, as so much of Western thought would have us believe, but rather through a path of self-cultivation and engagement with the world. Believing in a 'true self' only restricts what we can become - and tiny changes, from how we think about careers to how we talk with our family, can start to have powerful effects that will open up constellations of new possibilities. Professor Michael Puett's course in Chinese philosophy has taken Harvard by storm. In The Path, he collaborates with journalist and author Christine Gross-Loh to make this timeless wisdom accessible to everyone for the very first time. Michael Puett, Christine Gross-Loh Thu, 07 Apr 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256991 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path: A New Way to Think About Everything Author: Michael Puett, Christine Gross-Loh Narrator: Michael Puett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents, the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Path by Professor Michael Puett and Christine Gross-Loh, read by Professor Michael Puett. Harvard's most popular professor explains how thinkers from Confucius to Zhuangzi can transform our lives The first book of its kind, The Path draws on the work of the great but largely unknown Chinese philosophers to offer a profound guide to living well. By explaining what these teachings reveal about subjects from decision-making to relationships, it challenges some of our deepest held assumptions, forcing us to 'unlearn' many ideas that inform modern society. The way we think we're living our lives isn't the way we live them. The authors show that we live well not by 'finding' ourselves and slavishly following a grand plan, as so much of Western thought would have us believe, but rather through a path of self-cultivation and engagement with the world. Believing in a 'true self' only restricts what we can become - and tiny changes, from how we think about careers to how we talk with our family, can start to have powerful effects that will open up constellations of new possibilities. Professor Michael Puett's course in Chinese philosophy has taken Harvard by storm. In The Path, he collaborates with journalist and author Christine Gross-Loh to make this timeless wisdom accessible to everyone for the very first time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path: A New Way to Think About Everything Author: Michael Puett, Christine Gross-Loh Narrator: Michael Puett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents, the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Path by Professor Michael Puett and Christine Gross-Loh, read by Professor Michael Puett. Harvard's most popular professor explains how thinkers from Confucius to Zhuangzi can transform our lives The first book of its kind, The Path draws on the work of the great but largely unknown Chinese philosophers to offer a profound guide to living well. By explaining what these teachings reveal about subjects from decision-making to relationships, it challenges some of our deepest held assumptions, forcing us to 'unlearn' many ideas that inform modern society. The way we think we're living our lives isn't the way we live them. The authors show that we live well not by 'finding' ourselves and slavishly following a grand plan, as so much of Western thought would have us believe, but rather through a path of self-cultivation and engagement with the world. Believing in a 'true self' only restricts what we can become - and tiny changes, from how we think about careers to how we talk with our family, can start to have powerful effects that will open up constellations of new possibilities. Professor Michael Puett's course in Chinese philosophy has taken Harvard by storm. In The Path, he collaborates with journalist and author Christine Gross-Loh to make this timeless wisdom accessible to everyone for the very first time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet Author: Khalil Gibran Narrator: Becky Ann Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gibran considered The Prophet to be his greatest achievement. First published in 1923, The Prophet has been translated into more than twenty languages, and has become one of the beloved classics of our time. Cherished by millions, the universally inspiring words of The Prophet are here magnificently read aloud. Khalil Gibran Tue, 03 Oct 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256625 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet Author: Khalil Gibran Narrator: Becky Ann Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gibran considered The Prophet to be his greatest achievement. First published in 1923, The Prophet has been translated into more than twenty languages, and has become one of the beloved classics of our time. Cherished by millions, the universally inspiring words of The Prophet are here magnificently read aloud. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet Author: Khalil Gibran Narrator: Becky Ann Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Gibran considered The Prophet to be his greatest achievement. First published in 1923, The Prophet has been translated into more than twenty languages, and has become one of the beloved classics of our time. Cherished by millions, the universally inspiring words of The Prophet are here magnificently read aloud. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256473 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Internet of Us: Knowing More and Understanding Less in the Age of Big Data Author: Michael P. Lynch Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With far-reaching implications, this urgent treatise promises to revolutionize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age. We used to say 'seeing is believing'; now googling is believing. With 24/7 access to nearly all of the world's information at our fingertips, we no longer trek to the library or the encyclopedia shelf in search of answers. We just open our browsers, type in a few keywords and wait for the information to come to us. Indeed, the Internet has revolutionized the way we learn and know, as well as how we interact with each other. And yet this explosion of technological innovation has also produced a curious paradox: even as we know more, we seem to understand less. While a wealth of literature has been devoted to life with the Internet, the deep philosophical implications of this seismic shift have not been properly explored until now. Demonstrating that knowledge based on reason plays an essential role in society and that there is much more to “knowing” than just acquiring information, leading philosopher Michael Patrick Lynch shows how our digital way of life makes us overvalue some ways of processing information over others, and thus risks distorting what it means to be human. With far-reaching implications, Lynch's argument charts a path from Plato's cave to Shannon's mathematical theory of information to Google Glass, illustrating that technology itself isn't the problem, nor is it the solution. Instead, it will be the way in which we adapt our minds to these new tools that will ultimately decide whether or not the 'Internet of Things'—all those gadgets on our wrists, in our pockets and on our laps—will be a net gain for humanity. Along the way, Lynch uses a philosopher's lens to examine some of the most urgent issues facing digital life today, including how social media is revolutionizing the way we think about privacy; why a greater reliance on Wikipedia and Google doesn't necessarily make knowledge 'more democratic'; and the perils of using 'big data' alone to predict cultural trends. Promising to modernize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age, The Internet of Us builds on previous works by Nicholas Carr, James Gleick and Jaron Lanier to give us a necessary guide on how to navigate the philosophical quagmire that is the Information Age. Michael P. Lynch Mon, 21 Mar 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256473 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Internet of Us: Knowing More and Understanding Less in the Age of Big Data Author: Michael P. Lynch Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With far-reaching implications, this urgent treatise promises to revolutionize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age. We used to say 'seeing is believing'; now googling is believing. With 24/7 access to nearly all of the world's information at our fingertips, we no longer trek to the library or the encyclopedia shelf in search of answers. We just open our browsers, type in a few keywords and wait for the information to come to us. Indeed, the Internet has revolutionized the way we learn and know, as well as how we interact with each other. And yet this explosion of technological innovation has also produced a curious paradox: even as we know more, we seem to understand less. While a wealth of literature has been devoted to life with the Internet, the deep philosophical implications of this seismic shift have not been properly explored until now. Demonstrating that knowledge based on reason plays an essential role in society and that there is much more to “knowing” than just acquiring information, leading philosopher Michael Patrick Lynch shows how our digital way of life makes us overvalue some ways of processing information over others, and thus risks distorting what it means to be human. With far-reaching implications, Lynch's argument charts a path from Plato's cave to Shannon's mathematical theory of information to Google Glass, illustrating that technology itself isn't the problem, nor is it the solution. Instead, it will be the way in which we adapt our minds to these new tools that will ultimately decide whether or not the 'Internet of Things'—all those gadgets on our wrists, in our pockets and on our laps—will be a net gain for humanity. Along the way, Lynch uses a philosopher's lens to examine some of the most urgent issues facing digital life today, including how social media is revolutionizing the way we think about privacy; why a greater reliance on Wikipedia and Google doesn't necessarily make knowledge 'more democratic'; and the perils of using 'big data' alone to predict cultural trends. Promising to modernize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age, The Internet of Us builds on previous works by Nicholas Carr, James Gleick and Jaron Lanier to give us a necessary guide on how to navigate the philosophical quagmire that is the Information Age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Internet of Us: Knowing More and Understanding Less in the Age of Big Data Author: Michael P. Lynch Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With far-reaching implications, this urgent treatise promises to revolutionize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age. We used to say 'seeing is believing'; now googling is believing. With 24/7 access to nearly all of the world's information at our fingertips, we no longer trek to the library or the encyclopedia shelf in search of answers. We just open our browsers, type in a few keywords and wait for the information to come to us. Indeed, the Internet has revolutionized the way we learn and know, as well as how we interact with each other. And yet this explosion of technological innovation has also produced a curious paradox: even as we know more, we seem to understand less. While a wealth of literature has been devoted to life with the Internet, the deep philosophical implications of this seismic shift have not been properly explored until now. Demonstrating that knowledge based on reason plays an essential role in society and that there is much more to “knowing” than just acquiring information, leading philosopher Michael Patrick Lynch shows how our digital way of life makes us overvalue some ways of processing information over others, and thus risks distorting what it means to be human. With far-reaching implications, Lynch's argument charts a path from Plato's cave to Shannon's mathematical theory of information to Google Glass, illustrating that technology itself isn't the problem, nor is it the solution. Instead, it will be the way in which we adapt our minds to these new tools that will ultimately decide whether or not the 'Internet of Things'—all those gadgets on our wrists, in our pockets and on our laps—will be a net gain for humanity. Along the way, Lynch uses a philosopher's lens to examine some of the most urgent issues facing digital life today, including how social media is revolutionizing the way we think about privacy; why a greater reliance on Wikipedia and Google doesn't necessarily make knowledge 'more democratic'; and the perils of using 'big data' alone to predict cultural trends. Promising to modernize our understanding of what it means to be human in the digital age, The Internet of Us builds on previous works by Nicholas Carr, James Gleick and Jaron Lanier to give us a necessary guide on how to navigate the philosophical quagmire that is the Information Age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256336 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 3 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. John Perry, Ken Taylor Tue, 08 Mar 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256336 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 3 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 3 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 2 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 9, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. John Perry, Ken Taylor Tue, 09 Feb 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255936 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 2 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 9, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 2 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 9, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers Ken Taylor and John Perry invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 1 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers John Perry and Ken Taylor invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. John Perry, Ken Taylor Tue, 12 Jan 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252984 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 1 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers John Perry and Ken Taylor invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy Talk, Vol. 1 Author: John Perry, Ken Taylor Narrator: Ken Taylor, John Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Host philosophers John Perry and Ken Taylor invite you to join them in conversation on a wide variety of issues, ranging from popular culture to our most deeply held beliefs about science, morality, and the human condition. Philosophy Talk challenges listeners to identify and question their assumptions and to think about things in new ways. Fun, accessible, and intellectually stimulating, Philosophy Talk is dedicated to reasoned conversation driven by human curiosity and celebrates the value of the examined life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time, and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures Brian Greene Tue, 10 Feb 2004 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252437 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time, and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time, and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elbow Room: The Varieties of Free Will Worth Wanting Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this landmark 1984 work on free will, Daniel Dennett makes a case for compatibilism. His aim, as he writes in the preface to this new edition, was a cleanup job, 'saving everything that mattered about the everyday concept of free will, while jettisoning the impediments.' In Elbow Room, Dennett argues that the varieties of free will worth wanting -- those that underwrite moral and artistic responsibility -- are not threatened by advances in science but distinguished, explained, and justified in detail. Dennett tackles the question of free will in a highly original and witty manner, drawing on the theories and concepts of fields that range from physics and evolutionary biology to engineering, automata theory, and artificial intelligence. He shows how the classical formulations of the problem in philosophy depend on misuses of imagination, and he disentangles the philosophical problems of real interest from the 'family of anxieties' in which they are often enmeshed -- imaginary agents and bogeymen, including the Peremptory Puppeteer, the Nefarious Neurosurgeon, and the Cosmic Child Whose Dolls We Are. Putting sociobiology in its rightful place, he concludes that we can have free will and science too. He explores reason, control and self-control, the meaning of 'can' and 'could have done otherwise,' responsibility and punishment, and why we would want free will in the first place. A fresh reading of Dennett's book shows how much it can still contribute to current discussions of free will. This edition includes as its afterword Dennett's 2012 Erasmus Prize essay. Daniel C. Dennett Fri, 01 Jan 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251864 thebookvoice.com 9:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elbow Room: The Varieties of Free Will Worth Wanting Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this landmark 1984 work on free will, Daniel Dennett makes a case for compatibilism. His aim, as he writes in the preface to this new edition, was a cleanup job, 'saving everything that mattered about the everyday concept of free will, while jettisoning the impediments.' In Elbow Room, Dennett argues that the varieties of free will worth wanting -- those that underwrite moral and artistic responsibility -- are not threatened by advances in science but distinguished, explained, and justified in detail. Dennett tackles the question of free will in a highly original and witty manner, drawing on the theories and concepts of fields that range from physics and evolutionary biology to engineering, automata theory, and artificial intelligence. He shows how the classical formulations of the problem in philosophy depend on misuses of imagination, and he disentangles the philosophical problems of real interest from the 'family of anxieties' in which they are often enmeshed -- imaginary agents and bogeymen, including the Peremptory Puppeteer, the Nefarious Neurosurgeon, and the Cosmic Child Whose Dolls We Are. Putting sociobiology in its rightful place, he concludes that we can have free will and science too. He explores reason, control and self-control, the meaning of 'can' and 'could have done otherwise,' responsibility and punishment, and why we would want free will in the first place. A fresh reading of Dennett's book shows how much it can still contribute to current discussions of free will. This edition includes as its afterword Dennett's 2012 Erasmus Prize essay. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elbow Room: The Varieties of Free Will Worth Wanting Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this landmark 1984 work on free will, Daniel Dennett makes a case for compatibilism. His aim, as he writes in the preface to this new edition, was a cleanup job, 'saving everything that mattered about the everyday concept of free will, while jettisoning the impediments.' In Elbow Room, Dennett argues that the varieties of free will worth wanting -- those that underwrite moral and artistic responsibility -- are not threatened by advances in science but distinguished, explained, and justified in detail. Dennett tackles the question of free will in a highly original and witty manner, drawing on the theories and concepts of fields that range from physics and evolutionary biology to engineering, automata theory, and artificial intelligence. He shows how the classical formulations of the problem in philosophy depend on misuses of imagination, and he disentangles the philosophical problems of real interest from the 'family of anxieties' in which they are often enmeshed -- imaginary agents and bogeymen, including the Peremptory Puppeteer, the Nefarious Neurosurgeon, and the Cosmic Child Whose Dolls We Are. Putting sociobiology in its rightful place, he concludes that we can have free will and science too. He explores reason, control and self-control, the meaning of 'can' and 'could have done otherwise,' responsibility and punishment, and why we would want free will in the first place. A fresh reading of Dennett's book shows how much it can still contribute to current discussions of free will. This edition includes as its afterword Dennett's 2012 Erasmus Prize essay. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Matrix and Philosophy Author: William Irwin Narrator: Rick Adamson, Jennifer Jay Myers, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Matrix conveys the horror of a false world made of nothing but perceptions. Based on the premise that reality is a dream controlled by malevolent forces, it is one of the most overtly philosophical movies ever to come out of Hollywood. These thought-provoking essays by the same team of young philosophers who created The Simpsons and Philosophy discuss different facets of the primary philosophical puzzle of The Matrix: Can we be sure the world is really there, and if not, what should we do about it? Other chapters address issues of religion, lifestyle, pop culture, the Zeitgeist, the nature of mind and matter, and the reality of fiction. William Irwin Tue, 05 Nov 2002 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251785 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Matrix and Philosophy Author: William Irwin Narrator: Rick Adamson, Jennifer Jay Myers, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Matrix conveys the horror of a false world made of nothing but perceptions. Based on the premise that reality is a dream controlled by malevolent forces, it is one of the most overtly philosophical movies ever to come out of Hollywood. These thought-provoking essays by the same team of young philosophers who created The Simpsons and Philosophy discuss different facets of the primary philosophical puzzle of The Matrix: Can we be sure the world is really there, and if not, what should we do about it? Other chapters address issues of religion, lifestyle, pop culture, the Zeitgeist, the nature of mind and matter, and the reality of fiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Matrix and Philosophy Author: William Irwin Narrator: Rick Adamson, Jennifer Jay Myers, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Matrix conveys the horror of a false world made of nothing but perceptions. Based on the premise that reality is a dream controlled by malevolent forces, it is one of the most overtly philosophical movies ever to come out of Hollywood. These thought-provoking essays by the same team of young philosophers who created The Simpsons and Philosophy discuss different facets of the primary philosophical puzzle of The Matrix: Can we be sure the world is really there, and if not, what should we do about it? Other chapters address issues of religion, lifestyle, pop culture, the Zeitgeist, the nature of mind and matter, and the reality of fiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251542 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spark Joy: An Illustrated Master Class on the Art of Organizing and Tidying Up Author: Marie Kondo Narrator: Sumalee Montano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Japanese decluttering guru Marie Kondo’s The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up has revolutionized homes—and lives—across the world. Now, Kondo presents an illustrated guide to her acclaimed KonMari Method, with step-by-step folding illustrations for everything from shirts to socks, plus drawings of perfectly organized drawers and closets. She also provides advice on frequently asked questions, such as whether to keep “necessary” items that may not bring you joy. With guidance on specific categories including kitchen tools, cleaning supplies, hobby goods, and digital photos, this comprehensive companion is sure to spark joy in anyone who wants to simplify their life. Includes a bonus PDF with instructional illustrations Marie Kondo Tue, 05 Jan 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251542 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spark Joy: An Illustrated Master Class on the Art of Organizing and Tidying Up Author: Marie Kondo Narrator: Sumalee Montano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Japanese decluttering guru Marie Kondo’s The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up has revolutionized homes—and lives—across the world. Now, Kondo presents an illustrated guide to her acclaimed KonMari Method, with step-by-step folding illustrations for everything from shirts to socks, plus drawings of perfectly organized drawers and closets. She also provides advice on frequently asked questions, such as whether to keep “necessary” items that may not bring you joy. With guidance on specific categories including kitchen tools, cleaning supplies, hobby goods, and digital photos, this comprehensive companion is sure to spark joy in anyone who wants to simplify their life. Includes a bonus PDF with instructional illustrations Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spark Joy: An Illustrated Master Class on the Art of Organizing and Tidying Up Author: Marie Kondo Narrator: Sumalee Montano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Japanese decluttering guru Marie Kondo’s The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up has revolutionized homes—and lives—across the world. Now, Kondo presents an illustrated guide to her acclaimed KonMari Method, with step-by-step folding illustrations for everything from shirts to socks, plus drawings of perfectly organized drawers and closets. She also provides advice on frequently asked questions, such as whether to keep “necessary” items that may not bring you joy. With guidance on specific categories including kitchen tools, cleaning supplies, hobby goods, and digital photos, this comprehensive companion is sure to spark joy in anyone who wants to simplify their life. Includes a bonus PDF with instructional illustrations https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World Author: Wesley J. Smith Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life. Wesley J. Smith Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World Author: Wesley J. Smith Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World Author: Wesley J. Smith Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stone Reader: Modern Philosophy in 133 Arguments Author: Peter Catapano, Simon Critchley Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Stone Reader provides an unparalleled overview of contemporary philosophy. Once solely the province of ivory-tower professors and college classrooms, contemporary philosophy was finally emancipated from its academic closet in 2010, when The Stone was launched in The New York Times. First appearing as an online series, the column quickly attracted millions of readers through its accessible examination of universal topics like the nature of science, consciousness and morality, while also probing more contemporary issues such as the morality of drones, gun control and the gender divide. The Stone Reader presents 133 meaningful and influential essays from the series, placing nearly the entirety of modern philosophical discourse in the listener's reach . The audiobook, divided into four broad sections-Philosophy, Science, Religion and Morals, and Society-opens with a series of questions about the scope, history and identity of philosophy: What are the practical uses of philosophy? Does the discipline, begun in the West in ancient Greece with Socrates, favor men and exclude women? Does the history and study of philosophy betray a racial bias against non-white thinkers, or geographical bias toward the West? These questions and others form a foundation for listeners as the audiobook moves to the second section, Science, where some of our most urgent contemporary philosophical debates are taking place. Will artificial intelligence compromise our morality? Does neuroscience undermine our free will? Is there is a legitimate place for the humanities in a world where science and technology appear to rule? Should the evidence for global warming change the way we live, or die? In the book’s third section, Religion and Morals, we find philosophy where it is often at its best, sharpest and most disturbing-working through the arguments provoked by competing moral theories in the face of real-life issues and rigorously addressing familiar ethical dilemmas in a new light. Can we have a true moral life without belief in God? What are the dangers of moral relativism? In its final part, Society, The Stone Reader returns to its origins as a forum to encourage philosophers who are willing to engage closely, critically and analytically with the affairs of the day, including economic inequality, technology and racial discrimination. In directly confronting events like the September 11 attacks, the killing of Trayvon Martin, the Sandy Hook School massacre, the essays here reveal the power of philosophy to help shape our viewpoints on nearly every issue we face today. Peter Catapano, Simon Critchley Tue, 01 Dec 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251273 thebookvoice.com 26:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stone Reader: Modern Philosophy in 133 Arguments Author: Peter Catapano, Simon Critchley Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Stone Reader provides an unparalleled overview of contemporary philosophy. Once solely the province of ivory-tower professors and college classrooms, contemporary philosophy was finally emancipated from its academic closet in 2010, when The Stone was launched in The New York Times. First appearing as an online series, the column quickly attracted millions of readers through its accessible examination of universal topics like the nature of science, consciousness and morality, while also probing more contemporary issues such as the morality of drones, gun control and the gender divide. The Stone Reader presents 133 meaningful and influential essays from the series, placing nearly the entirety of modern philosophical discourse in the listener's reach . The audiobook, divided into four broad sections-Philosophy, Science, Religion and Morals, and Society-opens with a series of questions about the scope, history and identity of philosophy: What are the practical uses of philosophy? Does the discipline, begun in the West in ancient Greece with Socrates, favor men and exclude women? Does the history and study of philosophy betray a racial bias against non-white thinkers, or geographical bias toward the West? These questions and others form a foundation for listeners as the audiobook moves to the second section, Science, where some of our most urgent contemporary philosophical debates are taking place. Will artificial intelligence compromise our morality? Does neuroscience undermine our free will? Is there is a legitimate place for the humanities in a world where science and technology appear to rule? Should the evidence for global warming change the way we live, or die? In the book’s third section, Religion and Morals, we find philosophy where it is often at its best, sharpest and most disturbing-working through the arguments provoked by competing moral theories in the face of real-life issues and rigorously addressing familiar ethical dilemmas in a new light. Can we have a true moral life without belief in God? What are the dangers of moral relativism? In its final part, Society, The Stone Reader returns to its origins as a forum to encourage philosophers who are willing to engage closely, critically and analytically with the affairs of the day, including economic inequality, technology and racial discrimination. In directly confronting events like the September 11 attacks, the killing of Trayvon Martin, the Sandy Hook School massacre, the essays here reveal the power of philosophy to help shape our viewpoints on nearly every issue we face today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stone Reader: Modern Philosophy in 133 Arguments Author: Peter Catapano, Simon Critchley Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Stone Reader provides an unparalleled overview of contemporary philosophy. Once solely the province of ivory-tower professors and college classrooms, contemporary philosophy was finally emancipated from its academic closet in 2010, when The Stone was launched in The New York Times. First appearing as an online series, the column quickly attracted millions of readers through its accessible examination of universal topics like the nature of science, consciousness and morality, while also probing more contemporary issues such as the morality of drones, gun control and the gender divide. The Stone Reader presents 133 meaningful and influential essays from the series, placing nearly the entirety of modern philosophical discourse in the listener's reach . The audiobook, divided into four broad sections-Philosophy, Science, Religion and Morals, and Society-opens with a series of questions about the scope, history and identity of philosophy: What are the practical uses of philosophy? Does the discipline, begun in the West in ancient Greece with Socrates, favor men and exclude women? Does the history and study of philosophy betray a racial bias against non-white thinkers, or geographical bias toward the West? These questions and others form a foundation for listeners as the audiobook moves to the second section, Science, where some of our most urgent contemporary philosophical debates are taking place. Will artificial intelligence compromise our morality? Does neuroscience undermine our free will? Is there is a legitimate place for the humanities in a world where science and technology appear to rule? Should the evidence for global warming change the way we live, or die? In the book’s third section, Religion and Morals, we find philosophy where it is often at its best, sharpest and most disturbing-working through the arguments provoked by competing moral theories in the face of real-life issues and rigorously addressing familiar ethical dilemmas in a new light. Can we have a true moral life without belief in God? What are the dangers of moral relativism? In its final part, Society, The Stone Reader returns to its origins as a forum to encourage philosophers who are willing to engage closely, critically and analytically with the affairs of the day, including economic inequality, technology and racial discrimination. In directly confronting events like the September 11 attacks, the killing of Trayvon Martin, the Sandy Hook School massacre, the essays here reveal the power of philosophy to help shape our viewpoints on nearly every issue we face today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251015 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Fifty Years: Science in the First Half of the Twenty-First Century Author: John Brockman Narrator: Henry Levya, Jennifer Wiltsie, Simon Prebble, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A brilliant ensemble of the world’s most visionary scientists provides twenty-five original never-before-published essays about the advances in science and technology that we may see within our lifetimes. Theoretical physicist and bestselling author Paul Davies examines the likelihood that by the year 2050 we will be able to establish a continuing human presence on Mars. Psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi investigates the ramifications of engineering high-IQ, geneticially happy babies. Psychiatrist Nancy Etcoff explains current research into the creation of emotion-sensing jewelry that could gauge our moods and tell us when to take an anti-depressant pill. And evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins explores the probability that we will soon be able to obtain a genome printout that predicts our natural end for the same cost as a chest x-ray. (Will we want to read it? And will insurance companies and governments have access to it?) This fascinating and unprecedented book explores not only the practical possibilities of the near future, but also the social and political ramifications of the developments of the strange new world to come. Also includes original essays by: Lee Smolin Martin Rees Ian Stewart Brian Goodwin Marc D. Hauser Alison Gopnik Paul Bloom Geoffrey Miller Robert M. Sapolsky Steven Strogatz Stuart Kauffman John H. Holland Rodney Brooks Peter Atkins Roger C. Schank Jaron Lanier David Gelernter Joseph LeDoux Judith Rich Harris Samuel Barondes Paul W. Ewald John Brockman Tue, 14 May 2002 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251015 thebookvoice.com 8:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Fifty Years: Science in the First Half of the Twenty-First Century Author: John Brockman Narrator: Henry Levya, Jennifer Wiltsie, Simon Prebble, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A brilliant ensemble of the world’s most visionary scientists provides twenty-five original never-before-published essays about the advances in science and technology that we may see within our lifetimes. Theoretical physicist and bestselling author Paul Davies examines the likelihood that by the year 2050 we will be able to establish a continuing human presence on Mars. Psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi investigates the ramifications of engineering high-IQ, geneticially happy babies. Psychiatrist Nancy Etcoff explains current research into the creation of emotion-sensing jewelry that could gauge our moods and tell us when to take an anti-depressant pill. And evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins explores the probability that we will soon be able to obtain a genome printout that predicts our natural end for the same cost as a chest x-ray. (Will we want to read it? And will insurance companies and governments have access to it?) This fascinating and unprecedented book explores not only the practical possibilities of the near future, but also the social and political ramifications of the developments of the strange new world to come. Also includes original essays by: Lee Smolin Martin Rees Ian Stewart Brian Goodwin Marc D. Hauser Alison Gopnik Paul Bloom Geoffrey Miller Robert M. Sapolsky Steven Strogatz Stuart Kauffman John H. Holland Rodney Brooks Peter Atkins Roger C. Schank Jaron Lanier David Gelernter Joseph LeDoux Judith Rich Harris Samuel Barondes Paul W. Ewald Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Fifty Years: Science in the First Half of the Twenty-First Century Author: John Brockman Narrator: Henry Levya, Jennifer Wiltsie, Simon Prebble, Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A brilliant ensemble of the world’s most visionary scientists provides twenty-five original never-before-published essays about the advances in science and technology that we may see within our lifetimes. Theoretical physicist and bestselling author Paul Davies examines the likelihood that by the year 2050 we will be able to establish a continuing human presence on Mars. Psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi investigates the ramifications of engineering high-IQ, geneticially happy babies. Psychiatrist Nancy Etcoff explains current research into the creation of emotion-sensing jewelry that could gauge our moods and tell us when to take an anti-depressant pill. And evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins explores the probability that we will soon be able to obtain a genome printout that predicts our natural end for the same cost as a chest x-ray. (Will we want to read it? And will insurance companies and governments have access to it?) This fascinating and unprecedented book explores not only the practical possibilities of the near future, but also the social and political ramifications of the developments of the strange new world to come. Also includes original essays by: Lee Smolin Martin Rees Ian Stewart Brian Goodwin Marc D. Hauser Alison Gopnik Paul Bloom Geoffrey Miller Robert M. Sapolsky Steven Strogatz Stuart Kauffman John H. Holland Rodney Brooks Peter Atkins Roger C. Schank Jaron Lanier David Gelernter Joseph LeDoux Judith Rich Harris Samuel Barondes Paul W. Ewald https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Breath Becomes Air Author: Paul Kalanithi Narrator: Sunil Malhotra, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 567 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 113 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • This inspiring, exquisitely observed memoir finds hope and beauty in the face of insurmountable odds as an idealistic young neurosurgeon attempts to answer the question, What makes a life worth living? “Unmissable . . . Finishing this book and then forgetting about it is simply not an option.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review, People, NPR, The Washington Post, Slate, Harper’s Bazaar, Time Out New York, Publishers Weekly, BookPage At the age of thirty-six, on the verge of completing a decade’s worth of training as a neurosurgeon, Paul Kalanithi was diagnosed with stage IV lung cancer. One day he was a doctor treating the dying, and the next he was a patient struggling to live. And just like that, the future he and his wife had imagined evaporated. When Breath Becomes Air chronicles Kalanithi’s transformation from a naïve medical student “possessed,” as he wrote, “by the question of what, given that all organisms die, makes a virtuous and meaningful life” into a neurosurgeon at Stanford working in the brain, the most critical place for human identity, and finally into a patient and new father confronting his own mortality. What makes life worth living in the face of death? What do you do when the future, no longer a ladder toward your goals in life, flattens out into a perpetual present? What does it mean to have a child, to nurture a new life as another fades away? These are some of the questions Kalanithi wrestles with in this profoundly moving, exquisitely observed memoir. Paul Kalanithi died in March 2015, while working on this book, yet his words live on as a guide and a gift to us all. “I began to realize that coming face to face with my own mortality, in a sense, had changed nothing and everything,” he wrote. “Seven words from Samuel Beckett began to repeat in my head: ‘I can’t go on. I’ll go on.’” When Breath Becomes Air is an unforgettable, life-affirming reflection on the challenge of facing death and on the relationship between doctor and patient, from a brilliant writer who became both.   Finalist for the PEN Center USA Literary Award in Creative Nonfiction and the Books for a Better Life Award in Inspirational Memoir Paul Kalanithi Tue, 12 Jan 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250547 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Breath Becomes Air Author: Paul Kalanithi Narrator: Sunil Malhotra, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 567 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 113 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • This inspiring, exquisitely observed memoir finds hope and beauty in the face of insurmountable odds as an idealistic young neurosurgeon attempts to answer the question, What makes a life worth living? “Unmissable . . . Finishing this book and then forgetting about it is simply not an option.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review, People, NPR, The Washington Post, Slate, Harper’s Bazaar, Time Out New York, Publishers Weekly, BookPage At the age of thirty-six, on the verge of completing a decade’s worth of training as a neurosurgeon, Paul Kalanithi was diagnosed with stage IV lung cancer. One day he was a doctor treating the dying, and the next he was a patient struggling to live. And just like that, the future he and his wife had imagined evaporated. When Breath Becomes Air chronicles Kalanithi’s transformation from a naïve medical student “possessed,” as he wrote, “by the question of what, given that all organisms die, makes a virtuous and meaningful life” into a neurosurgeon at Stanford working in the brain, the most critical place for human identity, and finally into a patient and new father confronting his own mortality. What makes life worth living in the face of death? What do you do when the future, no longer a ladder toward your goals in life, flattens out into a perpetual present? What does it mean to have a child, to nurture a new life as another fades away? These are some of the questions Kalanithi wrestles with in this profoundly moving, exquisitely observed memoir. Paul Kalanithi died in March 2015, while working on this book, yet his words live on as a guide and a gift to us all. “I began to realize that coming face to face with my own mortality, in a sense, had changed nothing and everything,” he wrote. “Seven words from Samuel Beckett began to repeat in my head: ‘I can’t go on. I’ll go on.’” When Breath Becomes Air is an unforgettable, life-affirming reflection on the challenge of facing death and on the relationship between doctor and patient, from a brilliant writer who became both.   Finalist for the PEN Center USA Literary Award in Creative Nonfiction and the Books for a Better Life Award in Inspirational Memoir Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Breath Becomes Air Author: Paul Kalanithi Narrator: Sunil Malhotra, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 567 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 113 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • This inspiring, exquisitely observed memoir finds hope and beauty in the face of insurmountable odds as an idealistic young neurosurgeon attempts to answer the question, What makes a life worth living? “Unmissable . . . Finishing this book and then forgetting about it is simply not an option.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review, People, NPR, The Washington Post, Slate, Harper’s Bazaar, Time Out New York, Publishers Weekly, BookPage At the age of thirty-six, on the verge of completing a decade’s worth of training as a neurosurgeon, Paul Kalanithi was diagnosed with stage IV lung cancer. One day he was a doctor treating the dying, and the next he was a patient struggling to live. And just like that, the future he and his wife had imagined evaporated. When Breath Becomes Air chronicles Kalanithi’s transformation from a naïve medical student “possessed,” as he wrote, “by the question of what, given that all organisms die, makes a virtuous and meaningful life” into a neurosurgeon at Stanford working in the brain, the most critical place for human identity, and finally into a patient and new father confronting his own mortality. What makes life worth living in the face of death? What do you do when the future, no longer a ladder toward your goals in life, flattens out into a perpetual present? What does it mean to have a child, to nurture a new life as another fades away? These are some of the questions Kalanithi wrestles with in this profoundly moving, exquisitely observed memoir. Paul Kalanithi died in March 2015, while working on this book, yet his words live on as a guide and a gift to us all. “I began to realize that coming face to face with my own mortality, in a sense, had changed nothing and everything,” he wrote. “Seven words from Samuel Beckett began to repeat in my head: ‘I can’t go on. I’ll go on.’” When Breath Becomes Air is an unforgettable, life-affirming reflection on the challenge of facing death and on the relationship between doctor and patient, from a brilliant writer who became both.   Finalist for the PEN Center USA Literary Award in Creative Nonfiction and the Books for a Better Life Award in Inspirational Memoir https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250515 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever You Choose to Be: 8 Tips for the Road Ahead Author: Ann Romney Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For today’s twenty-somethings, the possibilities and opportunities are exhilarating, limitless, and sometimes confusing, with no clear-cut paths for the major life choices one must make after college graduation. In this new gift book, inspired by a commencement speech she gave in 2014, former first lady of Massachusetts Ann Romney puts forth eight key life lessons, the pieces of advice she wishes someone had given her when she graduated from college. These eight life lessons are Ann Romney’s candid and inspirational words of wisdom, featuring stories and examples gathered from her life’s journey through adversity and success, as well as windows of insight from the many people who have inspired, encouraged, and influenced her in her public and private life. Ann Romney Tue, 05 Jan 2016 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250515 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever You Choose to Be: 8 Tips for the Road Ahead Author: Ann Romney Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For today’s twenty-somethings, the possibilities and opportunities are exhilarating, limitless, and sometimes confusing, with no clear-cut paths for the major life choices one must make after college graduation. In this new gift book, inspired by a commencement speech she gave in 2014, former first lady of Massachusetts Ann Romney puts forth eight key life lessons, the pieces of advice she wishes someone had given her when she graduated from college. These eight life lessons are Ann Romney’s candid and inspirational words of wisdom, featuring stories and examples gathered from her life’s journey through adversity and success, as well as windows of insight from the many people who have inspired, encouraged, and influenced her in her public and private life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever You Choose to Be: 8 Tips for the Road Ahead Author: Ann Romney Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For today’s twenty-somethings, the possibilities and opportunities are exhilarating, limitless, and sometimes confusing, with no clear-cut paths for the major life choices one must make after college graduation. In this new gift book, inspired by a commencement speech she gave in 2014, former first lady of Massachusetts Ann Romney puts forth eight key life lessons, the pieces of advice she wishes someone had given her when she graduated from college. These eight life lessons are Ann Romney’s candid and inspirational words of wisdom, featuring stories and examples gathered from her life’s journey through adversity and success, as well as windows of insight from the many people who have inspired, encouraged, and influenced her in her public and private life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orthodoxy Author: G.K. Chesterton Narrator: John Franklyn-Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 15, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Orthodoxy was named as one of Publishers Weekly's 10 indispensable spiritual classics of the past 1500 years. It is the personal journal of one man's search for understanding culminating in his conversion to Catholicism. Written with wisdom and wit, G.K. Chesterton captures the very nature of faith G.K. Chesterton Fri, 15 Jul 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249422 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orthodoxy Author: G.K. Chesterton Narrator: John Franklyn-Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 15, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Orthodoxy was named as one of Publishers Weekly's 10 indispensable spiritual classics of the past 1500 years. It is the personal journal of one man's search for understanding culminating in his conversion to Catholicism. Written with wisdom and wit, G.K. Chesterton captures the very nature of faith Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orthodoxy Author: G.K. Chesterton Narrator: John Franklyn-Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 15, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Orthodoxy was named as one of Publishers Weekly's 10 indispensable spiritual classics of the past 1500 years. It is the personal journal of one man's search for understanding culminating in his conversion to Catholicism. Written with wisdom and wit, G.K. Chesterton captures the very nature of faith https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gratitude: Essays Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving testimony and celebration of how to embrace life. No writer has succeeded in capturing the medical and human drama of illness as honestly and as eloquently as Oliver Sacks. During the last few months of his life, he wrote a set of essays in which he movingly explored his feelings about completing a life and coming to terms with his own death. “A series of heart-rending yet ultimately uplifting essays….A lasting gift to readers.' —The Washington Post “It is the fate of every human being,” Sacks writes, “to be a unique individual, to find his own path, to live his own life, to die his own death.” Together, these four essays form an ode to the uniqueness of each human being and to gratitude for the gift of life. “My predominant feeling is one of gratitude. I have loved and been loved. I have been given much and I have given something in return. Above all, I have been a sentient being, a thinking animal, on this beautiful planet, and that in itself has been an enormous privilege and adventure.” —Oliver Sacks “Oliver Sacks was like no other clinician, or writer. He was drawn to the homes of the sick, the institutions of the most frail and disabled, the company of the unusual and the ‘abnormal.’ He wanted to see humanity in its many variants and to do so in his own, almost anachronistic way—face to face, over time, away from our burgeoning apparatus of computers and algorithms. And, through his writing, he showed us what he saw.” —Atul Gawande, author of Being Mortal Oliver Sacks Tue, 24 Nov 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248635 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gratitude: Essays Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving testimony and celebration of how to embrace life. No writer has succeeded in capturing the medical and human drama of illness as honestly and as eloquently as Oliver Sacks. During the last few months of his life, he wrote a set of essays in which he movingly explored his feelings about completing a life and coming to terms with his own death. “A series of heart-rending yet ultimately uplifting essays….A lasting gift to readers.' —The Washington Post “It is the fate of every human being,” Sacks writes, “to be a unique individual, to find his own path, to live his own life, to die his own death.” Together, these four essays form an ode to the uniqueness of each human being and to gratitude for the gift of life. “My predominant feeling is one of gratitude. I have loved and been loved. I have been given much and I have given something in return. Above all, I have been a sentient being, a thinking animal, on this beautiful planet, and that in itself has been an enormous privilege and adventure.” —Oliver Sacks “Oliver Sacks was like no other clinician, or writer. He was drawn to the homes of the sick, the institutions of the most frail and disabled, the company of the unusual and the ‘abnormal.’ He wanted to see humanity in its many variants and to do so in his own, almost anachronistic way—face to face, over time, away from our burgeoning apparatus of computers and algorithms. And, through his writing, he showed us what he saw.” —Atul Gawande, author of Being Mortal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gratitude: Essays Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving testimony and celebration of how to embrace life. No writer has succeeded in capturing the medical and human drama of illness as honestly and as eloquently as Oliver Sacks. During the last few months of his life, he wrote a set of essays in which he movingly explored his feelings about completing a life and coming to terms with his own death. “A series of heart-rending yet ultimately uplifting essays….A lasting gift to readers.' —The Washington Post “It is the fate of every human being,” Sacks writes, “to be a unique individual, to find his own path, to live his own life, to die his own death.” Together, these four essays form an ode to the uniqueness of each human being and to gratitude for the gift of life. “My predominant feeling is one of gratitude. I have loved and been loved. I have been given much and I have given something in return. Above all, I have been a sentient being, a thinking animal, on this beautiful planet, and that in itself has been an enormous privilege and adventure.” —Oliver Sacks “Oliver Sacks was like no other clinician, or writer. He was drawn to the homes of the sick, the institutions of the most frail and disabled, the company of the unusual and the ‘abnormal.’ He wanted to see humanity in its many variants and to do so in his own, almost anachronistic way—face to face, over time, away from our burgeoning apparatus of computers and algorithms. And, through his writing, he showed us what he saw.” —Atul Gawande, author of Being Mortal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm: Calm the Mind. Change the World Series: #13 of The NUMA Files Author: Michael Acton Smith Narrator: Maria Teresa Creasey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Calm by Michael Acton Smith, read by Maria Teresa Creasey. Trains delayed, kids squabbling before bedtime, endless emails filling the inbox: everyone needs more calm in their life. The evidence in favour of calmness is huge. Practices like meditation and mindfulness improve life expectancy, productivity at work, health and even personal happiness. And you can reach Calm any way you like: take a walk with nowhere to go, savour a chocolate on the tip of your tongue, plant a seed, doodle pointlessly, notice the world around you. Smile, breathe and go slowly. This unique handbook is filled with activities, inspiration and clearly explained research. It can be read in any order you like, encouraging every reader to find their own path to calmness. Working with mindfulness gurus and neurological experts alike, Michael Acton Smith has created a project that will finally bring Calm into the mainstream. Michael Acton Smith Thu, 05 Nov 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248301 thebookvoice.com 2:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm: Calm the Mind. Change the World Series: #13 of The NUMA Files Author: Michael Acton Smith Narrator: Maria Teresa Creasey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Calm by Michael Acton Smith, read by Maria Teresa Creasey. Trains delayed, kids squabbling before bedtime, endless emails filling the inbox: everyone needs more calm in their life. The evidence in favour of calmness is huge. Practices like meditation and mindfulness improve life expectancy, productivity at work, health and even personal happiness. And you can reach Calm any way you like: take a walk with nowhere to go, savour a chocolate on the tip of your tongue, plant a seed, doodle pointlessly, notice the world around you. Smile, breathe and go slowly. This unique handbook is filled with activities, inspiration and clearly explained research. It can be read in any order you like, encouraging every reader to find their own path to calmness. Working with mindfulness gurus and neurological experts alike, Michael Acton Smith has created a project that will finally bring Calm into the mainstream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm: Calm the Mind. Change the World Series: #13 of The NUMA Files Author: Michael Acton Smith Narrator: Maria Teresa Creasey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Calm by Michael Acton Smith, read by Maria Teresa Creasey. Trains delayed, kids squabbling before bedtime, endless emails filling the inbox: everyone needs more calm in their life. The evidence in favour of calmness is huge. Practices like meditation and mindfulness improve life expectancy, productivity at work, health and even personal happiness. And you can reach Calm any way you like: take a walk with nowhere to go, savour a chocolate on the tip of your tongue, plant a seed, doodle pointlessly, notice the world around you. Smile, breathe and go slowly. This unique handbook is filled with activities, inspiration and clearly explained research. It can be read in any order you like, encouraging every reader to find their own path to calmness. Working with mindfulness gurus and neurological experts alike, Michael Acton Smith has created a project that will finally bring Calm into the mainstream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the World Author: Ron Suskind Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist and bestselling author Ron Suskind comes a startling look at how America lost its way and at the nation's struggle, day by day, to reclaim the moral authority upon which its survival depends. From the White House to Downing Street, from the fault-line countries of South Asia to the sands of Guantánamo, Suskind offers an astonishing story that connects world leaders to the forces waging today's shadow wars and to the next generation of global citizens. Tracking down truth and hope within the Beltway and far beyond it, Suskind delivers historic disclosures with this emotionally stirring and strikingly original portrait of the post-9/11 world. In a sweeping, propulsive, and multilayered narrative, The Way of the World investigates how America relinquished the moral leadership it now desperately needs to fight the real threat of our era: a nuclear weapon in the hands of terrorists. Truth, justice, and accountability become more than mere words in this story. Suskind shows where the most neglected dangers lie in the story of ''The Armageddon Test'' —a desperate gamble to send undercover teams into the world's nuclear black market to frustrate the efforts of terrorists trying to procure weapons-grade uranium. In the end, he finally reveals for the first time the explosive falsehood underlying the Iraq War and the entire Bush presidency. While the public and political realms struggle, The Way of the World simultaneously follows an ensemble of characters in America and abroad who are turning fear and frustration into a desperate—and often daring—brand of human salvation. They include a striving, twenty-four-year-old Pakistani émigré, a fearless UN refugee commissioner, an Afghan teenager, a Holocaust survivor's son, and Benazir Bhutto, who discovers, days before her death, how she's been abandoned by the United States at her moment of greatest need. They are all testing American values at a time of peril, and discovering solutions—human solutions—to so much that has gone wrong. For anyone hoping to exercise truly informed consent and begin the process of restoring the values and hope—along with the moral clarity and earned optimism—at the heart of the American tradition, The Way of the World is a must-read. Ron Suskind Tue, 05 Aug 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247930 thebookvoice.com 16:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the World Author: Ron Suskind Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist and bestselling author Ron Suskind comes a startling look at how America lost its way and at the nation's struggle, day by day, to reclaim the moral authority upon which its survival depends. From the White House to Downing Street, from the fault-line countries of South Asia to the sands of Guantánamo, Suskind offers an astonishing story that connects world leaders to the forces waging today's shadow wars and to the next generation of global citizens. Tracking down truth and hope within the Beltway and far beyond it, Suskind delivers historic disclosures with this emotionally stirring and strikingly original portrait of the post-9/11 world. In a sweeping, propulsive, and multilayered narrative, The Way of the World investigates how America relinquished the moral leadership it now desperately needs to fight the real threat of our era: a nuclear weapon in the hands of terrorists. Truth, justice, and accountability become more than mere words in this story. Suskind shows where the most neglected dangers lie in the story of ''The Armageddon Test'' —a desperate gamble to send undercover teams into the world's nuclear black market to frustrate the efforts of terrorists trying to procure weapons-grade uranium. In the end, he finally reveals for the first time the explosive falsehood underlying the Iraq War and the entire Bush presidency. While the public and political realms struggle, The Way of the World simultaneously follows an ensemble of characters in America and abroad who are turning fear and frustration into a desperate—and often daring—brand of human salvation. They include a striving, twenty-four-year-old Pakistani émigré, a fearless UN refugee commissioner, an Afghan teenager, a Holocaust survivor's son, and Benazir Bhutto, who discovers, days before her death, how she's been abandoned by the United States at her moment of greatest need. They are all testing American values at a time of peril, and discovering solutions—human solutions—to so much that has gone wrong. For anyone hoping to exercise truly informed consent and begin the process of restoring the values and hope—along with the moral clarity and earned optimism—at the heart of the American tradition, The Way of the World is a must-read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the World Author: Ron Suskind Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist and bestselling author Ron Suskind comes a startling look at how America lost its way and at the nation's struggle, day by day, to reclaim the moral authority upon which its survival depends. From the White House to Downing Street, from the fault-line countries of South Asia to the sands of Guantánamo, Suskind offers an astonishing story that connects world leaders to the forces waging today's shadow wars and to the next generation of global citizens. Tracking down truth and hope within the Beltway and far beyond it, Suskind delivers historic disclosures with this emotionally stirring and strikingly original portrait of the post-9/11 world. In a sweeping, propulsive, and multilayered narrative, The Way of the World investigates how America relinquished the moral leadership it now desperately needs to fight the real threat of our era: a nuclear weapon in the hands of terrorists. Truth, justice, and accountability become more than mere words in this story. Suskind shows where the most neglected dangers lie in the story of ''The Armageddon Test'' —a desperate gamble to send undercover teams into the world's nuclear black market to frustrate the efforts of terrorists trying to procure weapons-grade uranium. In the end, he finally reveals for the first time the explosive falsehood underlying the Iraq War and the entire Bush presidency. While the public and political realms struggle, The Way of the World simultaneously follows an ensemble of characters in America and abroad who are turning fear and frustration into a desperate—and often daring—brand of human salvation. They include a striving, twenty-four-year-old Pakistani émigré, a fearless UN refugee commissioner, an Afghan teenager, a Holocaust survivor's son, and Benazir Bhutto, who discovers, days before her death, how she's been abandoned by the United States at her moment of greatest need. They are all testing American values at a time of peril, and discovering solutions—human solutions—to so much that has gone wrong. For anyone hoping to exercise truly informed consent and begin the process of restoring the values and hope—along with the moral clarity and earned optimism—at the heart of the American tradition, The Way of the World is a must-read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin Peter Beinart Tue, 30 May 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are All Stardust: Scientists Who Shaped Our World Talk about Their Work, Their Lives, and What They Still Want to Know Author: Stefan Klein Narrator: Gildart Jackson, Sean Runnette, Kate Reading, Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sterling roster of natural and social scientists in conversation with top-flight journalist Stefan Klein—shedding new light on their work, their lives, and what they still hope to discover When acclaimed science writer Stefan Klein asks Nobel Prize–winning chemist Roald Hoffmann what sets scientists apart, Hoffmann says, “First and foremost, curiosity.” In this collection of intimate conversations with nineteen of the world’s best-known scientists (including three Nobel Laureates), Klein lets us listen in as today’s leading minds reveal what they still hope to discover—and how their paradigm-changing work entwines with their lives outside the lab. From the sports car that physicist Steven Weinberg says helped him on his quest for “the theory of everything” to the jazz musicians who gave psychologist Alison Gopnik new insight into raising children, these scientists explain how they find inspiration everywhere. Hear from renowned scientists including: evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins on selfishness,anthropologist Sarah Hrdy on motherhood,primatologist Jane Goodall on animal behavior,neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran on consciousness,geographer Jared Diamond on chance in history, andmany other luminaries. Stefan Klein Tue, 03 Nov 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247694 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are All Stardust: Scientists Who Shaped Our World Talk about Their Work, Their Lives, and What They Still Want to Know Author: Stefan Klein Narrator: Gildart Jackson, Sean Runnette, Kate Reading, Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sterling roster of natural and social scientists in conversation with top-flight journalist Stefan Klein—shedding new light on their work, their lives, and what they still hope to discover When acclaimed science writer Stefan Klein asks Nobel Prize–winning chemist Roald Hoffmann what sets scientists apart, Hoffmann says, “First and foremost, curiosity.” In this collection of intimate conversations with nineteen of the world’s best-known scientists (including three Nobel Laureates), Klein lets us listen in as today’s leading minds reveal what they still hope to discover—and how their paradigm-changing work entwines with their lives outside the lab. From the sports car that physicist Steven Weinberg says helped him on his quest for “the theory of everything” to the jazz musicians who gave psychologist Alison Gopnik new insight into raising children, these scientists explain how they find inspiration everywhere. Hear from renowned scientists including: evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins on selfishness,anthropologist Sarah Hrdy on motherhood,primatologist Jane Goodall on animal behavior,neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran on consciousness,geographer Jared Diamond on chance in history, andmany other luminaries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are All Stardust: Scientists Who Shaped Our World Talk about Their Work, Their Lives, and What They Still Want to Know Author: Stefan Klein Narrator: Gildart Jackson, Sean Runnette, Kate Reading, Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sterling roster of natural and social scientists in conversation with top-flight journalist Stefan Klein—shedding new light on their work, their lives, and what they still hope to discover When acclaimed science writer Stefan Klein asks Nobel Prize–winning chemist Roald Hoffmann what sets scientists apart, Hoffmann says, “First and foremost, curiosity.” In this collection of intimate conversations with nineteen of the world’s best-known scientists (including three Nobel Laureates), Klein lets us listen in as today’s leading minds reveal what they still hope to discover—and how their paradigm-changing work entwines with their lives outside the lab. From the sports car that physicist Steven Weinberg says helped him on his quest for “the theory of everything” to the jazz musicians who gave psychologist Alison Gopnik new insight into raising children, these scientists explain how they find inspiration everywhere. Hear from renowned scientists including: evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins on selfishness,anthropologist Sarah Hrdy on motherhood,primatologist Jane Goodall on animal behavior,neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran on consciousness,geographer Jared Diamond on chance in history, andmany other luminaries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Speed of Light: From the Double Helix to the Dawn of Digital Life Author: J. Craig Venter Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 17, 2013 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 2010, scientists led by J. Craig Venter became the first to successfully create 'synthetic life'—putting humankind at the threshold of the most important and exciting phase of biological research, one that will enable us to actually write the genetic code for designing new species to help us adapt and evolve for long-term survival. The science of synthetic genomics will have a profound impact on human existence, including chemical and energy generation, health, clean water and food production, environmental control, and possibly even our evolution. In Life at the Speed of Light, Venter presents a fascinating and authoritative study of this emerging field from the inside—detailing its origins, current challenges and controversies, and projected effects on our lives. This scientific frontier provides an opportunity to ponder anew the age-old question 'What is life?' and examine what we really mean by 'playing God.' Life at the Speed of Light is a landmark work, written by a visionary at the dawn of a new era of biological engineering. J. Craig Venter Thu, 17 Oct 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245730 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Speed of Light: From the Double Helix to the Dawn of Digital Life Author: J. Craig Venter Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 17, 2013 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 2010, scientists led by J. Craig Venter became the first to successfully create 'synthetic life'—putting humankind at the threshold of the most important and exciting phase of biological research, one that will enable us to actually write the genetic code for designing new species to help us adapt and evolve for long-term survival. The science of synthetic genomics will have a profound impact on human existence, including chemical and energy generation, health, clean water and food production, environmental control, and possibly even our evolution. In Life at the Speed of Light, Venter presents a fascinating and authoritative study of this emerging field from the inside—detailing its origins, current challenges and controversies, and projected effects on our lives. This scientific frontier provides an opportunity to ponder anew the age-old question 'What is life?' and examine what we really mean by 'playing God.' Life at the Speed of Light is a landmark work, written by a visionary at the dawn of a new era of biological engineering. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Speed of Light: From the Double Helix to the Dawn of Digital Life Author: J. Craig Venter Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 17, 2013 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 2010, scientists led by J. Craig Venter became the first to successfully create 'synthetic life'—putting humankind at the threshold of the most important and exciting phase of biological research, one that will enable us to actually write the genetic code for designing new species to help us adapt and evolve for long-term survival. The science of synthetic genomics will have a profound impact on human existence, including chemical and energy generation, health, clean water and food production, environmental control, and possibly even our evolution. In Life at the Speed of Light, Venter presents a fascinating and authoritative study of this emerging field from the inside—detailing its origins, current challenges and controversies, and projected effects on our lives. This scientific frontier provides an opportunity to ponder anew the age-old question 'What is life?' and examine what we really mean by 'playing God.' Life at the Speed of Light is a landmark work, written by a visionary at the dawn of a new era of biological engineering. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243312 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Beliefs Author: Nils J. Nilsson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series Our beliefs constitute a large part of our knowledge of the world. We have beliefs about objects, about culture, about the past, and about the future. We have beliefs about other people, and we believe that they have beliefs as well. We use beliefs to predict, to explain, to create, to console, to entertain. Some of our beliefs we call theories, and we are extraordinarily creative at constructing them. Theories of quantum mechanics, evolution, and relativity are examples. But so are theories about astrology, alien abduction, guardian angels, and reincarnation. All are products (with varying degrees of credibility) of fertile minds trying to find explanations for observed phenomena. In this book, Nils Nilsson examines beliefs: what they do for us, how we come to hold them, and how to evaluate them. We should evaluate our beliefs carefully, Nilsson points out, because they influence so many of our actions and decisions. Some of our beliefs are more strongly held than others, but all should be considered tentative and changeable. Nilsson shows that beliefs can be quantified by probability, and he describes networks of beliefs in which the probabilities of some beliefs affect the probabilities of others. He argues that we can evaluate our beliefs by adapting some of the practices of the scientific method and by consulting expert opinion. And he warns us about 'belief traps' -- holding onto beliefs that wouldn't survive critical evaluation. The best way to escape belief traps, he writes, is to expose our beliefs to the reasoned criticism of others. Nils J. Nilsson Tue, 01 Sep 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243312 thebookvoice.com 2:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Beliefs Author: Nils J. Nilsson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series Our beliefs constitute a large part of our knowledge of the world. We have beliefs about objects, about culture, about the past, and about the future. We have beliefs about other people, and we believe that they have beliefs as well. We use beliefs to predict, to explain, to create, to console, to entertain. Some of our beliefs we call theories, and we are extraordinarily creative at constructing them. Theories of quantum mechanics, evolution, and relativity are examples. But so are theories about astrology, alien abduction, guardian angels, and reincarnation. All are products (with varying degrees of credibility) of fertile minds trying to find explanations for observed phenomena. In this book, Nils Nilsson examines beliefs: what they do for us, how we come to hold them, and how to evaluate them. We should evaluate our beliefs carefully, Nilsson points out, because they influence so many of our actions and decisions. Some of our beliefs are more strongly held than others, but all should be considered tentative and changeable. Nilsson shows that beliefs can be quantified by probability, and he describes networks of beliefs in which the probabilities of some beliefs affect the probabilities of others. He argues that we can evaluate our beliefs by adapting some of the practices of the scientific method and by consulting expert opinion. And he warns us about 'belief traps' -- holding onto beliefs that wouldn't survive critical evaluation. The best way to escape belief traps, he writes, is to expose our beliefs to the reasoned criticism of others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Beliefs Author: Nils J. Nilsson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series Our beliefs constitute a large part of our knowledge of the world. We have beliefs about objects, about culture, about the past, and about the future. We have beliefs about other people, and we believe that they have beliefs as well. We use beliefs to predict, to explain, to create, to console, to entertain. Some of our beliefs we call theories, and we are extraordinarily creative at constructing them. Theories of quantum mechanics, evolution, and relativity are examples. But so are theories about astrology, alien abduction, guardian angels, and reincarnation. All are products (with varying degrees of credibility) of fertile minds trying to find explanations for observed phenomena. In this book, Nils Nilsson examines beliefs: what they do for us, how we come to hold them, and how to evaluate them. We should evaluate our beliefs carefully, Nilsson points out, because they influence so many of our actions and decisions. Some of our beliefs are more strongly held than others, but all should be considered tentative and changeable. Nilsson shows that beliefs can be quantified by probability, and he describes networks of beliefs in which the probabilities of some beliefs affect the probabilities of others. He argues that we can evaluate our beliefs by adapting some of the practices of the scientific method and by consulting expert opinion. And he warns us about 'belief traps' -- holding onto beliefs that wouldn't survive critical evaluation. The best way to escape belief traps, he writes, is to expose our beliefs to the reasoned criticism of others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. Bryan Doerries Tue, 22 Sep 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. Larissa Macfarquhar Tue, 29 Sep 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808 thebookvoice.com 9:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242583 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Religion: Ethics for a Whole World Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Thandie Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1999 His Holiness The Dalai Lama published the bestselling Ancient Wisdom: Modern World, which addressed the question of ethics for the new millennium. A decade later, His Holiness enters the contemporary debate about religion vs atheism, and returns to the theme of ethics with a major new work: Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world. In this thought-provoking new book he argues that religion is not a necessity for pursuing a spiritual life. Rather, focusing on tolerance and understanding between religions, as well as tolerance and understanding between believers (of any faith) and non-believers is the way forward. The way to achieve such an approach, he proposes, is through a system of secular ethics grounded in a deep appreciation of our common humanity. Aimed particularly at the general reader, Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world is a modern-day polemic which outlines those ethics he believes should be central to our lives. Thandie Newton has starred in Hollywood blockbusters such as Mission: Impossible II opposite Tom Cruise, The Pursuit of Happyness opposite Will Smith, and in Guy Ritchie’s RocknRolla. She won critical acclaim for her role in Crash, for which she won a BAFTA Award for Best Actress in a Supporting Role, and she has also had a regular role in the television series ER. The Dalai Lama Thu, 19 Apr 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242583 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Religion: Ethics for a Whole World Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Thandie Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1999 His Holiness The Dalai Lama published the bestselling Ancient Wisdom: Modern World, which addressed the question of ethics for the new millennium. A decade later, His Holiness enters the contemporary debate about religion vs atheism, and returns to the theme of ethics with a major new work: Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world. In this thought-provoking new book he argues that religion is not a necessity for pursuing a spiritual life. Rather, focusing on tolerance and understanding between religions, as well as tolerance and understanding between believers (of any faith) and non-believers is the way forward. The way to achieve such an approach, he proposes, is through a system of secular ethics grounded in a deep appreciation of our common humanity. Aimed particularly at the general reader, Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world is a modern-day polemic which outlines those ethics he believes should be central to our lives. Thandie Newton has starred in Hollywood blockbusters such as Mission: Impossible II opposite Tom Cruise, The Pursuit of Happyness opposite Will Smith, and in Guy Ritchie’s RocknRolla. She won critical acclaim for her role in Crash, for which she won a BAFTA Award for Best Actress in a Supporting Role, and she has also had a regular role in the television series ER. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Religion: Ethics for a Whole World Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Thandie Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1999 His Holiness The Dalai Lama published the bestselling Ancient Wisdom: Modern World, which addressed the question of ethics for the new millennium. A decade later, His Holiness enters the contemporary debate about religion vs atheism, and returns to the theme of ethics with a major new work: Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world. In this thought-provoking new book he argues that religion is not a necessity for pursuing a spiritual life. Rather, focusing on tolerance and understanding between religions, as well as tolerance and understanding between believers (of any faith) and non-believers is the way forward. The way to achieve such an approach, he proposes, is through a system of secular ethics grounded in a deep appreciation of our common humanity. Aimed particularly at the general reader, Beyond Religion: ethics for a whole world is a modern-day polemic which outlines those ethics he believes should be central to our lives. Thandie Newton has starred in Hollywood blockbusters such as Mission: Impossible II opposite Tom Cruise, The Pursuit of Happyness opposite Will Smith, and in Guy Ritchie’s RocknRolla. She won critical acclaim for her role in Crash, for which she won a BAFTA Award for Best Actress in a Supporting Role, and she has also had a regular role in the television series ER. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Doors of Perception Author: Aldous Huxley Narrator: Rudolph Schirmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The critically acclaimed novelist and social critic Aldous Huxley describes his personal experimentation with the drug mescaline and explores the nature of visionary experience. The title of this classic comes from William Blake’s The Marriage of Heaven and Hell: “If the doors of perception were cleansed, every thing would appear to man as it is, infinite. For man has closed himself up, till he sees all things through narrow chinks of his cavern.” Aldous Huxley Mon, 01 Jun 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242433 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Doors of Perception Author: Aldous Huxley Narrator: Rudolph Schirmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The critically acclaimed novelist and social critic Aldous Huxley describes his personal experimentation with the drug mescaline and explores the nature of visionary experience. The title of this classic comes from William Blake’s The Marriage of Heaven and Hell: “If the doors of perception were cleansed, every thing would appear to man as it is, infinite. For man has closed himself up, till he sees all things through narrow chinks of his cavern.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Doors of Perception Author: Aldous Huxley Narrator: Rudolph Schirmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The critically acclaimed novelist and social critic Aldous Huxley describes his personal experimentation with the drug mescaline and explores the nature of visionary experience. The title of this classic comes from William Blake’s The Marriage of Heaven and Hell: “If the doors of perception were cleansed, every thing would appear to man as it is, infinite. For man has closed himself up, till he sees all things through narrow chinks of his cavern.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. Henry David Thoreau Fri, 14 Mar 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Discworld IV: Judgement Day Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The fourth book in the Science of Discworld series, and this time around dealing with THE REALLY BIG QUESTIONS, Terry Pratchett’s brilliant new Discworld story Judgement Day is annotated with very big footnotes (the interleaving chapters) by mathematician Ian Stewart and biologist Jack Cohen, to bring you a mind-mangling combination of fiction, cutting-edge science and philosophy. Marjorie Daw is a librarian, and takes her job – and indeed the truth of words – very seriously. She doesn’t know it, but her world and ours – Roundworld – is in big trouble. On Discworld, a colossal row is brewing… The Wizards of Unseen University feel responsible for Roundworld (as one would for a pet gerbil). After all, they brought it into existence by bungling an experiment in Quantum ThaumoDynamics. But legal action is being brought against them by Omnians, who say that the Wizards’ god-like actions make a mockery of their noble religion. As the finest legal brains in Discworld (a zombie and a priest) gird their loins to do battle – and when the Great Big Thing in the High Energy Magic Laboratory is switched on – Marjorie Daw finds herself thrown across the multiverse and right in the middle of the whole explosive affair. As God, the Universe and, frankly, Everything Else is investigated by the trio, you can expect world-bearing elephants, quantum gravity in the Escher-verse, evolutionary design, eternal inflation, dark matter, disbelief systems – and an in-depth study of how to invent a better mousetrap. Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart Thu, 11 Apr 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242159 thebookvoice.com 12:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Discworld IV: Judgement Day Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The fourth book in the Science of Discworld series, and this time around dealing with THE REALLY BIG QUESTIONS, Terry Pratchett’s brilliant new Discworld story Judgement Day is annotated with very big footnotes (the interleaving chapters) by mathematician Ian Stewart and biologist Jack Cohen, to bring you a mind-mangling combination of fiction, cutting-edge science and philosophy. Marjorie Daw is a librarian, and takes her job – and indeed the truth of words – very seriously. She doesn’t know it, but her world and ours – Roundworld – is in big trouble. On Discworld, a colossal row is brewing… The Wizards of Unseen University feel responsible for Roundworld (as one would for a pet gerbil). After all, they brought it into existence by bungling an experiment in Quantum ThaumoDynamics. But legal action is being brought against them by Omnians, who say that the Wizards’ god-like actions make a mockery of their noble religion. As the finest legal brains in Discworld (a zombie and a priest) gird their loins to do battle – and when the Great Big Thing in the High Energy Magic Laboratory is switched on – Marjorie Daw finds herself thrown across the multiverse and right in the middle of the whole explosive affair. As God, the Universe and, frankly, Everything Else is investigated by the trio, you can expect world-bearing elephants, quantum gravity in the Escher-verse, evolutionary design, eternal inflation, dark matter, disbelief systems – and an in-depth study of how to invent a better mousetrap. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Discworld IV: Judgement Day Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The fourth book in the Science of Discworld series, and this time around dealing with THE REALLY BIG QUESTIONS, Terry Pratchett’s brilliant new Discworld story Judgement Day is annotated with very big footnotes (the interleaving chapters) by mathematician Ian Stewart and biologist Jack Cohen, to bring you a mind-mangling combination of fiction, cutting-edge science and philosophy. Marjorie Daw is a librarian, and takes her job – and indeed the truth of words – very seriously. She doesn’t know it, but her world and ours – Roundworld – is in big trouble. On Discworld, a colossal row is brewing… The Wizards of Unseen University feel responsible for Roundworld (as one would for a pet gerbil). After all, they brought it into existence by bungling an experiment in Quantum ThaumoDynamics. But legal action is being brought against them by Omnians, who say that the Wizards’ god-like actions make a mockery of their noble religion. As the finest legal brains in Discworld (a zombie and a priest) gird their loins to do battle – and when the Great Big Thing in the High Energy Magic Laboratory is switched on – Marjorie Daw finds herself thrown across the multiverse and right in the middle of the whole explosive affair. As God, the Universe and, frankly, Everything Else is investigated by the trio, you can expect world-bearing elephants, quantum gravity in the Escher-verse, evolutionary design, eternal inflation, dark matter, disbelief systems – and an in-depth study of how to invent a better mousetrap. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: Searching for Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of people who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s new book is a guide to meditation as a rational spiritual practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From bestselling author, neuroscientist, and “new atheist” Sam Harris, Waking Up is for the increasingly large numbers of people who follow no religion, but who suspect that Jesus, Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history could not have all been epileptics, schizophrenics, or frauds. Throughout the book, Harris argues that there are important truths to be found in the experiences of such contemplatives—and, therefore, that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow. Waking Up is part seeker’s memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous sceptic—could write it. Read by the Author. Sam Harris Thu, 16 Oct 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241362 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: Searching for Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of people who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s new book is a guide to meditation as a rational spiritual practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From bestselling author, neuroscientist, and “new atheist” Sam Harris, Waking Up is for the increasingly large numbers of people who follow no religion, but who suspect that Jesus, Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history could not have all been epileptics, schizophrenics, or frauds. Throughout the book, Harris argues that there are important truths to be found in the experiences of such contemplatives—and, therefore, that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow. Waking Up is part seeker’s memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous sceptic—could write it. Read by the Author. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: Searching for Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of people who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s new book is a guide to meditation as a rational spiritual practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From bestselling author, neuroscientist, and “new atheist” Sam Harris, Waking Up is for the increasingly large numbers of people who follow no religion, but who suspect that Jesus, Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history could not have all been epileptics, schizophrenics, or frauds. Throughout the book, Harris argues that there are important truths to be found in the experiences of such contemplatives—and, therefore, that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow. Waking Up is part seeker’s memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous sceptic—could write it. Read by the Author. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. Chris Hedges Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradox Author: Margaret Cuonzo Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Thinkers have been fascinated by paradox since long before Aristotle grappled with Zeno's. In this volume in The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Margaret Cuonzo explores paradoxes and the strategies used to solve them. She finds that paradoxes are more than mere puzzles but can prompt new ways of thinking. A paradox can be defined as a set of mutually inconsistent claims, each of which seems true. Paradoxes emerge not just in salons and ivory towers but in everyday life. (An Internet search for 'paradox' brings forth a picture of an ashtray with a 'no smoking' symbol inscribed on it.) Proposing solutions, Cuonzo writes, is a natural response to paradoxes. She invites us to rethink paradoxes by focusing on strategies for solving them, arguing that there is much to be learned from this, regardless of whether any of the more powerful paradoxes is even capable of solution. Cuonzo offers a catalog of paradox-solving strategies -- including the Preemptive-Strike (questioning the paradox itself), the Odd-Guy-Out (calling one of the assumptions into question), and the You-Can't-Get-There-from-Here (denying the validity of the reasoning). She argues that certain types of solutions work better in some contexts than others, and that as paradoxicality increases, the success of certain strategies grows more unlikely. Cuonzo shows that the processes of paradox generation and solution proposal are interesting and important ones. Discovering a paradox leads to advances in knowledge: new science often stems from attempts to solve paradoxes, and the concepts used in the new sciences lead to new paradoxes. As Niels Bohr wrote, 'How wonderful that we have met with a paradox. Now we have some hope of making progress.' Margaret Cuonzo Sat, 01 Aug 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240770 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradox Author: Margaret Cuonzo Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Thinkers have been fascinated by paradox since long before Aristotle grappled with Zeno's. In this volume in The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Margaret Cuonzo explores paradoxes and the strategies used to solve them. She finds that paradoxes are more than mere puzzles but can prompt new ways of thinking. A paradox can be defined as a set of mutually inconsistent claims, each of which seems true. Paradoxes emerge not just in salons and ivory towers but in everyday life. (An Internet search for 'paradox' brings forth a picture of an ashtray with a 'no smoking' symbol inscribed on it.) Proposing solutions, Cuonzo writes, is a natural response to paradoxes. She invites us to rethink paradoxes by focusing on strategies for solving them, arguing that there is much to be learned from this, regardless of whether any of the more powerful paradoxes is even capable of solution. Cuonzo offers a catalog of paradox-solving strategies -- including the Preemptive-Strike (questioning the paradox itself), the Odd-Guy-Out (calling one of the assumptions into question), and the You-Can't-Get-There-from-Here (denying the validity of the reasoning). She argues that certain types of solutions work better in some contexts than others, and that as paradoxicality increases, the success of certain strategies grows more unlikely. Cuonzo shows that the processes of paradox generation and solution proposal are interesting and important ones. Discovering a paradox leads to advances in knowledge: new science often stems from attempts to solve paradoxes, and the concepts used in the new sciences lead to new paradoxes. As Niels Bohr wrote, 'How wonderful that we have met with a paradox. Now we have some hope of making progress.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradox Author: Margaret Cuonzo Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Thinkers have been fascinated by paradox since long before Aristotle grappled with Zeno's. In this volume in The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Margaret Cuonzo explores paradoxes and the strategies used to solve them. She finds that paradoxes are more than mere puzzles but can prompt new ways of thinking. A paradox can be defined as a set of mutually inconsistent claims, each of which seems true. Paradoxes emerge not just in salons and ivory towers but in everyday life. (An Internet search for 'paradox' brings forth a picture of an ashtray with a 'no smoking' symbol inscribed on it.) Proposing solutions, Cuonzo writes, is a natural response to paradoxes. She invites us to rethink paradoxes by focusing on strategies for solving them, arguing that there is much to be learned from this, regardless of whether any of the more powerful paradoxes is even capable of solution. Cuonzo offers a catalog of paradox-solving strategies -- including the Preemptive-Strike (questioning the paradox itself), the Odd-Guy-Out (calling one of the assumptions into question), and the You-Can't-Get-There-from-Here (denying the validity of the reasoning). She argues that certain types of solutions work better in some contexts than others, and that as paradoxicality increases, the success of certain strategies grows more unlikely. Cuonzo shows that the processes of paradox generation and solution proposal are interesting and important ones. Discovering a paradox leads to advances in knowledge: new science often stems from attempts to solve paradoxes, and the concepts used in the new sciences lead to new paradoxes. As Niels Bohr wrote, 'How wonderful that we have met with a paradox. Now we have some hope of making progress.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Will Author: Mark Balaguer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series In our daily life, it really seems as though we have free will, that what we do from moment to moment is determined by conscious decisions that we freely make. You get up from the couch, you go for a walk, you eat chocolate ice cream. It seems that we're in control of actions like these; if we are, then we have free will. But in recent years, some have argued that free will is an illusion. The neuroscientist (and best-selling author) Sam Harris and the late Harvard psychologist Daniel Wegner, for example, claim that certain scientific findings disprove free will. In this engaging and accessible volume in the Essential Knowledge series, the philosopher Mark Balaguer examines the various arguments and experiments that have been cited to support the claim that human beings don't have free will. He finds them to be overstated and misguided. Balaguer discusses determinism, the view that every physical event is predetermined, or completely caused by prior events. He describes several philosophical and scientific arguments against free will, including one based on Benjamin Libet's famous neuroscientific experiments, which allegedly show that our conscious decisions are caused by neural events that occur before we choose. He considers various religious and philosophical views, including the philosophical pro-free-will view known as compatibilism. Balaguer concludes that the anti-free-will arguments put forward by philosophers, psychologists, and neuroscientists simply don't work. They don't provide any good reason to doubt the existence of free will. But, he cautions, this doesn't necessarily mean that we have free will. The question of whether we have free will remains an open one; we simply don't know enough about the brain to answer it definitively. Mark Balaguer Wed, 01 Jul 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240769 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Will Author: Mark Balaguer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series In our daily life, it really seems as though we have free will, that what we do from moment to moment is determined by conscious decisions that we freely make. You get up from the couch, you go for a walk, you eat chocolate ice cream. It seems that we're in control of actions like these; if we are, then we have free will. But in recent years, some have argued that free will is an illusion. The neuroscientist (and best-selling author) Sam Harris and the late Harvard psychologist Daniel Wegner, for example, claim that certain scientific findings disprove free will. In this engaging and accessible volume in the Essential Knowledge series, the philosopher Mark Balaguer examines the various arguments and experiments that have been cited to support the claim that human beings don't have free will. He finds them to be overstated and misguided. Balaguer discusses determinism, the view that every physical event is predetermined, or completely caused by prior events. He describes several philosophical and scientific arguments against free will, including one based on Benjamin Libet's famous neuroscientific experiments, which allegedly show that our conscious decisions are caused by neural events that occur before we choose. He considers various religious and philosophical views, including the philosophical pro-free-will view known as compatibilism. Balaguer concludes that the anti-free-will arguments put forward by philosophers, psychologists, and neuroscientists simply don't work. They don't provide any good reason to doubt the existence of free will. But, he cautions, this doesn't necessarily mean that we have free will. The question of whether we have free will remains an open one; we simply don't know enough about the brain to answer it definitively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Will Author: Mark Balaguer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series In our daily life, it really seems as though we have free will, that what we do from moment to moment is determined by conscious decisions that we freely make. You get up from the couch, you go for a walk, you eat chocolate ice cream. It seems that we're in control of actions like these; if we are, then we have free will. But in recent years, some have argued that free will is an illusion. The neuroscientist (and best-selling author) Sam Harris and the late Harvard psychologist Daniel Wegner, for example, claim that certain scientific findings disprove free will. In this engaging and accessible volume in the Essential Knowledge series, the philosopher Mark Balaguer examines the various arguments and experiments that have been cited to support the claim that human beings don't have free will. He finds them to be overstated and misguided. Balaguer discusses determinism, the view that every physical event is predetermined, or completely caused by prior events. He describes several philosophical and scientific arguments against free will, including one based on Benjamin Libet's famous neuroscientific experiments, which allegedly show that our conscious decisions are caused by neural events that occur before we choose. He considers various religious and philosophical views, including the philosophical pro-free-will view known as compatibilism. Balaguer concludes that the anti-free-will arguments put forward by philosophers, psychologists, and neuroscientists simply don't work. They don't provide any good reason to doubt the existence of free will. But, he cautions, this doesn't necessarily mean that we have free will. The question of whether we have free will remains an open one; we simply don't know enough about the brain to answer it definitively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Dr. Laura Schlessinger Tue, 02 Mar 2004 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy Author: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Narrator: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: August 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “I prefer it to any other guide, including the one I wrote.” - James Fadiman, Ph.D., author of Personality and Personal GrowthMeditation: It's Easier than you think. You've probably heard about the benefits of meditation: Sharper thinking, reduced stress, improved concentration, lower blood pressure, even increased sexual pleasure. So what's holding you back? Perhaps you don't see yourself signing up with a guru. Or twisting yourself into a lotus position while repeating a mantra. Or spending hours trying to let go of desire and empty your mind. But what if meditating were as easy and pleasurable as eating a dish of ice cream? In this uniquely accessible guide, Lorin Roche proves that meditation is that easy'and even more enjoyable. Discover how to: •Get started with mini-meditations that can be integrated into spare moments throughout the day.•Overcome meditation obstacles such as boredom, distractions, racing thoughts, and the pressure to “do it right.”•Develop a customized practice that will become as natural and vital to you as breathing. Read on one cassette by the author. Lorin Roche, Ph.D Tue, 03 Aug 2004 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240623 thebookvoice.com 1:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy Author: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Narrator: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: August 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “I prefer it to any other guide, including the one I wrote.” - James Fadiman, Ph.D., author of Personality and Personal GrowthMeditation: It's Easier than you think. You've probably heard about the benefits of meditation: Sharper thinking, reduced stress, improved concentration, lower blood pressure, even increased sexual pleasure. So what's holding you back? Perhaps you don't see yourself signing up with a guru. Or twisting yourself into a lotus position while repeating a mantra. Or spending hours trying to let go of desire and empty your mind. But what if meditating were as easy and pleasurable as eating a dish of ice cream? In this uniquely accessible guide, Lorin Roche proves that meditation is that easy'and even more enjoyable. Discover how to: •Get started with mini-meditations that can be integrated into spare moments throughout the day.•Overcome meditation obstacles such as boredom, distractions, racing thoughts, and the pressure to “do it right.”•Develop a customized practice that will become as natural and vital to you as breathing. Read on one cassette by the author. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy Author: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Narrator: Lorin Roche, Ph.D Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: August 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “I prefer it to any other guide, including the one I wrote.” - James Fadiman, Ph.D., author of Personality and Personal GrowthMeditation: It's Easier than you think. You've probably heard about the benefits of meditation: Sharper thinking, reduced stress, improved concentration, lower blood pressure, even increased sexual pleasure. So what's holding you back? Perhaps you don't see yourself signing up with a guru. Or twisting yourself into a lotus position while repeating a mantra. Or spending hours trying to let go of desire and empty your mind. But what if meditating were as easy and pleasurable as eating a dish of ice cream? In this uniquely accessible guide, Lorin Roche proves that meditation is that easy'and even more enjoyable. Discover how to: •Get started with mini-meditations that can be integrated into spare moments throughout the day.•Overcome meditation obstacles such as boredom, distractions, racing thoughts, and the pressure to “do it right.”•Develop a customized practice that will become as natural and vital to you as breathing. Read on one cassette by the author. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education Of The Heart Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an era of information technology we tend to neglect education in the emotions, the imagination, and civility. Thomas Moore's books on the soul paint a picture of literate, sensitive, and artful human living. In The Education of the Heart he presents many of the sources that influenced and inspired Care of the Soul, Soul Mates, and The Re-Enchantment of Everyday Life, choosing special passages that show us how to cultivate our humanity. But this is not merely a sourcebook or anthology; it's a manual for living from the heart.Here we read the great teachers and writers of the past and present, not as representatives of historical periods but as vivid teachers who show us the way towards a richer, more spiritful and soul-filled life.As Thomas Moore says, "Listen to these passages, write them down for future reference, tell them to friends, commit them to memory - these are all ways of educating the heart."Read by Thomas Moore and cast. Thomas Moore Tue, 27 Sep 2005 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240422 thebookvoice.com 2:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education Of The Heart Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an era of information technology we tend to neglect education in the emotions, the imagination, and civility. Thomas Moore's books on the soul paint a picture of literate, sensitive, and artful human living. In The Education of the Heart he presents many of the sources that influenced and inspired Care of the Soul, Soul Mates, and The Re-Enchantment of Everyday Life, choosing special passages that show us how to cultivate our humanity. But this is not merely a sourcebook or anthology; it's a manual for living from the heart.Here we read the great teachers and writers of the past and present, not as representatives of historical periods but as vivid teachers who show us the way towards a richer, more spiritful and soul-filled life.As Thomas Moore says, "Listen to these passages, write them down for future reference, tell them to friends, commit them to memory - these are all ways of educating the heart."Read by Thomas Moore and cast. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education Of The Heart Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an era of information technology we tend to neglect education in the emotions, the imagination, and civility. Thomas Moore's books on the soul paint a picture of literate, sensitive, and artful human living. In The Education of the Heart he presents many of the sources that influenced and inspired Care of the Soul, Soul Mates, and The Re-Enchantment of Everyday Life, choosing special passages that show us how to cultivate our humanity. But this is not merely a sourcebook or anthology; it's a manual for living from the heart.Here we read the great teachers and writers of the past and present, not as representatives of historical periods but as vivid teachers who show us the way towards a richer, more spiritful and soul-filled life.As Thomas Moore says, "Listen to these passages, write them down for future reference, tell them to friends, commit them to memory - these are all ways of educating the heart."Read by Thomas Moore and cast. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Thomas Moore Tue, 27 Sep 2005 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening the Buddhist Heart: Integrating Love, Meaning, and Connection into Every Part of Your Life Author: Lama Surya Das Narrator: Lama Surya Das Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 7, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: "Life is about relationship-the relationship we have with ourselves, with each other, with the world, as well as the connection to that which is beyond any of us yet imminent in each of us. When our relationships are good, we feel good; when they are bad, we feel awful. Let's accept it: We need each other. We need to feel connected; we need to feel each other's presence and love." What is the "Buddhist heart" and how do we awaken it in ourselves? Lama Surya Das, author of the bestselling Awakening the Buddha Within, defines the Buddhist heart as our own inner goodness-our most tender, compassionate, and caring self, our innate Buddha-nature. The Buddhist heart, called Bodhicitta by Tibetans, beats within each and every one of us and is awakened through meaningful connections-connections to our families, romantic partners, our colleagues and work, our neighbors, society, and extending out to all living creatures, including ourselves. This book tells us how we can use relationships as a vehicle for a sacred life. Everyone needs to feel connected, to love and feel loved, to reach out to others and communicate in order to overcome alienation, loneliness, and a feeling of being disconnected. In Awakening the Buddhist Heart Surya Das shows you how to reach inward and outward. By developing spiritual intelligence, a sense of compassion that helps us be more sensitive, more aware of our own feelings and the feelings of those around us, we become more intuitive; we relate better and love better. Cultivating spiritual intelligence and learning how to connect will improve our capacity for intimacy, making us better mates, friends, parents, and coworkers; it helps all of us to become more giving and brings us fulfillment, meaning, and love. Using down-to-earth, everyday experiences and stories, as well as specific ancient Buddhist practices and meditations, Surya Das illustrates how to develop authentic presence, how to connect to our own life experience, build deeper relationships, embrace life's lessons, as well as learn how to love what we don't like. With tremendous insight he explores specific ways in which we can more fruitfully relate to our own experiences as well as each other in today's fast-paced, complicated, and often confusing world. Surya Das also includes his translation of the rare and invaluable Thirty-seven Practices of a Bodhisattva-a timeless, legendary Tibetan text, along with his commentary. These practices for self-reflection help us think about how we live our lives and the lessons we can learn from mindfulness, love, and compassion. Lama Surya Das Tue, 07 Nov 2000 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238233 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening the Buddhist Heart: Integrating Love, Meaning, and Connection into Every Part of Your Life Author: Lama Surya Das Narrator: Lama Surya Das Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 7, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: "Life is about relationship-the relationship we have with ourselves, with each other, with the world, as well as the connection to that which is beyond any of us yet imminent in each of us. When our relationships are good, we feel good; when they are bad, we feel awful. Let's accept it: We need each other. We need to feel connected; we need to feel each other's presence and love." What is the "Buddhist heart" and how do we awaken it in ourselves? Lama Surya Das, author of the bestselling Awakening the Buddha Within, defines the Buddhist heart as our own inner goodness-our most tender, compassionate, and caring self, our innate Buddha-nature. The Buddhist heart, called Bodhicitta by Tibetans, beats within each and every one of us and is awakened through meaningful connections-connections to our families, romantic partners, our colleagues and work, our neighbors, society, and extending out to all living creatures, including ourselves. This book tells us how we can use relationships as a vehicle for a sacred life. Everyone needs to feel connected, to love and feel loved, to reach out to others and communicate in order to overcome alienation, loneliness, and a feeling of being disconnected. In Awakening the Buddhist Heart Surya Das shows you how to reach inward and outward. By developing spiritual intelligence, a sense of compassion that helps us be more sensitive, more aware of our own feelings and the feelings of those around us, we become more intuitive; we relate better and love better. Cultivating spiritual intelligence and learning how to connect will improve our capacity for intimacy, making us better mates, friends, parents, and coworkers; it helps all of us to become more giving and brings us fulfillment, meaning, and love. Using down-to-earth, everyday experiences and stories, as well as specific ancient Buddhist practices and meditations, Surya Das illustrates how to develop authentic presence, how to connect to our own life experience, build deeper relationships, embrace life's lessons, as well as learn how to love what we don't like. With tremendous insight he explores specific ways in which we can more fruitfully relate to our own experiences as well as each other in today's fast-paced, complicated, and often confusing world. Surya Das also includes his translation of the rare and invaluable Thirty-seven Practices of a Bodhisattva-a timeless, legendary Tibetan text, along with his commentary. These practices for self-reflection help us think about how we live our lives and the lessons we can learn from mindfulness, love, and compassion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening the Buddhist Heart: Integrating Love, Meaning, and Connection into Every Part of Your Life Author: Lama Surya Das Narrator: Lama Surya Das Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 7, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: "Life is about relationship-the relationship we have with ourselves, with each other, with the world, as well as the connection to that which is beyond any of us yet imminent in each of us. When our relationships are good, we feel good; when they are bad, we feel awful. Let's accept it: We need each other. We need to feel connected; we need to feel each other's presence and love." What is the "Buddhist heart" and how do we awaken it in ourselves? Lama Surya Das, author of the bestselling Awakening the Buddha Within, defines the Buddhist heart as our own inner goodness-our most tender, compassionate, and caring self, our innate Buddha-nature. The Buddhist heart, called Bodhicitta by Tibetans, beats within each and every one of us and is awakened through meaningful connections-connections to our families, romantic partners, our colleagues and work, our neighbors, society, and extending out to all living creatures, including ourselves. This book tells us how we can use relationships as a vehicle for a sacred life. Everyone needs to feel connected, to love and feel loved, to reach out to others and communicate in order to overcome alienation, loneliness, and a feeling of being disconnected. In Awakening the Buddhist Heart Surya Das shows you how to reach inward and outward. By developing spiritual intelligence, a sense of compassion that helps us be more sensitive, more aware of our own feelings and the feelings of those around us, we become more intuitive; we relate better and love better. Cultivating spiritual intelligence and learning how to connect will improve our capacity for intimacy, making us better mates, friends, parents, and coworkers; it helps all of us to become more giving and brings us fulfillment, meaning, and love. Using down-to-earth, everyday experiences and stories, as well as specific ancient Buddhist practices and meditations, Surya Das illustrates how to develop authentic presence, how to connect to our own life experience, build deeper relationships, embrace life's lessons, as well as learn how to love what we don't like. With tremendous insight he explores specific ways in which we can more fruitfully relate to our own experiences as well as each other in today's fast-paced, complicated, and often confusing world. Surya Das also includes his translation of the rare and invaluable Thirty-seven Practices of a Bodhisattva-a timeless, legendary Tibetan text, along with his commentary. These practices for self-reflection help us think about how we live our lives and the lessons we can learn from mindfulness, love, and compassion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lives of Moral Leadership: Men and Women Who Have Made a Difference Author: Robert Coles Narrator: Harry Goz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2000 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this rich and illuminating book, the Pulitzer Prize-winning, bestselling author Robert Coles creates a portrait of moral leadership--what it is, and how it is achieved--through stories of people who have led and inspired him: Robert Kennedy, Dorothy Day, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Erik Erikson, a Boston bus driver, teachers in college, medical school, and elementary school, among others. Coles tells how to be a moral leader and shows how the intervention of one person can change the course of history, as well as influence the day-to-day quality of life in our homes, schools, communities, and nation. We need to "hand one another along" in life, says Coles, quoting his friend Walker Percy, and in Lives of Moral Leadership he explores how each of us can be engaged in a continual and mutual life-giving process of personal and national leadership development. Coles discusses how the actions of the American president affect the way people feel about themselves and the country, and-citing the influence of Shakespeare's Henry V on Robert Kennedy, and of Tolstoy's Anna Karenina on his own mother--explains how reading literature can motivate action and growth. The way in which moral leaders emerge today, and for all time, comes vividly to light in this brilliant book by one of America's finest teachers and writers. Robert Coles Tue, 03 Oct 2000 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238230 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lives of Moral Leadership: Men and Women Who Have Made a Difference Author: Robert Coles Narrator: Harry Goz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2000 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this rich and illuminating book, the Pulitzer Prize-winning, bestselling author Robert Coles creates a portrait of moral leadership--what it is, and how it is achieved--through stories of people who have led and inspired him: Robert Kennedy, Dorothy Day, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Erik Erikson, a Boston bus driver, teachers in college, medical school, and elementary school, among others. Coles tells how to be a moral leader and shows how the intervention of one person can change the course of history, as well as influence the day-to-day quality of life in our homes, schools, communities, and nation. We need to "hand one another along" in life, says Coles, quoting his friend Walker Percy, and in Lives of Moral Leadership he explores how each of us can be engaged in a continual and mutual life-giving process of personal and national leadership development. Coles discusses how the actions of the American president affect the way people feel about themselves and the country, and-citing the influence of Shakespeare's Henry V on Robert Kennedy, and of Tolstoy's Anna Karenina on his own mother--explains how reading literature can motivate action and growth. The way in which moral leaders emerge today, and for all time, comes vividly to light in this brilliant book by one of America's finest teachers and writers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lives of Moral Leadership: Men and Women Who Have Made a Difference Author: Robert Coles Narrator: Harry Goz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2000 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this rich and illuminating book, the Pulitzer Prize-winning, bestselling author Robert Coles creates a portrait of moral leadership--what it is, and how it is achieved--through stories of people who have led and inspired him: Robert Kennedy, Dorothy Day, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Erik Erikson, a Boston bus driver, teachers in college, medical school, and elementary school, among others. Coles tells how to be a moral leader and shows how the intervention of one person can change the course of history, as well as influence the day-to-day quality of life in our homes, schools, communities, and nation. We need to "hand one another along" in life, says Coles, quoting his friend Walker Percy, and in Lives of Moral Leadership he explores how each of us can be engaged in a continual and mutual life-giving process of personal and national leadership development. Coles discusses how the actions of the American president affect the way people feel about themselves and the country, and-citing the influence of Shakespeare's Henry V on Robert Kennedy, and of Tolstoy's Anna Karenina on his own mother--explains how reading literature can motivate action and growth. The way in which moral leaders emerge today, and for all time, comes vividly to light in this brilliant book by one of America's finest teachers and writers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing and the Mind Author: Bill Moyers Narrator: Bill Moyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling companion volume to the PBS series, acclaimed television journalist Bill Moyers explores the fascinating, complex, powerful connection between mind and body in human health. Ancient medical science told us our minds and bodies are one. So did philosophers of old. Now, modern science and new research are helping us to understand these connections. In Healing And The Mind, Bill Moyers talks with physicians, scientists, therapists, and patients -- people who are taking a new look at the meaning of sickness and health. In a series of fascinating and provocative interviews, he discusses their search for answers to perplexing questions: How do emotions translate into chemicals in our bodies? How do thoughts and feelings influence health? How can we collaborate with our bodies to encourage healing? With the incisive style that has made Bill Moyers's skills as an interviewer legendary, Healing And The Mind is destined to influence how America thinks about sickness and health. Full -color and B & W photographs throughout. Bill Moyers Wed, 05 Jul 2000 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238007 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing and the Mind Author: Bill Moyers Narrator: Bill Moyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling companion volume to the PBS series, acclaimed television journalist Bill Moyers explores the fascinating, complex, powerful connection between mind and body in human health. Ancient medical science told us our minds and bodies are one. So did philosophers of old. Now, modern science and new research are helping us to understand these connections. In Healing And The Mind, Bill Moyers talks with physicians, scientists, therapists, and patients -- people who are taking a new look at the meaning of sickness and health. In a series of fascinating and provocative interviews, he discusses their search for answers to perplexing questions: How do emotions translate into chemicals in our bodies? How do thoughts and feelings influence health? How can we collaborate with our bodies to encourage healing? With the incisive style that has made Bill Moyers's skills as an interviewer legendary, Healing And The Mind is destined to influence how America thinks about sickness and health. Full -color and B & W photographs throughout. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing and the Mind Author: Bill Moyers Narrator: Bill Moyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the best-selling companion volume to the PBS series, acclaimed television journalist Bill Moyers explores the fascinating, complex, powerful connection between mind and body in human health. Ancient medical science told us our minds and bodies are one. So did philosophers of old. Now, modern science and new research are helping us to understand these connections. In Healing And The Mind, Bill Moyers talks with physicians, scientists, therapists, and patients -- people who are taking a new look at the meaning of sickness and health. In a series of fascinating and provocative interviews, he discusses their search for answers to perplexing questions: How do emotions translate into chemicals in our bodies? How do thoughts and feelings influence health? How can we collaborate with our bodies to encourage healing? With the incisive style that has made Bill Moyers's skills as an interviewer legendary, Healing And The Mind is destined to influence how America thinks about sickness and health. Full -color and B & W photographs throughout. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets, read by the author himself. Should we pay children to read books or to get good grades? Is it ethical to pay people to test risky new drugs or to donate their organs? What about hiring mercenaries to fight our wars, outsourcing inmates to for-profit prisons, auctioning admission to elite universities, or selling citizenship to immigrants willing to pay? Isn't there something wrong with a world in which everything is for sale? In recent decades, market values have crowded out nonmarket norms in almost every aspect of life-medicine, education, government, law, art, sports, even family life and personal relations. Without quite realizing it, Sandel argues, we have drifted from having a market economy to being a market society. In What Money Can't Buy, Sandel examines one of the biggest ethical questions of our time and provokes a debate that's been missing in our market-driven age: What is the proper role of markets in a democratic society, and how can we protect the moral and civic goods that markets do not honour and money cannot buy? Michael J. Sandel Thu, 03 May 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237934 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets, read by the author himself. Should we pay children to read books or to get good grades? Is it ethical to pay people to test risky new drugs or to donate their organs? What about hiring mercenaries to fight our wars, outsourcing inmates to for-profit prisons, auctioning admission to elite universities, or selling citizenship to immigrants willing to pay? Isn't there something wrong with a world in which everything is for sale? In recent decades, market values have crowded out nonmarket norms in almost every aspect of life-medicine, education, government, law, art, sports, even family life and personal relations. Without quite realizing it, Sandel argues, we have drifted from having a market economy to being a market society. In What Money Can't Buy, Sandel examines one of the biggest ethical questions of our time and provokes a debate that's been missing in our market-driven age: What is the proper role of markets in a democratic society, and how can we protect the moral and civic goods that markets do not honour and money cannot buy? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's What Money Can't Buy: The Moral Limits of Markets, read by the author himself. Should we pay children to read books or to get good grades? Is it ethical to pay people to test risky new drugs or to donate their organs? What about hiring mercenaries to fight our wars, outsourcing inmates to for-profit prisons, auctioning admission to elite universities, or selling citizenship to immigrants willing to pay? Isn't there something wrong with a world in which everything is for sale? In recent decades, market values have crowded out nonmarket norms in almost every aspect of life-medicine, education, government, law, art, sports, even family life and personal relations. Without quite realizing it, Sandel argues, we have drifted from having a market economy to being a market society. In What Money Can't Buy, Sandel examines one of the biggest ethical questions of our time and provokes a debate that's been missing in our market-driven age: What is the proper role of markets in a democratic society, and how can we protect the moral and civic goods that markets do not honour and money cannot buy? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Charles Darwin's masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of 'Intelligent Design' and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the 'time clocks' of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing. Richard Dawkins Thu, 10 Sep 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833 thebookvoice.com 14:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Charles Darwin's masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of 'Intelligent Design' and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the 'time clocks' of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Charles Darwin's masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of 'Intelligent Design' and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the 'time clocks' of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Landscape Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Sam Harris has discovered that most people, from secular scientists to religious fundamentalists, agree on one point: science has nothing to say on the subject of human values. Indeed, science's failure to address questions of meaning and morality has become the primary justification for religious faith.The underlying claim is that while science is the best authority on the workings of the physical universe, religion is the best authority on meaning, values, morality, and leading a good life. Sam Harris shows us that this is not only untrue; it cannot possibly be true. Bringing a fresh, secular perspective to age-old questions of right and wrong, and good and evil, Harris shows that we know enough about the human brain and how it reacts to events in the world to say that there are right and wrong answers to the most pressing questions of human life. Because such answers exist, moral relativism is simply false - and comes at increasing cost to humanity. Using his expertise in philosophy and neuroscience, along with his experience on the front lines of the cultural war between science and religion, in The Moral Landscape Harris delivers an explosive argument about the future of science, and about the real basis of human relationships. Sam Harris Thu, 07 Apr 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237827 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Landscape Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Sam Harris has discovered that most people, from secular scientists to religious fundamentalists, agree on one point: science has nothing to say on the subject of human values. Indeed, science's failure to address questions of meaning and morality has become the primary justification for religious faith.The underlying claim is that while science is the best authority on the workings of the physical universe, religion is the best authority on meaning, values, morality, and leading a good life. Sam Harris shows us that this is not only untrue; it cannot possibly be true. Bringing a fresh, secular perspective to age-old questions of right and wrong, and good and evil, Harris shows that we know enough about the human brain and how it reacts to events in the world to say that there are right and wrong answers to the most pressing questions of human life. Because such answers exist, moral relativism is simply false - and comes at increasing cost to humanity. Using his expertise in philosophy and neuroscience, along with his experience on the front lines of the cultural war between science and religion, in The Moral Landscape Harris delivers an explosive argument about the future of science, and about the real basis of human relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Landscape Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Sam Harris has discovered that most people, from secular scientists to religious fundamentalists, agree on one point: science has nothing to say on the subject of human values. Indeed, science's failure to address questions of meaning and morality has become the primary justification for religious faith.The underlying claim is that while science is the best authority on the workings of the physical universe, religion is the best authority on meaning, values, morality, and leading a good life. Sam Harris shows us that this is not only untrue; it cannot possibly be true. Bringing a fresh, secular perspective to age-old questions of right and wrong, and good and evil, Harris shows that we know enough about the human brain and how it reacts to events in the world to say that there are right and wrong answers to the most pressing questions of human life. Because such answers exist, moral relativism is simply false - and comes at increasing cost to humanity. Using his expertise in philosophy and neuroscience, along with his experience on the front lines of the cultural war between science and religion, in The Moral Landscape Harris delivers an explosive argument about the future of science, and about the real basis of human relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. Michael J. Sandel Thu, 03 May 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236403 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lucifer Principle: A Scientific Expedition into the Forces of History Author: Howard Bloom Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Lucifer Priciple is a revolutionary work that explores the intricate relationships among genetics, human behavior, and culture to put forth the thesis that “evil” is a by-product of nature’s strategies for creation and that it is woven into our most basic biological fabric. Though this argument is not a new one—it has been brought forth by such great historical figures as St. Paul, Thomas Hobbes, and Raymond Dart—Howard Bloom here takes fresh data from a variety of sources and shapes it into a lens through which listeners can reinterpret the human experience. Howard Bloom Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236403 thebookvoice.com 12:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lucifer Principle: A Scientific Expedition into the Forces of History Author: Howard Bloom Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Lucifer Priciple is a revolutionary work that explores the intricate relationships among genetics, human behavior, and culture to put forth the thesis that “evil” is a by-product of nature’s strategies for creation and that it is woven into our most basic biological fabric. Though this argument is not a new one—it has been brought forth by such great historical figures as St. Paul, Thomas Hobbes, and Raymond Dart—Howard Bloom here takes fresh data from a variety of sources and shapes it into a lens through which listeners can reinterpret the human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lucifer Principle: A Scientific Expedition into the Forces of History Author: Howard Bloom Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Lucifer Priciple is a revolutionary work that explores the intricate relationships among genetics, human behavior, and culture to put forth the thesis that “evil” is a by-product of nature’s strategies for creation and that it is woven into our most basic biological fabric. Though this argument is not a new one—it has been brought forth by such great historical figures as St. Paul, Thomas Hobbes, and Raymond Dart—Howard Bloom here takes fresh data from a variety of sources and shapes it into a lens through which listeners can reinterpret the human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Altruism: The Power of Compassion to Change Yourself and the World Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller Happiness makes a passionate case for altruism -- and why we need it now more than ever. In Happiness, Matthieu Ricard demonstrated that true happiness is not tied to fleeting moments or sensations, but is an enduring state of soul rooted in mindfulness and compassion for others. Now he turns his lens from the personal to the global, with a rousing argument that altruism -- genuine concern for the well-being of others -- could be the saving grace of the 21st century. It is, he believes, the vital thread that can answer the main challenges of our time: the economy in the short term, life satisfaction in the mid-term, and environment in the long term. Ricard's message has been taken up by major economists and thinkers, including Dennis Snower, Amartya Sen, Joseph Stiglitz, and George Soros. Matthieu Ricard makes a robust and passionate case for cultivating altruistic love and compassion as the best means for simultaneously benefitting ourselves and our society. It's a fresh outlook on an ardent struggle -- and one that just might make the world a better place. Matthieu Ricard Tue, 02 Jun 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234419 thebookvoice.com 30:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Altruism: The Power of Compassion to Change Yourself and the World Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller Happiness makes a passionate case for altruism -- and why we need it now more than ever. In Happiness, Matthieu Ricard demonstrated that true happiness is not tied to fleeting moments or sensations, but is an enduring state of soul rooted in mindfulness and compassion for others. Now he turns his lens from the personal to the global, with a rousing argument that altruism -- genuine concern for the well-being of others -- could be the saving grace of the 21st century. It is, he believes, the vital thread that can answer the main challenges of our time: the economy in the short term, life satisfaction in the mid-term, and environment in the long term. Ricard's message has been taken up by major economists and thinkers, including Dennis Snower, Amartya Sen, Joseph Stiglitz, and George Soros. Matthieu Ricard makes a robust and passionate case for cultivating altruistic love and compassion as the best means for simultaneously benefitting ourselves and our society. It's a fresh outlook on an ardent struggle -- and one that just might make the world a better place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Altruism: The Power of Compassion to Change Yourself and the World Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller Happiness makes a passionate case for altruism -- and why we need it now more than ever. In Happiness, Matthieu Ricard demonstrated that true happiness is not tied to fleeting moments or sensations, but is an enduring state of soul rooted in mindfulness and compassion for others. Now he turns his lens from the personal to the global, with a rousing argument that altruism -- genuine concern for the well-being of others -- could be the saving grace of the 21st century. It is, he believes, the vital thread that can answer the main challenges of our time: the economy in the short term, life satisfaction in the mid-term, and environment in the long term. Ricard's message has been taken up by major economists and thinkers, including Dennis Snower, Amartya Sen, Joseph Stiglitz, and George Soros. Matthieu Ricard makes a robust and passionate case for cultivating altruistic love and compassion as the best means for simultaneously benefitting ourselves and our society. It's a fresh outlook on an ardent struggle -- and one that just might make the world a better place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234205 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Architecture of Happiness Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 20, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life The Architecture of Happiness explores the fascinating hidden links between the buildings we live in and our long-term wellbeing 'Engaging and intelligent... Full of splendid ideas, happily and beautifully expressed' Independent 'Alain de Botton takes big, complex subjects and writes about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence' Observer 'Clever, provocative and fresh as a daisy' Literary Review Bestselling author Alain de Botton has written about love, travel, status and how philosophy can console us. Now he turns his attention to one of our most intense but often hidden love affairs: with our houses and their furnishings. He asks: What makes a house truly beautiful?Why are many new houses so ugly?Why do we argue so bitterly about sofas and pictures - and can differences of taste ever be satisfactorily resolved?Will minimalism make us happier than ornaments? To answer these questions and many more, de Botton looks at buildings across the world, from medieval wooden huts to modern skyscrapers; he examines sofas and cathedrals, tea sets and office complexes, and teases out a host of often surprising philosophical insights. The Architecture of Happiness will take you on a beguiling tour through the history and psychology of architecture and interior design, and will forever alter your relationship with buildings. It will change the way you look at your current home - and help you make the right decisions about your next one. Alain de Botton Thu, 20 Apr 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234205 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Architecture of Happiness Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 20, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life The Architecture of Happiness explores the fascinating hidden links between the buildings we live in and our long-term wellbeing 'Engaging and intelligent... Full of splendid ideas, happily and beautifully expressed' Independent 'Alain de Botton takes big, complex subjects and writes about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence' Observer 'Clever, provocative and fresh as a daisy' Literary Review Bestselling author Alain de Botton has written about love, travel, status and how philosophy can console us. Now he turns his attention to one of our most intense but often hidden love affairs: with our houses and their furnishings. He asks: What makes a house truly beautiful?Why are many new houses so ugly?Why do we argue so bitterly about sofas and pictures - and can differences of taste ever be satisfactorily resolved?Will minimalism make us happier than ornaments? To answer these questions and many more, de Botton looks at buildings across the world, from medieval wooden huts to modern skyscrapers; he examines sofas and cathedrals, tea sets and office complexes, and teases out a host of often surprising philosophical insights. The Architecture of Happiness will take you on a beguiling tour through the history and psychology of architecture and interior design, and will forever alter your relationship with buildings. It will change the way you look at your current home - and help you make the right decisions about your next one. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Architecture of Happiness Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 20, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life The Architecture of Happiness explores the fascinating hidden links between the buildings we live in and our long-term wellbeing 'Engaging and intelligent... Full of splendid ideas, happily and beautifully expressed' Independent 'Alain de Botton takes big, complex subjects and writes about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence' Observer 'Clever, provocative and fresh as a daisy' Literary Review Bestselling author Alain de Botton has written about love, travel, status and how philosophy can console us. Now he turns his attention to one of our most intense but often hidden love affairs: with our houses and their furnishings. He asks: What makes a house truly beautiful?Why are many new houses so ugly?Why do we argue so bitterly about sofas and pictures - and can differences of taste ever be satisfactorily resolved?Will minimalism make us happier than ornaments? To answer these questions and many more, de Botton looks at buildings across the world, from medieval wooden huts to modern skyscrapers; he examines sofas and cathedrals, tea sets and office complexes, and teases out a host of often surprising philosophical insights. The Architecture of Happiness will take you on a beguiling tour through the history and psychology of architecture and interior design, and will forever alter your relationship with buildings. It will change the way you look at your current home - and help you make the right decisions about your next one. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status Anxiety Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life - Alain de Botton sets out to understand our universal fear of failure - and how we might change it 'De Botton's gift is to prompt us to think about how we live and how we might change things' The Times 'He analyses modern society with great charm, learning and humour. His remedies come as a welcome relief when most books offering solutions to the stresses of life recommend the lotus position' Daily Mail We all worry about what others think of us. We all long to succeed and fear failure. We all suffer - to a greater or lesser degree, usually privately and with embarrassment - from status anxiety. Alain de Botton gives a name to this universal condition and sets out to investigate both its origins and possible solutions. He looks at history, philosophy, economics, art and politics - and reveals the many ingenious ways that great minds have overcome their worries. The result is a book that is not only entertaining and thought-provoking - but genuinely wise and helpful as well. Alain de Botton Sun, 01 May 2005 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234204 thebookvoice.com 2:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status Anxiety Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life - Alain de Botton sets out to understand our universal fear of failure - and how we might change it 'De Botton's gift is to prompt us to think about how we live and how we might change things' The Times 'He analyses modern society with great charm, learning and humour. His remedies come as a welcome relief when most books offering solutions to the stresses of life recommend the lotus position' Daily Mail We all worry about what others think of us. We all long to succeed and fear failure. We all suffer - to a greater or lesser degree, usually privately and with embarrassment - from status anxiety. Alain de Botton gives a name to this universal condition and sets out to investigate both its origins and possible solutions. He looks at history, philosophy, economics, art and politics - and reveals the many ingenious ways that great minds have overcome their worries. The result is a book that is not only entertaining and thought-provoking - but genuinely wise and helpful as well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status Anxiety Author: Alain de Botton Narrator: Alain de Botton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER From one of our greatest voices in modern philosophy, author of The Course of Love, The Consolations of Philosophy, Religion for Atheists and The School of Life - Alain de Botton sets out to understand our universal fear of failure - and how we might change it 'De Botton's gift is to prompt us to think about how we live and how we might change things' The Times 'He analyses modern society with great charm, learning and humour. His remedies come as a welcome relief when most books offering solutions to the stresses of life recommend the lotus position' Daily Mail We all worry about what others think of us. We all long to succeed and fear failure. We all suffer - to a greater or lesser degree, usually privately and with embarrassment - from status anxiety. Alain de Botton gives a name to this universal condition and sets out to investigate both its origins and possible solutions. He looks at history, philosophy, economics, art and politics - and reveals the many ingenious ways that great minds have overcome their worries. The result is a book that is not only entertaining and thought-provoking - but genuinely wise and helpful as well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. Madeleine Albright Tue, 02 May 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Curiosity Author: Alberto Manguel Narrator: John McDonough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Alberto Manguel's The History of Reading was an international bestseller translated into thirty-four languages and for which Manguel earned the MEdicis Prize. Fourteen years later, Manguel anchors his new book in the primal connection between reading and curiosity. Tracing twenty-five centuries of human history, from the fourth century BC to the present day, Manguel dedicates each of his chapters to a single character-ranging from our best-known thinkers, scientists, and artists to seemingly minor figures of whom we know little more than one inspired utterance-in whom he identifies a particular way of asking the question 'Why?' Above all, he aims to 'awake in readers a consciousness of their own powers of enquiry and imagination, of their right to doubt and contest assumed answers, and of their responsibility in furthering the questions our ancestors were asking far away and long ago.' 'How wonderfully appropriate that the endlessly inquisitive Alberto Manguel should consider the fascinating concept of curiosity. Fueled by a lifetime of reading, and with Dante as his guide, he embarks on an elegantly conceived excursion of the mind, driven by a single, timeless word-why?'-Nicholas A. Basbanes, author of On Paper and A Gentle Madness 'Manguel vaults over the traditional fences of genre, literary history, and discipline with breathtaking virtuosity. He is the Montaigne de nos jours and, as regards this latest effort, if they put another rover on Mars they should call it 'Manguel.''-John Sutherland, University College London 'For Alberto Manguel reading is a pilgrimage, a secular-sacred encounter with mystery, and a way of reinvigorating the dead. Dante and Montaigne and Pinocchio's Collodi are his guides and his intimates in this passionate quest for knowledge, but it is the state of inquiry itself and even doubt that define for him the pleasures of curiosity. With his loving, keenly felt, highly enjoyable delving into writers and their writings, Manguel argues for literature's revelatory illusions, its epiphanies and its testimony.'-Marina Warner, Writer, Stranger Magic: Charmed States and the Arabian Nights 'Alberto Manguel is a wanderer among books, immensely curious in such an intriguing way that he lets his readers easily discover the fruits of his curiosity.'-Roberto Calasso 'This is a dynamic, lively book that leads the reader to appreciate the pleasures and the power of curiosity. In writing its remarkable history Alberto Manguel sees it both as a primary passion and as a force behind all intellectual experiences. In a sort of encyclopedic narrative Manguel journeys over the most distant places-from Dante's Florence to Rome, Jerusalem, Athens, and Latin America etc. and he invites us to a grand tour of wonders and surprises.'-Giuseppe Mazzotta, Yale University 'Manguel travels through books in the same way as he travels through various countries. He meets new friends and asks questions of them about himself, and about life. In a style which is all his own, he delights us with the unlimited bounds of human curiosity.'-Lina Bolzoni, Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa Alberto Manguel is a writer, translator, editor, and critic, but would rather define himself as a reader and a lover of books. He was born in Buenos Aires and spent his childhood in Israel and his adolescence in Argentina. While attending the Colegio Nacional de Buenos Aires, he worked in a bookstore where he met the blind Jorge Luis Borges, and became one of his readers for several years. After living in Europe and the South Pacific, working as an editor, in 1982 he moved to Canada and became a Canadian citizen. There he wrote for the Canadian newspapers, radio, and television, as well as for many other publications around the world. He now lives in a small village in France, surrounded by more than 30,000 volumes. Alberto Manguel Fri, 15 May 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233480 thebookvoice.com 15:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Curiosity Author: Alberto Manguel Narrator: John McDonough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Alberto Manguel's The History of Reading was an international bestseller translated into thirty-four languages and for which Manguel earned the MEdicis Prize. Fourteen years later, Manguel anchors his new book in the primal connection between reading and curiosity. Tracing twenty-five centuries of human history, from the fourth century BC to the present day, Manguel dedicates each of his chapters to a single character-ranging from our best-known thinkers, scientists, and artists to seemingly minor figures of whom we know little more than one inspired utterance-in whom he identifies a particular way of asking the question 'Why?' Above all, he aims to 'awake in readers a consciousness of their own powers of enquiry and imagination, of their right to doubt and contest assumed answers, and of their responsibility in furthering the questions our ancestors were asking far away and long ago.' 'How wonderfully appropriate that the endlessly inquisitive Alberto Manguel should consider the fascinating concept of curiosity. Fueled by a lifetime of reading, and with Dante as his guide, he embarks on an elegantly conceived excursion of the mind, driven by a single, timeless word-why?'-Nicholas A. Basbanes, author of On Paper and A Gentle Madness 'Manguel vaults over the traditional fences of genre, literary history, and discipline with breathtaking virtuosity. He is the Montaigne de nos jours and, as regards this latest effort, if they put another rover on Mars they should call it 'Manguel.''-John Sutherland, University College London 'For Alberto Manguel reading is a pilgrimage, a secular-sacred encounter with mystery, and a way of reinvigorating the dead. Dante and Montaigne and Pinocchio's Collodi are his guides and his intimates in this passionate quest for knowledge, but it is the state of inquiry itself and even doubt that define for him the pleasures of curiosity. With his loving, keenly felt, highly enjoyable delving into writers and their writings, Manguel argues for literature's revelatory illusions, its epiphanies and its testimony.'-Marina Warner, Writer, Stranger Magic: Charmed States and the Arabian Nights 'Alberto Manguel is a wanderer among books, immensely curious in such an intriguing way that he lets his readers easily discover the fruits of his curiosity.'-Roberto Calasso 'This is a dynamic, lively book that leads the reader to appreciate the pleasures and the power of curiosity. In writing its remarkable history Alberto Manguel sees it both as a primary passion and as a force behind all intellectual experiences. In a sort of encyclopedic narrative Manguel journeys over the most distant places-from Dante's Florence to Rome, Jerusalem, Athens, and Latin America etc. and he invites us to a grand tour of wonders and surprises.'-Giuseppe Mazzotta, Yale University 'Manguel travels through books in the same way as he travels through various countries. He meets new friends and asks questions of them about himself, and about life. In a style which is all his own, he delights us with the unlimited bounds of human curiosity.'-Lina Bolzoni, Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa Alberto Manguel is a writer, translator, editor, and critic, but would rather define himself as a reader and a lover of books. He was born in Buenos Aires and spent his childhood in Israel and his adolescence in Argentina. While attending the Colegio Nacional de Buenos Aires, he worked in a bookstore where he met the blind Jorge Luis Borges, and became one of his readers for several years. After living in Europe and the South Pacific, working as an editor, in 1982 he moved to Canada and became a Canadian citizen. There he wrote for the Canadian newspapers, radio, and television, as well as for many other publications around the world. He now lives in a small village in France, surrounded by more than 30,000 volumes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Curiosity Author: Alberto Manguel Narrator: John McDonough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Alberto Manguel's The History of Reading was an international bestseller translated into thirty-four languages and for which Manguel earned the MEdicis Prize. Fourteen years later, Manguel anchors his new book in the primal connection between reading and curiosity. Tracing twenty-five centuries of human history, from the fourth century BC to the present day, Manguel dedicates each of his chapters to a single character-ranging from our best-known thinkers, scientists, and artists to seemingly minor figures of whom we know little more than one inspired utterance-in whom he identifies a particular way of asking the question 'Why?' Above all, he aims to 'awake in readers a consciousness of their own powers of enquiry and imagination, of their right to doubt and contest assumed answers, and of their responsibility in furthering the questions our ancestors were asking far away and long ago.' 'How wonderfully appropriate that the endlessly inquisitive Alberto Manguel should consider the fascinating concept of curiosity. Fueled by a lifetime of reading, and with Dante as his guide, he embarks on an elegantly conceived excursion of the mind, driven by a single, timeless word-why?'-Nicholas A. Basbanes, author of On Paper and A Gentle Madness 'Manguel vaults over the traditional fences of genre, literary history, and discipline with breathtaking virtuosity. He is the Montaigne de nos jours and, as regards this latest effort, if they put another rover on Mars they should call it 'Manguel.''-John Sutherland, University College London 'For Alberto Manguel reading is a pilgrimage, a secular-sacred encounter with mystery, and a way of reinvigorating the dead. Dante and Montaigne and Pinocchio's Collodi are his guides and his intimates in this passionate quest for knowledge, but it is the state of inquiry itself and even doubt that define for him the pleasures of curiosity. With his loving, keenly felt, highly enjoyable delving into writers and their writings, Manguel argues for literature's revelatory illusions, its epiphanies and its testimony.'-Marina Warner, Writer, Stranger Magic: Charmed States and the Arabian Nights 'Alberto Manguel is a wanderer among books, immensely curious in such an intriguing way that he lets his readers easily discover the fruits of his curiosity.'-Roberto Calasso 'This is a dynamic, lively book that leads the reader to appreciate the pleasures and the power of curiosity. In writing its remarkable history Alberto Manguel sees it both as a primary passion and as a force behind all intellectual experiences. In a sort of encyclopedic narrative Manguel journeys over the most distant places-from Dante's Florence to Rome, Jerusalem, Athens, and Latin America etc. and he invites us to a grand tour of wonders and surprises.'-Giuseppe Mazzotta, Yale University 'Manguel travels through books in the same way as he travels through various countries. He meets new friends and asks questions of them about himself, and about life. In a style which is all his own, he delights us with the unlimited bounds of human curiosity.'-Lina Bolzoni, Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa Alberto Manguel is a writer, translator, editor, and critic, but would rather define himself as a reader and a lover of books. He was born in Buenos Aires and spent his childhood in Israel and his adolescence in Argentina. While attending the Colegio Nacional de Buenos Aires, he worked in a bookstore where he met the blind Jorge Luis Borges, and became one of his readers for several years. After living in Europe and the South Pacific, working as an editor, in 1982 he moved to Canada and became a Canadian citizen. There he wrote for the Canadian newspapers, radio, and television, as well as for many other publications around the world. He now lives in a small village in France, surrounded by more than 30,000 volumes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. Thomas Paine Tue, 28 Apr 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irrationally Yours: On Missing Socks, Pickup Lines, and Other Existential Puzzles Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Three-time New York Times bestselling author Dan Ariely teams up with legendary The New Yorker cartoonist William Haefeli to present an expanded, illustrated collection of his immensely popularWall Street Journal advice column, “Ask Ariely”. Behavioral economist Dan Ariely revolutionized the way we think about ourselves, our minds, and our actions in his books Predictably Irrational, The Upside of Irrationality, and The Honest Truth about Dishonesty. Ariely applies this scientific analysis of the human condition in his “Ask Ariely” Q & A column in the Wall Street Journal, in which he responds to readers who write in with personal conundrums ranging from the serious to the curious:  - What can you do to stay calm when you’re playing the volatile stock market?  - What’s the best way to get someone to stop smoking?  - How can you maximize the return on your investment at an all-you-can-eat buffet?  - Is it possible to put a price on the human soul?  - Can you ever rationally justify spending thousands of dollars on a Rolex? In Ask Ariely, a broad variety of economic, ethical, and emotional dilemmas are explored and addressed through text and images. Using their trademark insight and wit, Ariely and Haefeli help us reflect on how we can reason our way through external and internal challenges.  Readers will laugh, learn, and most importantly gain a new perspective on how to deal with the inevitable problems that plague our daily life. Dan Ariely Tue, 19 May 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233292 thebookvoice.com 3:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irrationally Yours: On Missing Socks, Pickup Lines, and Other Existential Puzzles Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Three-time New York Times bestselling author Dan Ariely teams up with legendary The New Yorker cartoonist William Haefeli to present an expanded, illustrated collection of his immensely popularWall Street Journal advice column, “Ask Ariely”. Behavioral economist Dan Ariely revolutionized the way we think about ourselves, our minds, and our actions in his books Predictably Irrational, The Upside of Irrationality, and The Honest Truth about Dishonesty. Ariely applies this scientific analysis of the human condition in his “Ask Ariely” Q & A column in the Wall Street Journal, in which he responds to readers who write in with personal conundrums ranging from the serious to the curious:  - What can you do to stay calm when you’re playing the volatile stock market?  - What’s the best way to get someone to stop smoking?  - How can you maximize the return on your investment at an all-you-can-eat buffet?  - Is it possible to put a price on the human soul?  - Can you ever rationally justify spending thousands of dollars on a Rolex? In Ask Ariely, a broad variety of economic, ethical, and emotional dilemmas are explored and addressed through text and images. Using their trademark insight and wit, Ariely and Haefeli help us reflect on how we can reason our way through external and internal challenges.  Readers will laugh, learn, and most importantly gain a new perspective on how to deal with the inevitable problems that plague our daily life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irrationally Yours: On Missing Socks, Pickup Lines, and Other Existential Puzzles Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Three-time New York Times bestselling author Dan Ariely teams up with legendary The New Yorker cartoonist William Haefeli to present an expanded, illustrated collection of his immensely popularWall Street Journal advice column, “Ask Ariely”. Behavioral economist Dan Ariely revolutionized the way we think about ourselves, our minds, and our actions in his books Predictably Irrational, The Upside of Irrationality, and The Honest Truth about Dishonesty. Ariely applies this scientific analysis of the human condition in his “Ask Ariely” Q & A column in the Wall Street Journal, in which he responds to readers who write in with personal conundrums ranging from the serious to the curious:  - What can you do to stay calm when you’re playing the volatile stock market?  - What’s the best way to get someone to stop smoking?  - How can you maximize the return on your investment at an all-you-can-eat buffet?  - Is it possible to put a price on the human soul?  - Can you ever rationally justify spending thousands of dollars on a Rolex? In Ask Ariely, a broad variety of economic, ethical, and emotional dilemmas are explored and addressed through text and images. Using their trademark insight and wit, Ariely and Haefeli help us reflect on how we can reason our way through external and internal challenges.  Readers will laugh, learn, and most importantly gain a new perspective on how to deal with the inevitable problems that plague our daily life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future Author: Ashlee Vance Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 557 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 86 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller In the spirit of Steve Jobs and Moneyball, Elon Musk is both an illuminating and authorized look at the extraordinary life of one of Silicon Valley’s most exciting, unpredictable, and ambitious entrepreneurs—a real-life Tony Stark—and a fascinating exploration of the renewal of American invention and its new “makers.” Elon Musk spotlights the technology and vision of Elon Musk, the renowned entrepreneur and innovator behind SpaceX, Tesla, and SolarCity, who sold one of his Internet companies, PayPal, for $1.5 billion. Ashlee Vance captures the full spectacle and arc of the genius’s life and work, from his tumultuous upbringing in South Africa and flight to the United States to his dramatic technical innovations and entrepreneurial pursuits. Vance uses Musk’s story to explore one of the pressing questions of our age: can the nation of inventors and creators who led the modern world for a century still compete in an age of fierce global competition? He argues that Musk—one of the most unusual and striking figures in American business history—is a contemporary, visionary amalgam of legendary inventors and industrialists including Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Howard Hughes, and Steve Jobs. More than any other entrepreneur today, Musk has dedicated his energies and his own vast fortune to inventing a future that is as rich and far-reaching as the visionaries of the golden age of science-fiction fantasy. Thorough and insightful, Elon Musk brings to life a technology industry that is rapidly and dramatically changing by examining the life of one of its most powerful and influential titans. Ashlee Vance Tue, 19 May 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233290 thebookvoice.com 13:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future Author: Ashlee Vance Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 557 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 86 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller In the spirit of Steve Jobs and Moneyball, Elon Musk is both an illuminating and authorized look at the extraordinary life of one of Silicon Valley’s most exciting, unpredictable, and ambitious entrepreneurs—a real-life Tony Stark—and a fascinating exploration of the renewal of American invention and its new “makers.” Elon Musk spotlights the technology and vision of Elon Musk, the renowned entrepreneur and innovator behind SpaceX, Tesla, and SolarCity, who sold one of his Internet companies, PayPal, for $1.5 billion. Ashlee Vance captures the full spectacle and arc of the genius’s life and work, from his tumultuous upbringing in South Africa and flight to the United States to his dramatic technical innovations and entrepreneurial pursuits. Vance uses Musk’s story to explore one of the pressing questions of our age: can the nation of inventors and creators who led the modern world for a century still compete in an age of fierce global competition? He argues that Musk—one of the most unusual and striking figures in American business history—is a contemporary, visionary amalgam of legendary inventors and industrialists including Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Howard Hughes, and Steve Jobs. More than any other entrepreneur today, Musk has dedicated his energies and his own vast fortune to inventing a future that is as rich and far-reaching as the visionaries of the golden age of science-fiction fantasy. Thorough and insightful, Elon Musk brings to life a technology industry that is rapidly and dramatically changing by examining the life of one of its most powerful and influential titans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future Author: Ashlee Vance Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 557 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 86 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller In the spirit of Steve Jobs and Moneyball, Elon Musk is both an illuminating and authorized look at the extraordinary life of one of Silicon Valley’s most exciting, unpredictable, and ambitious entrepreneurs—a real-life Tony Stark—and a fascinating exploration of the renewal of American invention and its new “makers.” Elon Musk spotlights the technology and vision of Elon Musk, the renowned entrepreneur and innovator behind SpaceX, Tesla, and SolarCity, who sold one of his Internet companies, PayPal, for $1.5 billion. Ashlee Vance captures the full spectacle and arc of the genius’s life and work, from his tumultuous upbringing in South Africa and flight to the United States to his dramatic technical innovations and entrepreneurial pursuits. Vance uses Musk’s story to explore one of the pressing questions of our age: can the nation of inventors and creators who led the modern world for a century still compete in an age of fierce global competition? He argues that Musk—one of the most unusual and striking figures in American business history—is a contemporary, visionary amalgam of legendary inventors and industrialists including Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Howard Hughes, and Steve Jobs. More than any other entrepreneur today, Musk has dedicated his energies and his own vast fortune to inventing a future that is as rich and far-reaching as the visionaries of the golden age of science-fiction fantasy. Thorough and insightful, Elon Musk brings to life a technology industry that is rapidly and dramatically changing by examining the life of one of its most powerful and influential titans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. Ricardo S. Sanchez Tue, 06 May 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231360 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tao Te Ching: A New English Version Author: Lao Tzu, Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 81 brief chapters, Lao-Tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, provides advice that imparts balance and perspective, a serene and generous spirit, and teaches us how to work for the good with the effortless skill that comes from being in accord with the Tao—the basic principle of the universe. Stephen Mitchell's bestselling version has been widely acclaimed as a gift to contemporary culture. Lao Tzu, Stephen Mitchell Tue, 17 Apr 2007 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231360 thebookvoice.com 1:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tao Te Ching: A New English Version Author: Lao Tzu, Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 81 brief chapters, Lao-Tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, provides advice that imparts balance and perspective, a serene and generous spirit, and teaches us how to work for the good with the effortless skill that comes from being in accord with the Tao—the basic principle of the universe. Stephen Mitchell's bestselling version has been widely acclaimed as a gift to contemporary culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tao Te Ching: A New English Version Author: Lao Tzu, Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In 81 brief chapters, Lao-Tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, provides advice that imparts balance and perspective, a serene and generous spirit, and teaches us how to work for the good with the effortless skill that comes from being in accord with the Tao—the basic principle of the universe. Stephen Mitchell's bestselling version has been widely acclaimed as a gift to contemporary culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230733 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • David Brooks challenges us to rebalance the scales between the focus on external success—“résumé virtues”—and our core principles.   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE ECONOMIST   With the wisdom, humor, curiosity, and sharp insights that have brought millions of readers to his New York Times column and his previous bestsellers, David Brooks has consistently illuminated our daily lives in surprising and original ways. In The Social Animal, he explored the neuroscience of human connection and how we can flourish together. Now, in The Road to Character, he focuses on the deeper values that should inform our lives. Looking to some of the world’s greatest thinkers and inspiring leaders, Brooks explores how, through internal struggle and a sense of their own limitations, they have built a strong inner character. Labor activist Frances Perkins understood the need to suppress parts of herself so that she could be an instrument in a larger cause. Dwight Eisenhower organized his life not around impulsive self-expression but considered self-restraint. Dorothy Day, a devout Catholic convert and champion of the poor, learned as a young woman the vocabulary of simplicity and surrender. Civil rights pioneers A. Philip Randolph and Bayard Rustin learned reticence and the logic of self-discipline, the need to distrust oneself even while waging a noble crusade. Blending psychology, politics, spirituality, and confessional, The Road to Character provides an opportunity for us to rethink our priorities, and strive to build rich inner lives marked by humility and moral depth. “Joy,” David Brooks writes, “is a byproduct experienced by people who are aiming for something else. But it comes.” Praise for The Road to Character “A hyper-readable, lucid, often richly detailed human story.”—The New York Times Book Review “This profound and eloquent book is written with moral urgency and philosophical elegance.”—Andrew Solomon, author of Far from the Tree and The Noonday Demon “A powerful, haunting book that works its way beneath your skin.”—The Guardian “Original and eye-opening . . . Brooks is a normative version of Malcolm Gladwell, culling from a wide array of scientists and thinkers to weave an idea bigger than the sum of its parts.”—USA Today David Brooks Tue, 14 Apr 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230733 thebookvoice.com 12:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • David Brooks challenges us to rebalance the scales between the focus on external success—“résumé virtues”—and our core principles.   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE ECONOMIST   With the wisdom, humor, curiosity, and sharp insights that have brought millions of readers to his New York Times column and his previous bestsellers, David Brooks has consistently illuminated our daily lives in surprising and original ways. In The Social Animal, he explored the neuroscience of human connection and how we can flourish together. Now, in The Road to Character, he focuses on the deeper values that should inform our lives. Looking to some of the world’s greatest thinkers and inspiring leaders, Brooks explores how, through internal struggle and a sense of their own limitations, they have built a strong inner character. Labor activist Frances Perkins understood the need to suppress parts of herself so that she could be an instrument in a larger cause. Dwight Eisenhower organized his life not around impulsive self-expression but considered self-restraint. Dorothy Day, a devout Catholic convert and champion of the poor, learned as a young woman the vocabulary of simplicity and surrender. Civil rights pioneers A. Philip Randolph and Bayard Rustin learned reticence and the logic of self-discipline, the need to distrust oneself even while waging a noble crusade. Blending psychology, politics, spirituality, and confessional, The Road to Character provides an opportunity for us to rethink our priorities, and strive to build rich inner lives marked by humility and moral depth. “Joy,” David Brooks writes, “is a byproduct experienced by people who are aiming for something else. But it comes.” Praise for The Road to Character “A hyper-readable, lucid, often richly detailed human story.”—The New York Times Book Review “This profound and eloquent book is written with moral urgency and philosophical elegance.”—Andrew Solomon, author of Far from the Tree and The Noonday Demon “A powerful, haunting book that works its way beneath your skin.”—The Guardian “Original and eye-opening . . . Brooks is a normative version of Malcolm Gladwell, culling from a wide array of scientists and thinkers to weave an idea bigger than the sum of its parts.”—USA Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Character Author: David Brooks Narrator: David Brooks, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • David Brooks challenges us to rebalance the scales between the focus on external success—“résumé virtues”—and our core principles.   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE ECONOMIST   With the wisdom, humor, curiosity, and sharp insights that have brought millions of readers to his New York Times column and his previous bestsellers, David Brooks has consistently illuminated our daily lives in surprising and original ways. In The Social Animal, he explored the neuroscience of human connection and how we can flourish together. Now, in The Road to Character, he focuses on the deeper values that should inform our lives. Looking to some of the world’s greatest thinkers and inspiring leaders, Brooks explores how, through internal struggle and a sense of their own limitations, they have built a strong inner character. Labor activist Frances Perkins understood the need to suppress parts of herself so that she could be an instrument in a larger cause. Dwight Eisenhower organized his life not around impulsive self-expression but considered self-restraint. Dorothy Day, a devout Catholic convert and champion of the poor, learned as a young woman the vocabulary of simplicity and surrender. Civil rights pioneers A. Philip Randolph and Bayard Rustin learned reticence and the logic of self-discipline, the need to distrust oneself even while waging a noble crusade. Blending psychology, politics, spirituality, and confessional, The Road to Character provides an opportunity for us to rethink our priorities, and strive to build rich inner lives marked by humility and moral depth. “Joy,” David Brooks writes, “is a byproduct experienced by people who are aiming for something else. But it comes.” Praise for The Road to Character “A hyper-readable, lucid, often richly detailed human story.”—The New York Times Book Review “This profound and eloquent book is written with moral urgency and philosophical elegance.”—Andrew Solomon, author of Far from the Tree and The Noonday Demon “A powerful, haunting book that works its way beneath your skin.”—The Guardian “Original and eye-opening . . . Brooks is a normative version of Malcolm Gladwell, culling from a wide array of scientists and thinkers to weave an idea bigger than the sum of its parts.”—USA Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth Author: Steve Gullans, Juan Enriquez Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity. Steve Gullans, Juan Enriquez Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth Author: Steve Gullans, Juan Enriquez Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth Author: Steve Gullans, Juan Enriquez Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Bypassing: When Spirituality Disconnects Us from What Really Matters Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Robert Augustus Masters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully significant and important book.”  —Ken Wilber, The Integral Vision “A timely and penetrating analysis of spirituality’s shadow.” —Stephen Batchelor, Buddhism without Beliefs   A spiritual teacher and integral psychotherapist offers a first-of-its-kind study on how we use—and abuse—spiritual beliefs and practices, revealing how to identify and move beyond what holds us back from living life fully. Spiritual bypassing—the use of spiritual beliefs to avoid dealing with painful feelings, unresolved wounds, and developmental needs—is so pervasive that it goes largely unnoticed. The spiritual ideals of any tradition, whether Christian commandments or Buddhist precepts, can provide easy justification for practitioners to duck uncomfortable feelings in favor of more seemingly enlightened activity. When split off from fundamental psychological needs, such actions often do much more harm than good. While other authors have touched on the subject, this is the first book fully devoted to spiritual bypassing. In the lineage of Chögyam Trungpa’s landmark Cutting Through Spiritual Materialism, Spiritual Bypassing provides an in-depth look at the unresolved or ignored psychological issues often masked as spirituality, including self-judgment, excessive niceness, and emotional dissociation. A longtime psychotherapist with an engaging writing style, Masters furthers the body of psychological insight into how we use (and abuse) religion in often unconscious ways. This book will hold particular appeal for those who grew up with an unstructured new-age spirituality now looking for a more mature spiritual practice, and for anyone seeking increased self-awareness and a more robust relationship with themselves and others. Robert Augustus Masters Tue, 24 Feb 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230149 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Bypassing: When Spirituality Disconnects Us from What Really Matters Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Robert Augustus Masters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully significant and important book.”  —Ken Wilber, The Integral Vision “A timely and penetrating analysis of spirituality’s shadow.” —Stephen Batchelor, Buddhism without Beliefs   A spiritual teacher and integral psychotherapist offers a first-of-its-kind study on how we use—and abuse—spiritual beliefs and practices, revealing how to identify and move beyond what holds us back from living life fully. Spiritual bypassing—the use of spiritual beliefs to avoid dealing with painful feelings, unresolved wounds, and developmental needs—is so pervasive that it goes largely unnoticed. The spiritual ideals of any tradition, whether Christian commandments or Buddhist precepts, can provide easy justification for practitioners to duck uncomfortable feelings in favor of more seemingly enlightened activity. When split off from fundamental psychological needs, such actions often do much more harm than good. While other authors have touched on the subject, this is the first book fully devoted to spiritual bypassing. In the lineage of Chögyam Trungpa’s landmark Cutting Through Spiritual Materialism, Spiritual Bypassing provides an in-depth look at the unresolved or ignored psychological issues often masked as spirituality, including self-judgment, excessive niceness, and emotional dissociation. A longtime psychotherapist with an engaging writing style, Masters furthers the body of psychological insight into how we use (and abuse) religion in often unconscious ways. This book will hold particular appeal for those who grew up with an unstructured new-age spirituality now looking for a more mature spiritual practice, and for anyone seeking increased self-awareness and a more robust relationship with themselves and others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Bypassing: When Spirituality Disconnects Us from What Really Matters Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Robert Augustus Masters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully significant and important book.”  —Ken Wilber, The Integral Vision “A timely and penetrating analysis of spirituality’s shadow.” —Stephen Batchelor, Buddhism without Beliefs   A spiritual teacher and integral psychotherapist offers a first-of-its-kind study on how we use—and abuse—spiritual beliefs and practices, revealing how to identify and move beyond what holds us back from living life fully. Spiritual bypassing—the use of spiritual beliefs to avoid dealing with painful feelings, unresolved wounds, and developmental needs—is so pervasive that it goes largely unnoticed. The spiritual ideals of any tradition, whether Christian commandments or Buddhist precepts, can provide easy justification for practitioners to duck uncomfortable feelings in favor of more seemingly enlightened activity. When split off from fundamental psychological needs, such actions often do much more harm than good. While other authors have touched on the subject, this is the first book fully devoted to spiritual bypassing. In the lineage of Chögyam Trungpa’s landmark Cutting Through Spiritual Materialism, Spiritual Bypassing provides an in-depth look at the unresolved or ignored psychological issues often masked as spirituality, including self-judgment, excessive niceness, and emotional dissociation. A longtime psychotherapist with an engaging writing style, Masters furthers the body of psychological insight into how we use (and abuse) religion in often unconscious ways. This book will hold particular appeal for those who grew up with an unstructured new-age spirituality now looking for a more mature spiritual practice, and for anyone seeking increased self-awareness and a more robust relationship with themselves and others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228400 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Pooh Author: Benjamin Hoff Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Winnie-the-Pooh has a certain Way about him, a way of doing things that has made him the world's most beloved bear. In The Tao of Pooh, Benjamin Hoff shows that Pooh's Way is amazingly consistent with the principles of living envisioned by the Chinese founders of Taoism. The author's explanation of Taoism through Pooh, and Pooh through Taoism, shows that this is not simply an ancient and remote philosophy but something you can use, here and now.And what is Taoism? It's really very simple. It calls for living without preconceived ideas about how life should be lived-but it's not a preconception of how life-it's.... Well, you'd do better to listen to this book, and listen to Pooh, if you really want to find out. Benjamin Hoff Mon, 23 Jan 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228400 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Pooh Author: Benjamin Hoff Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Winnie-the-Pooh has a certain Way about him, a way of doing things that has made him the world's most beloved bear. In The Tao of Pooh, Benjamin Hoff shows that Pooh's Way is amazingly consistent with the principles of living envisioned by the Chinese founders of Taoism. The author's explanation of Taoism through Pooh, and Pooh through Taoism, shows that this is not simply an ancient and remote philosophy but something you can use, here and now.And what is Taoism? It's really very simple. It calls for living without preconceived ideas about how life should be lived-but it's not a preconception of how life-it's.... Well, you'd do better to listen to this book, and listen to Pooh, if you really want to find out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Pooh Author: Benjamin Hoff Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.21 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Winnie-the-Pooh has a certain Way about him, a way of doing things that has made him the world's most beloved bear. In The Tao of Pooh, Benjamin Hoff shows that Pooh's Way is amazingly consistent with the principles of living envisioned by the Chinese founders of Taoism. The author's explanation of Taoism through Pooh, and Pooh through Taoism, shows that this is not simply an ancient and remote philosophy but something you can use, here and now.And what is Taoism? It's really very simple. It calls for living without preconceived ideas about how life should be lived-but it's not a preconception of how life-it's.... Well, you'd do better to listen to this book, and listen to Pooh, if you really want to find out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Allure of Gentleness: Defending the Faith in the Manner of Jesus Author: Dallas Willard Narrator: Alan Winter, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The revered Christian author whose bestselling classics include The Divine Conspiracy and The Spirit of the Disciplines provides a new model for how we can present the Christian faith to others. When Christians share their faith, they often appeal to reason, logic, and the truth of doctrine. But these tactics often are not effective. A better approach to spread Christ’s word, Dallas Willard suggests, is to use the example of our own lives. To demonstrate Jesus’s message, we must be transformed people living out a life reflective of Jesus himself, a life of love, humility, and gentleness. This beautiful model of life—this allure of gentleness—Willard argues, is the foundation for making the most compelling argument for Christianity, one that will convince others that there is something special about Christianity and the Jesus we follow. Dallas Willard Tue, 10 Feb 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228247 thebookvoice.com 5:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Allure of Gentleness: Defending the Faith in the Manner of Jesus Author: Dallas Willard Narrator: Alan Winter, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The revered Christian author whose bestselling classics include The Divine Conspiracy and The Spirit of the Disciplines provides a new model for how we can present the Christian faith to others. When Christians share their faith, they often appeal to reason, logic, and the truth of doctrine. But these tactics often are not effective. A better approach to spread Christ’s word, Dallas Willard suggests, is to use the example of our own lives. To demonstrate Jesus’s message, we must be transformed people living out a life reflective of Jesus himself, a life of love, humility, and gentleness. This beautiful model of life—this allure of gentleness—Willard argues, is the foundation for making the most compelling argument for Christianity, one that will convince others that there is something special about Christianity and the Jesus we follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Allure of Gentleness: Defending the Faith in the Manner of Jesus Author: Dallas Willard Narrator: Alan Winter, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The revered Christian author whose bestselling classics include The Divine Conspiracy and The Spirit of the Disciplines provides a new model for how we can present the Christian faith to others. When Christians share their faith, they often appeal to reason, logic, and the truth of doctrine. But these tactics often are not effective. A better approach to spread Christ’s word, Dallas Willard suggests, is to use the example of our own lives. To demonstrate Jesus’s message, we must be transformed people living out a life reflective of Jesus himself, a life of love, humility, and gentleness. This beautiful model of life—this allure of gentleness—Willard argues, is the foundation for making the most compelling argument for Christianity, one that will convince others that there is something special about Christianity and the Jesus we follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speed Limits: Where Time Went and Why We Have So Little Left Author: Mark C. Taylor Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Drawing together developments in religion, philosophy, art, technology, fashion, and finance, Mark C. Taylor presents an original and rich account of a great paradox of our times: how the very forces and technologies that were supposed to free us by saving time and labor now trap us in a race we can never win. The faster we go, the less time we have, and the more we try to catch up, the farther behind we fall. Connecting our speed-obsession with today's global capitalism, Taylor composes a grand narrative showing how commitments to economic growth and extreme competition, combined with accelerating technological innovation, have brought us close to disaster. Psychologically, environmentally, economically, and culturally, speed is taking a profound toll on our lives. Mark C. Taylor Tue, 06 Jan 2015 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226282 thebookvoice.com 14:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speed Limits: Where Time Went and Why We Have So Little Left Author: Mark C. Taylor Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Drawing together developments in religion, philosophy, art, technology, fashion, and finance, Mark C. Taylor presents an original and rich account of a great paradox of our times: how the very forces and technologies that were supposed to free us by saving time and labor now trap us in a race we can never win. The faster we go, the less time we have, and the more we try to catch up, the farther behind we fall. Connecting our speed-obsession with today's global capitalism, Taylor composes a grand narrative showing how commitments to economic growth and extreme competition, combined with accelerating technological innovation, have brought us close to disaster. Psychologically, environmentally, economically, and culturally, speed is taking a profound toll on our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speed Limits: Where Time Went and Why We Have So Little Left Author: Mark C. Taylor Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Drawing together developments in religion, philosophy, art, technology, fashion, and finance, Mark C. Taylor presents an original and rich account of a great paradox of our times: how the very forces and technologies that were supposed to free us by saving time and labor now trap us in a race we can never win. The faster we go, the less time we have, and the more we try to catch up, the farther behind we fall. Connecting our speed-obsession with today's global capitalism, Taylor composes a grand narrative showing how commitments to economic growth and extreme competition, combined with accelerating technological innovation, have brought us close to disaster. Psychologically, environmentally, economically, and culturally, speed is taking a profound toll on our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Self Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: According to Thomas Moore, people today have lost the deep, direct, and vivid sense of what it means to live with passion and originality.  Moore believes that beneath the many thick layers of indoctrination about who we are and who we should be lies an original self, a person who came into this world full of possibility and destined for a particular life. The fifty mediations in this collection offer fresh interpretations of living with that original self rather than conformity.  he presents multidimensional portraits of the creative self and different angles from which to tap one's primal emotions and possibilities.  This audio demonstrates what it means to live from the burning essence of the heart, with the creativity that comes from allowing the soul to blossom in its own colors and shapes. With his usual grace and insight, Moore counters the prevailing assumptions of the day and offers strikingly unorthodox views on what is virtuous and healthy, opening up possibilities for a renewal of the way we live socially and in our private lives. Thomas Moore Tue, 27 Sep 2005 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225942 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Self Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: According to Thomas Moore, people today have lost the deep, direct, and vivid sense of what it means to live with passion and originality.  Moore believes that beneath the many thick layers of indoctrination about who we are and who we should be lies an original self, a person who came into this world full of possibility and destined for a particular life. The fifty mediations in this collection offer fresh interpretations of living with that original self rather than conformity.  he presents multidimensional portraits of the creative self and different angles from which to tap one's primal emotions and possibilities.  This audio demonstrates what it means to live from the burning essence of the heart, with the creativity that comes from allowing the soul to blossom in its own colors and shapes. With his usual grace and insight, Moore counters the prevailing assumptions of the day and offers strikingly unorthodox views on what is virtuous and healthy, opening up possibilities for a renewal of the way we live socially and in our private lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Self Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: According to Thomas Moore, people today have lost the deep, direct, and vivid sense of what it means to live with passion and originality.  Moore believes that beneath the many thick layers of indoctrination about who we are and who we should be lies an original self, a person who came into this world full of possibility and destined for a particular life. The fifty mediations in this collection offer fresh interpretations of living with that original self rather than conformity.  he presents multidimensional portraits of the creative self and different angles from which to tap one's primal emotions and possibilities.  This audio demonstrates what it means to live from the burning essence of the heart, with the creativity that comes from allowing the soul to blossom in its own colors and shapes. With his usual grace and insight, Moore counters the prevailing assumptions of the day and offers strikingly unorthodox views on what is virtuous and healthy, opening up possibilities for a renewal of the way we live socially and in our private lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walden and On the Duty of Civil Disobedience Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Robert Bethune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An experiment. A declaration. A spiritual awakening. Noted transcendentalist Henry David Thoreau spent two years, two months and two days chronicling his near-isolation in a small cabin he built in the woods near Walden Pond, on land owned by his mentor and the father of Transcendentalism, Ralph Waldo Emerson. Immersing himself in nature and solitude, Thoreau sought to develop a greater understanding of society amidst a life of self-reliance and simplicity. Originally published in 1854, Walden remains one of the most celebrated works in American literature. Also includes Walden's essay, On the Duty of Civil Disobedience. Henry David Thoreau Tue, 25 Feb 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223751 thebookvoice.com 12:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walden and On the Duty of Civil Disobedience Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Robert Bethune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An experiment. A declaration. A spiritual awakening. Noted transcendentalist Henry David Thoreau spent two years, two months and two days chronicling his near-isolation in a small cabin he built in the woods near Walden Pond, on land owned by his mentor and the father of Transcendentalism, Ralph Waldo Emerson. Immersing himself in nature and solitude, Thoreau sought to develop a greater understanding of society amidst a life of self-reliance and simplicity. Originally published in 1854, Walden remains one of the most celebrated works in American literature. Also includes Walden's essay, On the Duty of Civil Disobedience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walden and On the Duty of Civil Disobedience Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Robert Bethune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: An experiment. A declaration. A spiritual awakening. Noted transcendentalist Henry David Thoreau spent two years, two months and two days chronicling his near-isolation in a small cabin he built in the woods near Walden Pond, on land owned by his mentor and the father of Transcendentalism, Ralph Waldo Emerson. Immersing himself in nature and solitude, Thoreau sought to develop a greater understanding of society amidst a life of self-reliance and simplicity. Originally published in 1854, Walden remains one of the most celebrated works in American literature. Also includes Walden's essay, On the Duty of Civil Disobedience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking the Buddha: How the Most Dynamic and Empowering Buddhist Movement in History Is Changing Our Concept of Religion Author: Clark Strand Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Is there more to Buddhism than sitting in silent meditation? Is modern Buddhism relevant to the problems of daily life? Does it empower individuals to transform their lives? Or has Buddhism become too detached, so still and quiet that the Buddha has fallen asleep? Waking the Buddha tells the story of the Soka Gakkai International, the largest, most dynamic Buddhist movement in the world today—and one that is waking up and shaking up Buddhism so it can truly work in ordinary people's lives. Drawing on his long personal experience as a Buddhist teacher, journalist, and editor, Clark Strand offers broad insight into how and why the Soka Gakkai, with its commitment to social justice and its egalitarian approach, has become a role model, not only for other schools of Buddhism but for other religions as well. Clark Strand Tue, 04 Nov 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223523 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking the Buddha: How the Most Dynamic and Empowering Buddhist Movement in History Is Changing Our Concept of Religion Author: Clark Strand Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Is there more to Buddhism than sitting in silent meditation? Is modern Buddhism relevant to the problems of daily life? Does it empower individuals to transform their lives? Or has Buddhism become too detached, so still and quiet that the Buddha has fallen asleep? Waking the Buddha tells the story of the Soka Gakkai International, the largest, most dynamic Buddhist movement in the world today—and one that is waking up and shaking up Buddhism so it can truly work in ordinary people's lives. Drawing on his long personal experience as a Buddhist teacher, journalist, and editor, Clark Strand offers broad insight into how and why the Soka Gakkai, with its commitment to social justice and its egalitarian approach, has become a role model, not only for other schools of Buddhism but for other religions as well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking the Buddha: How the Most Dynamic and Empowering Buddhist Movement in History Is Changing Our Concept of Religion Author: Clark Strand Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Is there more to Buddhism than sitting in silent meditation? Is modern Buddhism relevant to the problems of daily life? Does it empower individuals to transform their lives? Or has Buddhism become too detached, so still and quiet that the Buddha has fallen asleep? Waking the Buddha tells the story of the Soka Gakkai International, the largest, most dynamic Buddhist movement in the world today—and one that is waking up and shaking up Buddhism so it can truly work in ordinary people's lives. Drawing on his long personal experience as a Buddhist teacher, journalist, and editor, Clark Strand offers broad insight into how and why the Soka Gakkai, with its commitment to social justice and its egalitarian approach, has become a role model, not only for other schools of Buddhism but for other religions as well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation Author: Bill Nye Narrator: Bill Nye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.'—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth. With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night. Bill Nye Tue, 04 Nov 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation Author: Bill Nye Narrator: Bill Nye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.'—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth. With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation Author: Bill Nye Narrator: Bill Nye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.'—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth. With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life: An Unexpected Guide to Human Nature and Happiness Author: Russ Roberts Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A forgotten book by one of history's greatest thinkers reveals the surprising connections between happiness, virtue, fame, and fortune. Adam Smith may have become the patron saint of capitalism after he penned his most famous work, The Wealth of Nations. But few people know that when it came to the behavior of individuals—the way we perceive ourselves, the way we treat others, and the decisions we make in pursuit of happiness—the Scottish philosopher had just as much to say. He developed his ideas on human nature in an epic, sprawling work titled The Theory of Moral Sentiments. Most economists have never read it, and for most of his life, Russ Roberts was no exception. But when he finally picked up the book by the founder of his field, he realized he’d stumbled upon what might be the greatest self-help book that almost no one has read. In How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life, Roberts examines Smith’s forgotten masterpiece, and finds a treasure trove of timeless, practical wisdom. Smith’s insights into human nature are just as relevant today as they were three hundred years ago. What does it take to be truly happy? Should we pursue fame and fortune or the respect of our friends and family? How can we make the world a better place? Smith’s unexpected answers, framed within the rich context of current events, literature, history, and pop culture, are at once profound, counterintuitive, and highly entertaining. By reinvigorating Smith’s neglected classic, Roberts provides us with an invaluable look at human behavior through the lens of one of history’s greatest minds. Russ Roberts Sat, 01 Nov 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221391 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life: An Unexpected Guide to Human Nature and Happiness Author: Russ Roberts Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A forgotten book by one of history's greatest thinkers reveals the surprising connections between happiness, virtue, fame, and fortune. Adam Smith may have become the patron saint of capitalism after he penned his most famous work, The Wealth of Nations. But few people know that when it came to the behavior of individuals—the way we perceive ourselves, the way we treat others, and the decisions we make in pursuit of happiness—the Scottish philosopher had just as much to say. He developed his ideas on human nature in an epic, sprawling work titled The Theory of Moral Sentiments. Most economists have never read it, and for most of his life, Russ Roberts was no exception. But when he finally picked up the book by the founder of his field, he realized he’d stumbled upon what might be the greatest self-help book that almost no one has read. In How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life, Roberts examines Smith’s forgotten masterpiece, and finds a treasure trove of timeless, practical wisdom. Smith’s insights into human nature are just as relevant today as they were three hundred years ago. What does it take to be truly happy? Should we pursue fame and fortune or the respect of our friends and family? How can we make the world a better place? Smith’s unexpected answers, framed within the rich context of current events, literature, history, and pop culture, are at once profound, counterintuitive, and highly entertaining. By reinvigorating Smith’s neglected classic, Roberts provides us with an invaluable look at human behavior through the lens of one of history’s greatest minds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life: An Unexpected Guide to Human Nature and Happiness Author: Russ Roberts Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A forgotten book by one of history's greatest thinkers reveals the surprising connections between happiness, virtue, fame, and fortune. Adam Smith may have become the patron saint of capitalism after he penned his most famous work, The Wealth of Nations. But few people know that when it came to the behavior of individuals—the way we perceive ourselves, the way we treat others, and the decisions we make in pursuit of happiness—the Scottish philosopher had just as much to say. He developed his ideas on human nature in an epic, sprawling work titled The Theory of Moral Sentiments. Most economists have never read it, and for most of his life, Russ Roberts was no exception. But when he finally picked up the book by the founder of his field, he realized he’d stumbled upon what might be the greatest self-help book that almost no one has read. In How Adam Smith Can Change Your Life, Roberts examines Smith’s forgotten masterpiece, and finds a treasure trove of timeless, practical wisdom. Smith’s insights into human nature are just as relevant today as they were three hundred years ago. What does it take to be truly happy? Should we pursue fame and fortune or the respect of our friends and family? How can we make the world a better place? Smith’s unexpected answers, framed within the rich context of current events, literature, history, and pop culture, are at once profound, counterintuitive, and highly entertaining. By reinvigorating Smith’s neglected classic, Roberts provides us with an invaluable look at human behavior through the lens of one of history’s greatest minds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221138 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Simon: How a Rescue Donkey Taught Me the Meaning of Compassion Author: Jon Katz Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: When Jon Katz got a call from an animal control officer about Simon, a neglected donkey who had been found on a failing farm in upstate New York, he wasn't expecting to add another animal to his already full life. But when he made the trek out to meet him, he couldn't help falling in love with the skinny, mangy donkey who had already suffered so much, and he ended up taking him into his home. It was Simon who listened in the fields as Jon read to him and discussed philosophy. And it was Simon who forced Jon to confront the most difficult parts of life. And ultimately, it was Simon who brought Jon to a new understanding about mercy and compassion. In this heartwarming and heartrending memoir, Jon Katz plumbs the depths of the human-animal bond with his trademark grace, strength and skill. Jon Katz has written twenty-six books, including works of nonfiction, novels, short stories, and books for children. He has written for The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Slate, Rolling Stone, and the AKC Gazette, and has worked for CBS News, The Boston Globe, The Washington Post, and The Philadelphia Inquirer; he is also a photographer. He lives on Bedlam Farm, in upstate New York, with his wife, the artist Maria Wulf, and their dogs, donkeys, barn cats, sheep, and chickens. Jon Katz Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221138 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Simon: How a Rescue Donkey Taught Me the Meaning of Compassion Author: Jon Katz Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: When Jon Katz got a call from an animal control officer about Simon, a neglected donkey who had been found on a failing farm in upstate New York, he wasn't expecting to add another animal to his already full life. But when he made the trek out to meet him, he couldn't help falling in love with the skinny, mangy donkey who had already suffered so much, and he ended up taking him into his home. It was Simon who listened in the fields as Jon read to him and discussed philosophy. And it was Simon who forced Jon to confront the most difficult parts of life. And ultimately, it was Simon who brought Jon to a new understanding about mercy and compassion. In this heartwarming and heartrending memoir, Jon Katz plumbs the depths of the human-animal bond with his trademark grace, strength and skill. Jon Katz has written twenty-six books, including works of nonfiction, novels, short stories, and books for children. He has written for The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Slate, Rolling Stone, and the AKC Gazette, and has worked for CBS News, The Boston Globe, The Washington Post, and The Philadelphia Inquirer; he is also a photographer. He lives on Bedlam Farm, in upstate New York, with his wife, the artist Maria Wulf, and their dogs, donkeys, barn cats, sheep, and chickens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Simon: How a Rescue Donkey Taught Me the Meaning of Compassion Author: Jon Katz Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: When Jon Katz got a call from an animal control officer about Simon, a neglected donkey who had been found on a failing farm in upstate New York, he wasn't expecting to add another animal to his already full life. But when he made the trek out to meet him, he couldn't help falling in love with the skinny, mangy donkey who had already suffered so much, and he ended up taking him into his home. It was Simon who listened in the fields as Jon read to him and discussed philosophy. And it was Simon who forced Jon to confront the most difficult parts of life. And ultimately, it was Simon who brought Jon to a new understanding about mercy and compassion. In this heartwarming and heartrending memoir, Jon Katz plumbs the depths of the human-animal bond with his trademark grace, strength and skill. Jon Katz has written twenty-six books, including works of nonfiction, novels, short stories, and books for children. He has written for The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Slate, Rolling Stone, and the AKC Gazette, and has worked for CBS News, The Boston Globe, The Washington Post, and The Philadelphia Inquirer; he is also a photographer. He lives on Bedlam Farm, in upstate New York, with his wife, the artist Maria Wulf, and their dogs, donkeys, barn cats, sheep, and chickens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Air: Faith, Reason and Doubt Author: Terry Gross Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Insightful and thought-provoking conversations exploring religion—and atheism—from diverse spiritual, cultural and political perspectives, as heard on the Peabody Award-winning radio show Fresh Air with Terry Gross. One of the most popular programs on public radio, Fresh Air is carried by over 500 stations and in Europe on the World Radio Network. Each week, nearly five million listeners tune in to hear probing and reflective interviews about arts, culture and politics. This new collection features interviews with an array of guests with diverse perspectives, from evangelical to atheistic, and the many places in between: Religious scholars Bart D. Ehrman and Karen Armstrong, scientist Richard Dawkins (The God Delusion), novelist Tim LaHaye, geneticist and evangelical Christian Francis Collins, Saturday Night Live's Julia Sweeney (Letting Go of God), and many more. As in previous Fresh Air collections, Terry Gross brings out the best in her guests with a variety of compelling interviews. Terry Gross Mon, 15 Sep 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221014 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Air: Faith, Reason and Doubt Author: Terry Gross Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Insightful and thought-provoking conversations exploring religion—and atheism—from diverse spiritual, cultural and political perspectives, as heard on the Peabody Award-winning radio show Fresh Air with Terry Gross. One of the most popular programs on public radio, Fresh Air is carried by over 500 stations and in Europe on the World Radio Network. Each week, nearly five million listeners tune in to hear probing and reflective interviews about arts, culture and politics. This new collection features interviews with an array of guests with diverse perspectives, from evangelical to atheistic, and the many places in between: Religious scholars Bart D. Ehrman and Karen Armstrong, scientist Richard Dawkins (The God Delusion), novelist Tim LaHaye, geneticist and evangelical Christian Francis Collins, Saturday Night Live's Julia Sweeney (Letting Go of God), and many more. As in previous Fresh Air collections, Terry Gross brings out the best in her guests with a variety of compelling interviews. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Air: Faith, Reason and Doubt Author: Terry Gross Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Insightful and thought-provoking conversations exploring religion—and atheism—from diverse spiritual, cultural and political perspectives, as heard on the Peabody Award-winning radio show Fresh Air with Terry Gross. One of the most popular programs on public radio, Fresh Air is carried by over 500 stations and in Europe on the World Radio Network. Each week, nearly five million listeners tune in to hear probing and reflective interviews about arts, culture and politics. This new collection features interviews with an array of guests with diverse perspectives, from evangelical to atheistic, and the many places in between: Religious scholars Bart D. Ehrman and Karen Armstrong, scientist Richard Dawkins (The God Delusion), novelist Tim LaHaye, geneticist and evangelical Christian Francis Collins, Saturday Night Live's Julia Sweeney (Letting Go of God), and many more. As in previous Fresh Air collections, Terry Gross brings out the best in her guests with a variety of compelling interviews. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220735 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glass Cage: Automation and Us Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: At once a celebration of technology and a warning about its misuse, The Glass Cage will change the way you think about the tools you use every day.In The Glass Cage, bestselling author Nicholas Carr digs behind the headlines about factory robots and self-driving cars, wearable computers and digitized medicine, as he explores the hidden costs of granting software dominion over our work and our leisure. Even as they bring ease to our lives, these programs are stealing something essential from us.Drawing on psychological and neurological studies that underscore how tightly people’s happiness and satisfaction are tied to performing hard work in the real world, Carr reveals something we already suspect: shifting our attention to computer screens can leave us disengaged and discontented.From nineteenth-century textile mills to the cockpits of modern jets, from the frozen hunting grounds of Inuit tribes to the sterile landscapes of GPS maps, The Glass Cage explores the impact of automation from a deeply human perspective, examining the personal as well as the economic consequences of our growing dependence on computers.With a characteristic blend of history and philosophy, poetry and science, Carr takes us on a journey from the work and early theory of Adam Smith and Alfred North Whitehead to the latest research into human attention, memory, and happiness, culminating in a moving meditation on how we can use technology to expand the human experience. Nicholas Carr Mon, 29 Sep 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220735 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glass Cage: Automation and Us Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: At once a celebration of technology and a warning about its misuse, The Glass Cage will change the way you think about the tools you use every day.In The Glass Cage, bestselling author Nicholas Carr digs behind the headlines about factory robots and self-driving cars, wearable computers and digitized medicine, as he explores the hidden costs of granting software dominion over our work and our leisure. Even as they bring ease to our lives, these programs are stealing something essential from us.Drawing on psychological and neurological studies that underscore how tightly people’s happiness and satisfaction are tied to performing hard work in the real world, Carr reveals something we already suspect: shifting our attention to computer screens can leave us disengaged and discontented.From nineteenth-century textile mills to the cockpits of modern jets, from the frozen hunting grounds of Inuit tribes to the sterile landscapes of GPS maps, The Glass Cage explores the impact of automation from a deeply human perspective, examining the personal as well as the economic consequences of our growing dependence on computers.With a characteristic blend of history and philosophy, poetry and science, Carr takes us on a journey from the work and early theory of Adam Smith and Alfred North Whitehead to the latest research into human attention, memory, and happiness, culminating in a moving meditation on how we can use technology to expand the human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glass Cage: Automation and Us Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: At once a celebration of technology and a warning about its misuse, The Glass Cage will change the way you think about the tools you use every day.In The Glass Cage, bestselling author Nicholas Carr digs behind the headlines about factory robots and self-driving cars, wearable computers and digitized medicine, as he explores the hidden costs of granting software dominion over our work and our leisure. Even as they bring ease to our lives, these programs are stealing something essential from us.Drawing on psychological and neurological studies that underscore how tightly people’s happiness and satisfaction are tied to performing hard work in the real world, Carr reveals something we already suspect: shifting our attention to computer screens can leave us disengaged and discontented.From nineteenth-century textile mills to the cockpits of modern jets, from the frozen hunting grounds of Inuit tribes to the sterile landscapes of GPS maps, The Glass Cage explores the impact of automation from a deeply human perspective, examining the personal as well as the economic consequences of our growing dependence on computers.With a characteristic blend of history and philosophy, poetry and science, Carr takes us on a journey from the work and early theory of Adam Smith and Alfred North Whitehead to the latest research into human attention, memory, and happiness, culminating in a moving meditation on how we can use technology to expand the human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chosen by God Author: R.C. Sproul Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With nearly 200,000 copies sold in its 25 years, Chosen by God by Dr. R. C. Sproul is a contemporary classic on predestination, a doctrine that isn't just for Calvinists, says Sproul. It is a doctrine for all biblical Christians. In this updated and expanded edition of Chosen by God, Sproul shows that the doctrine of predestination doesn't create a whimsical or spiteful picture of God, but paints a portrait of a loving God who provides redemption for radically corrupt humans. We choose God because he has opened our eyes to see his beauty; we love him because he first loved us. There is mystery in God's ways, but not contradiction. R.C. Sproul Mon, 20 Mar 2017 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309074 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chosen by God Author: R.C. Sproul Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With nearly 200,000 copies sold in its 25 years, Chosen by God by Dr. R. C. Sproul is a contemporary classic on predestination, a doctrine that isn't just for Calvinists, says Sproul. It is a doctrine for all biblical Christians. In this updated and expanded edition of Chosen by God, Sproul shows that the doctrine of predestination doesn't create a whimsical or spiteful picture of God, but paints a portrait of a loving God who provides redemption for radically corrupt humans. We choose God because he has opened our eyes to see his beauty; we love him because he first loved us. There is mystery in God's ways, but not contradiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chosen by God Author: R.C. Sproul Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With nearly 200,000 copies sold in its 25 years, Chosen by God by Dr. R. C. Sproul is a contemporary classic on predestination, a doctrine that isn't just for Calvinists, says Sproul. It is a doctrine for all biblical Christians. In this updated and expanded edition of Chosen by God, Sproul shows that the doctrine of predestination doesn't create a whimsical or spiteful picture of God, but paints a portrait of a loving God who provides redemption for radically corrupt humans. We choose God because he has opened our eyes to see his beauty; we love him because he first loved us. There is mystery in God's ways, but not contradiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218586 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: A Guide to Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of Americans who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s latest New York Times bestseller is a guide to meditation as a rational practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From Sam Harris, neuroscientist and author of numerous New York Times bestselling books, Waking Up is for the twenty percent of Americans who follow no religion but who suspect that important truths can be found in the experiences of such figures as Jesus, the Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history. Throughout this book, Harris argues that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow, and that how we pay attention to the present moment largely determines the quality of our lives. Waking Up is part memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous skeptic—could write it. Sam Harris Tue, 09 Sep 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218586 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: A Guide to Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of Americans who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s latest New York Times bestseller is a guide to meditation as a rational practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From Sam Harris, neuroscientist and author of numerous New York Times bestselling books, Waking Up is for the twenty percent of Americans who follow no religion but who suspect that important truths can be found in the experiences of such figures as Jesus, the Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history. Throughout this book, Harris argues that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow, and that how we pay attention to the present moment largely determines the quality of our lives. Waking Up is part memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous skeptic—could write it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waking Up: A Guide to Spirituality Without Religion Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Sam Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: For the millions of Americans who want spirituality without religion, Sam Harris’s latest New York Times bestseller is a guide to meditation as a rational practice informed by neuroscience and psychology. From Sam Harris, neuroscientist and author of numerous New York Times bestselling books, Waking Up is for the twenty percent of Americans who follow no religion but who suspect that important truths can be found in the experiences of such figures as Jesus, the Buddha, Lao Tzu, Rumi, and the other saints and sages of history. Throughout this book, Harris argues that there is more to understanding reality than science and secular culture generally allow, and that how we pay attention to the present moment largely determines the quality of our lives. Waking Up is part memoir and part exploration of the scientific underpinnings of spirituality. No other book marries contemplative wisdom and modern science in this way, and no author other than Sam Harris—a scientist, philosopher, and famous skeptic—could write it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention Author: Matt Richtel Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need. Matt Richtel Tue, 23 Sep 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention Author: Matt Richtel Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention Author: Matt Richtel Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Ideals Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: Peter Bishop Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.       Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views. Bertrand Russell Fri, 01 Aug 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217750 thebookvoice.com 1:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Ideals Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: Peter Bishop Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.       Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Ideals Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: Peter Bishop Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.       Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Look out for Johnson’s new book, Wonderland, on sale November 15, 2016. From the New York Times–bestselling author of Where Good Ideas Come From and Everything Bad Is Good for You, a new look at the power and legacy of great ideas.   In this illustrated history, Steven Johnson explores the history of innovation over centuries, tracing facets of modern life (refrigeration, clocks, and eyeglass lenses, to name a few) from their creation by hobbyists, amateurs, and entrepreneurs to their unintended historical consequences. Filled with surprising stories of accidental genius and brilliant mistakes—from the French publisher who invented the phonograph before Edison but forgot to include playback, to the Hollywood movie star who helped invent the technology behind Wi-Fi and Bluetooth—How We Got to Now investigates the secret history behind the everyday objects of contemporary life. In his trademark style, Johnson examines unexpected connections between seemingly unrelated fields: how the invention of air-conditioning enabled the largest migration of human beings in the history of the species—to cities such as Dubai or Phoenix, which would otherwise be virtually uninhabitable; how pendulum clocks helped trigger the industrial revolution; and how clean water made it possible to manufacture computer chips. Accompanied by a major six-part television series on PBS, How We Got to Now is the story of collaborative networks building the modern world, written in the provocative, informative, and engaging style that has earned Johnson fans around the globe. Steven Johnson Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Look out for Johnson’s new book, Wonderland, on sale November 15, 2016. From the New York Times–bestselling author of Where Good Ideas Come From and Everything Bad Is Good for You, a new look at the power and legacy of great ideas.   In this illustrated history, Steven Johnson explores the history of innovation over centuries, tracing facets of modern life (refrigeration, clocks, and eyeglass lenses, to name a few) from their creation by hobbyists, amateurs, and entrepreneurs to their unintended historical consequences. Filled with surprising stories of accidental genius and brilliant mistakes—from the French publisher who invented the phonograph before Edison but forgot to include playback, to the Hollywood movie star who helped invent the technology behind Wi-Fi and Bluetooth—How We Got to Now investigates the secret history behind the everyday objects of contemporary life. In his trademark style, Johnson examines unexpected connections between seemingly unrelated fields: how the invention of air-conditioning enabled the largest migration of human beings in the history of the species—to cities such as Dubai or Phoenix, which would otherwise be virtually uninhabitable; how pendulum clocks helped trigger the industrial revolution; and how clean water made it possible to manufacture computer chips. Accompanied by a major six-part television series on PBS, How We Got to Now is the story of collaborative networks building the modern world, written in the provocative, informative, and engaging style that has earned Johnson fans around the globe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Look out for Johnson’s new book, Wonderland, on sale November 15, 2016. From the New York Times–bestselling author of Where Good Ideas Come From and Everything Bad Is Good for You, a new look at the power and legacy of great ideas.   In this illustrated history, Steven Johnson explores the history of innovation over centuries, tracing facets of modern life (refrigeration, clocks, and eyeglass lenses, to name a few) from their creation by hobbyists, amateurs, and entrepreneurs to their unintended historical consequences. Filled with surprising stories of accidental genius and brilliant mistakes—from the French publisher who invented the phonograph before Edison but forgot to include playback, to the Hollywood movie star who helped invent the technology behind Wi-Fi and Bluetooth—How We Got to Now investigates the secret history behind the everyday objects of contemporary life. In his trademark style, Johnson examines unexpected connections between seemingly unrelated fields: how the invention of air-conditioning enabled the largest migration of human beings in the history of the species—to cities such as Dubai or Phoenix, which would otherwise be virtually uninhabitable; how pendulum clocks helped trigger the industrial revolution; and how clean water made it possible to manufacture computer chips. Accompanied by a major six-part television series on PBS, How We Got to Now is the story of collaborative networks building the modern world, written in the provocative, informative, and engaging style that has earned Johnson fans around the globe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science Delusion: Asking the Big Questions in a Culture of Easy Answers Author: Curtis White Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of our most brilliant social critics-- author of the bestselling The Middle Mind-- presents a scathing critique of the ' delusions' of science alongside a rousing defense of the tradition of Romanticism and the ' big' questions. With the rise of religion critics such as Richard Dawkins, and of pseudo-science advocates such as Malcolm Gladwell and Jonah Lehrer, you' re likely to become a subject of ridicule if you wonder ' Why is there something instead of nothing?' or ' What is our purpose on earth?' Instead, at universities around the world, and in the general cultural milieu, we' re all being taught that science can resolve all questions without the help of philosophy, politics, or the humanities. In short, the rich philosophical debates of the 19th century have been nearly totally abandoned, argues critic Curtis White. An atheist himself, White nonetheless calls this new turn ' scientism'-- and fears what it will do to our culture if allowed to flourish without challenge. In fact, in ' scientism' White sees a new religion with many unexamined assumptions. In this brilliant multi-part critique, he aims at a TED talk by a distinguished neuroscientist in which we are told that human thought is merely the product of our ' connectome,' a map of neural connections in the brain that is yet to be fully understood. . . . He whips a widely respected physicist who argues that our new understanding of the origins of the universe obviates any philosophical inquiry . . . and ends with a learned defense of the tradition of Romanticism, which White believes our technology and science-obsessed world desperately needs to rediscover. It' s the only way, he argues, that we can see our world clearly. . . and change it. Curtis White Fri, 08 Aug 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217314 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science Delusion: Asking the Big Questions in a Culture of Easy Answers Author: Curtis White Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of our most brilliant social critics-- author of the bestselling The Middle Mind-- presents a scathing critique of the ' delusions' of science alongside a rousing defense of the tradition of Romanticism and the ' big' questions. With the rise of religion critics such as Richard Dawkins, and of pseudo-science advocates such as Malcolm Gladwell and Jonah Lehrer, you' re likely to become a subject of ridicule if you wonder ' Why is there something instead of nothing?' or ' What is our purpose on earth?' Instead, at universities around the world, and in the general cultural milieu, we' re all being taught that science can resolve all questions without the help of philosophy, politics, or the humanities. In short, the rich philosophical debates of the 19th century have been nearly totally abandoned, argues critic Curtis White. An atheist himself, White nonetheless calls this new turn ' scientism'-- and fears what it will do to our culture if allowed to flourish without challenge. In fact, in ' scientism' White sees a new religion with many unexamined assumptions. In this brilliant multi-part critique, he aims at a TED talk by a distinguished neuroscientist in which we are told that human thought is merely the product of our ' connectome,' a map of neural connections in the brain that is yet to be fully understood. . . . He whips a widely respected physicist who argues that our new understanding of the origins of the universe obviates any philosophical inquiry . . . and ends with a learned defense of the tradition of Romanticism, which White believes our technology and science-obsessed world desperately needs to rediscover. It' s the only way, he argues, that we can see our world clearly. . . and change it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science Delusion: Asking the Big Questions in a Culture of Easy Answers Author: Curtis White Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of our most brilliant social critics-- author of the bestselling The Middle Mind-- presents a scathing critique of the ' delusions' of science alongside a rousing defense of the tradition of Romanticism and the ' big' questions. With the rise of religion critics such as Richard Dawkins, and of pseudo-science advocates such as Malcolm Gladwell and Jonah Lehrer, you' re likely to become a subject of ridicule if you wonder ' Why is there something instead of nothing?' or ' What is our purpose on earth?' Instead, at universities around the world, and in the general cultural milieu, we' re all being taught that science can resolve all questions without the help of philosophy, politics, or the humanities. In short, the rich philosophical debates of the 19th century have been nearly totally abandoned, argues critic Curtis White. An atheist himself, White nonetheless calls this new turn ' scientism'-- and fears what it will do to our culture if allowed to flourish without challenge. In fact, in ' scientism' White sees a new religion with many unexamined assumptions. In this brilliant multi-part critique, he aims at a TED talk by a distinguished neuroscientist in which we are told that human thought is merely the product of our ' connectome,' a map of neural connections in the brain that is yet to be fully understood. . . . He whips a widely respected physicist who argues that our new understanding of the origins of the universe obviates any philosophical inquiry . . . and ends with a learned defense of the tradition of Romanticism, which White believes our technology and science-obsessed world desperately needs to rediscover. It' s the only way, he argues, that we can see our world clearly. . . and change it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clinton, Inc.: The Audacious Rebuilding of a Political Machine Author: Daniel Halper Narrator: Harvey Betancourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 22, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Weekly Standard editor Daniel Halper provides a meticulously researched account of the brilliant calculations, secret deals, and occasionally treacherous maneuverings that led to the Clintons’ return to political prominence. In the twelve years since the Clintons left the White House, they have gone from being virtually penniless to multi-millionaires, and are arguably the most popular politicians in America—respected and feared by Republicans and Democrats alike. But behind that rise is a never-before-told story of strategic cleverness, reckless gambles, and an unquenchable thirst for political power. Investigative reporter Daniel Halper uses a wealth of research, exclusive documents, and detailed interviews with close friends, allies, and enemies of the Clintons to reveal the strategy they used and the deals they made to turn their political fortunes around. Clinton, Inc. exposes the relationship between President Obama, the Bush family, and the Clintons—and what it means for the future; how Bill and Hillary are laying the groundwork for the upcoming presidential campaign; how Vice President Biden and other Democrats are trying to maneuver around her; Chelsea’ s political future; the Clintons’ skillful media management; the Clintons’ marriage and why it has survived; and an inside look at the Clinton’s financial backers and hidden corporate enterprises. Clinton, Inc. is the key to understanding America’s most powerful political couple. Daniel Halper Tue, 22 Jul 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213841 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clinton, Inc.: The Audacious Rebuilding of a Political Machine Author: Daniel Halper Narrator: Harvey Betancourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 22, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Weekly Standard editor Daniel Halper provides a meticulously researched account of the brilliant calculations, secret deals, and occasionally treacherous maneuverings that led to the Clintons’ return to political prominence. In the twelve years since the Clintons left the White House, they have gone from being virtually penniless to multi-millionaires, and are arguably the most popular politicians in America—respected and feared by Republicans and Democrats alike. But behind that rise is a never-before-told story of strategic cleverness, reckless gambles, and an unquenchable thirst for political power. Investigative reporter Daniel Halper uses a wealth of research, exclusive documents, and detailed interviews with close friends, allies, and enemies of the Clintons to reveal the strategy they used and the deals they made to turn their political fortunes around. Clinton, Inc. exposes the relationship between President Obama, the Bush family, and the Clintons—and what it means for the future; how Bill and Hillary are laying the groundwork for the upcoming presidential campaign; how Vice President Biden and other Democrats are trying to maneuver around her; Chelsea’ s political future; the Clintons’ skillful media management; the Clintons’ marriage and why it has survived; and an inside look at the Clinton’s financial backers and hidden corporate enterprises. Clinton, Inc. is the key to understanding America’s most powerful political couple. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clinton, Inc.: The Audacious Rebuilding of a Political Machine Author: Daniel Halper Narrator: Harvey Betancourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 22, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Weekly Standard editor Daniel Halper provides a meticulously researched account of the brilliant calculations, secret deals, and occasionally treacherous maneuverings that led to the Clintons’ return to political prominence. In the twelve years since the Clintons left the White House, they have gone from being virtually penniless to multi-millionaires, and are arguably the most popular politicians in America—respected and feared by Republicans and Democrats alike. But behind that rise is a never-before-told story of strategic cleverness, reckless gambles, and an unquenchable thirst for political power. Investigative reporter Daniel Halper uses a wealth of research, exclusive documents, and detailed interviews with close friends, allies, and enemies of the Clintons to reveal the strategy they used and the deals they made to turn their political fortunes around. Clinton, Inc. exposes the relationship between President Obama, the Bush family, and the Clintons—and what it means for the future; how Bill and Hillary are laying the groundwork for the upcoming presidential campaign; how Vice President Biden and other Democrats are trying to maneuver around her; Chelsea’ s political future; the Clintons’ skillful media management; the Clintons’ marriage and why it has survived; and an inside look at the Clinton’s financial backers and hidden corporate enterprises. Clinton, Inc. is the key to understanding America’s most powerful political couple. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be Wrong: The Power of Mathematical Thinking Author: Jordan Ellenberg Narrator: Jordan Ellenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Freakonomics of math—a math-world superstar unveils the hidden beauty and logic of the world and puts its power in our hands The math we learn in school can seem like a dull set of rules, laid down by the ancients and not to be questioned. In How Not to Be Wrong, Jordan Ellenberg shows us how terribly limiting this view is: Math isn’t confined to abstract incidents that never occur in real life, but rather touches everything we do—the whole world is shot through with it. Math allows us to see the hidden structures underneath the messy and chaotic surface of our world. It’s a science of not being wrong, hammered out by centuries of hard work and argument. Armed with the tools of mathematics, we can see through to the true meaning of information we take for granted: How early should you get to the airport? What does “public opinion” really represent? Why do tall parents have shorter children? Who really won Florida in 2000? And how likely are you, really, to develop cancer? How Not to Be Wrong presents the surprising revelations behind all of these questions and many more, using the mathematician’s method of analyzing life and exposing the hard-won insights of the academic community to the layman—minus the jargon. Ellenberg chases mathematical threads through a vast range of time and space, from the everyday to the cosmic, encountering, among other things, baseball, Reaganomics, daring lottery schemes, Voltaire, the replicability crisis in psychology, Italian Renaissance painting, artificial languages, the development of non-Euclidean geometry, the coming obesity apocalypse, Antonin Scalia’s views on crime and punishment, the psychology of slime molds, what Facebook can and can’t figure out about you, and the existence of God. Ellenberg pulls from history as well as from the latest theoretical developments to provide those not trained in math with the knowledge they need. Math, as Ellenberg says, is “an atomic-powered prosthesis that you attach to your common sense, vastly multiplying its reach and strength.” With the tools of mathematics in hand, you can understand the world in a deeper, more meaningful way. How Not to Be Wrong will show you how. Jordan Ellenberg Thu, 29 May 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213040 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be Wrong: The Power of Mathematical Thinking Author: Jordan Ellenberg Narrator: Jordan Ellenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Freakonomics of math—a math-world superstar unveils the hidden beauty and logic of the world and puts its power in our hands The math we learn in school can seem like a dull set of rules, laid down by the ancients and not to be questioned. In How Not to Be Wrong, Jordan Ellenberg shows us how terribly limiting this view is: Math isn’t confined to abstract incidents that never occur in real life, but rather touches everything we do—the whole world is shot through with it. Math allows us to see the hidden structures underneath the messy and chaotic surface of our world. It’s a science of not being wrong, hammered out by centuries of hard work and argument. Armed with the tools of mathematics, we can see through to the true meaning of information we take for granted: How early should you get to the airport? What does “public opinion” really represent? Why do tall parents have shorter children? Who really won Florida in 2000? And how likely are you, really, to develop cancer? How Not to Be Wrong presents the surprising revelations behind all of these questions and many more, using the mathematician’s method of analyzing life and exposing the hard-won insights of the academic community to the layman—minus the jargon. Ellenberg chases mathematical threads through a vast range of time and space, from the everyday to the cosmic, encountering, among other things, baseball, Reaganomics, daring lottery schemes, Voltaire, the replicability crisis in psychology, Italian Renaissance painting, artificial languages, the development of non-Euclidean geometry, the coming obesity apocalypse, Antonin Scalia’s views on crime and punishment, the psychology of slime molds, what Facebook can and can’t figure out about you, and the existence of God. Ellenberg pulls from history as well as from the latest theoretical developments to provide those not trained in math with the knowledge they need. Math, as Ellenberg says, is “an atomic-powered prosthesis that you attach to your common sense, vastly multiplying its reach and strength.” With the tools of mathematics in hand, you can understand the world in a deeper, more meaningful way. How Not to Be Wrong will show you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be Wrong: The Power of Mathematical Thinking Author: Jordan Ellenberg Narrator: Jordan Ellenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Freakonomics of math—a math-world superstar unveils the hidden beauty and logic of the world and puts its power in our hands The math we learn in school can seem like a dull set of rules, laid down by the ancients and not to be questioned. In How Not to Be Wrong, Jordan Ellenberg shows us how terribly limiting this view is: Math isn’t confined to abstract incidents that never occur in real life, but rather touches everything we do—the whole world is shot through with it. Math allows us to see the hidden structures underneath the messy and chaotic surface of our world. It’s a science of not being wrong, hammered out by centuries of hard work and argument. Armed with the tools of mathematics, we can see through to the true meaning of information we take for granted: How early should you get to the airport? What does “public opinion” really represent? Why do tall parents have shorter children? Who really won Florida in 2000? And how likely are you, really, to develop cancer? How Not to Be Wrong presents the surprising revelations behind all of these questions and many more, using the mathematician’s method of analyzing life and exposing the hard-won insights of the academic community to the layman—minus the jargon. Ellenberg chases mathematical threads through a vast range of time and space, from the everyday to the cosmic, encountering, among other things, baseball, Reaganomics, daring lottery schemes, Voltaire, the replicability crisis in psychology, Italian Renaissance painting, artificial languages, the development of non-Euclidean geometry, the coming obesity apocalypse, Antonin Scalia’s views on crime and punishment, the psychology of slime molds, what Facebook can and can’t figure out about you, and the existence of God. Ellenberg pulls from history as well as from the latest theoretical developments to provide those not trained in math with the knowledge they need. Math, as Ellenberg says, is “an atomic-powered prosthesis that you attach to your common sense, vastly multiplying its reach and strength.” With the tools of mathematics in hand, you can understand the world in a deeper, more meaningful way. How Not to Be Wrong will show you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of the Buddha's Teaching: Transforming Suffering into Peace, Joy, and Liberation Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With poetry and clarity, Thich Nhat Hanh imparts comforting wisdom about the nature of suffering and its role in creating compassion, love, and joy – all qualities of enlightenment.  “Thich Nhat Hanh shows us the connection between personal, inner peace, and peace on earth.”—His Holiness the Dalai Lama In The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching, now revised with added material and new insights, Nhat Hanh introduces us to the core teachings of Buddhism and shows us that the Buddha’s teachings are accessible and applicable to our daily lives. Covering such significant teachings as the Four Noble Truths, the Noble Eightfold Path, the Three Doors of Liberation, the Three Dharma Seals, and the Seven Factors of Awakening, The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching is a radiant beacon on Buddhist thought for the initiated and uninitiated alike. Thich Nhat Hanh Tue, 08 Jul 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212954 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of the Buddha's Teaching: Transforming Suffering into Peace, Joy, and Liberation Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With poetry and clarity, Thich Nhat Hanh imparts comforting wisdom about the nature of suffering and its role in creating compassion, love, and joy – all qualities of enlightenment.  “Thich Nhat Hanh shows us the connection between personal, inner peace, and peace on earth.”—His Holiness the Dalai Lama In The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching, now revised with added material and new insights, Nhat Hanh introduces us to the core teachings of Buddhism and shows us that the Buddha’s teachings are accessible and applicable to our daily lives. Covering such significant teachings as the Four Noble Truths, the Noble Eightfold Path, the Three Doors of Liberation, the Three Dharma Seals, and the Seven Factors of Awakening, The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching is a radiant beacon on Buddhist thought for the initiated and uninitiated alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of the Buddha's Teaching: Transforming Suffering into Peace, Joy, and Liberation Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: With poetry and clarity, Thich Nhat Hanh imparts comforting wisdom about the nature of suffering and its role in creating compassion, love, and joy – all qualities of enlightenment.  “Thich Nhat Hanh shows us the connection between personal, inner peace, and peace on earth.”—His Holiness the Dalai Lama In The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching, now revised with added material and new insights, Nhat Hanh introduces us to the core teachings of Buddhism and shows us that the Buddha’s teachings are accessible and applicable to our daily lives. Covering such significant teachings as the Four Noble Truths, the Noble Eightfold Path, the Three Doors of Liberation, the Three Dharma Seals, and the Seven Factors of Awakening, The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching is a radiant beacon on Buddhist thought for the initiated and uninitiated alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noticer: Sometimes, all a person needs is a little perspective. Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 4, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller! From the author of The Traveler’s Gift comes a story of common wisdom based on the remarkable true story of “Jones,” a mysterious old man who has a knack for showing up in people's lives at just the right time, providing priceless lessons about love, life, and the importance of perspective. Orange Beach, Alabama, is a simple town filled with simple people. But like all humans on the planet, the good folks of Orange Beach have their share of problems—marriages teetering on the brink of divorce, young adults giving up on life, businesspeople on the verge of bankruptcy, as well as the many other obstacles that life seems to dish out to the masses. These situations can seem like dead ends, but to an old drifter named Jones with a gift for seeing what others miss, there is no such thing as a dead end. It only takes a little “perspective,” he says, to recognize the miracles in our moments, the seeds of greatness tucked into our struggles. Appearing when things look darkest, the mysterious, elderly man with white hair carrying a battered old suitcase shows up when he’s needed most. “Your time on this earth is a gift to be used wisely,” he says.  “Don’t squander your words or your thoughts. Consider even the simplest action you take, for your lives matter beyond measure…and they matter forever.” The Noticer will provide you with: - A better understanding of life’s challenges and proper perspective for tackling them - Practical yet powerful methods of motivation, encouragement, and resolve for those struggling - A fresh and insightful perspective on how people can change their view of the world, find strength, and move beyond their problems Based on a remarkable true story, The Noticer beautifully blends fiction and allegory in an entertaining and inspiring instruction manual for better living. The story of Jones continues in The Noticer Returns and Just Jones. Andy Andrews Mon, 04 May 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212901 thebookvoice.com 4:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noticer: Sometimes, all a person needs is a little perspective. Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 4, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller! From the author of The Traveler’s Gift comes a story of common wisdom based on the remarkable true story of “Jones,” a mysterious old man who has a knack for showing up in people's lives at just the right time, providing priceless lessons about love, life, and the importance of perspective. Orange Beach, Alabama, is a simple town filled with simple people. But like all humans on the planet, the good folks of Orange Beach have their share of problems—marriages teetering on the brink of divorce, young adults giving up on life, businesspeople on the verge of bankruptcy, as well as the many other obstacles that life seems to dish out to the masses. These situations can seem like dead ends, but to an old drifter named Jones with a gift for seeing what others miss, there is no such thing as a dead end. It only takes a little “perspective,” he says, to recognize the miracles in our moments, the seeds of greatness tucked into our struggles. Appearing when things look darkest, the mysterious, elderly man with white hair carrying a battered old suitcase shows up when he’s needed most. “Your time on this earth is a gift to be used wisely,” he says.  “Don’t squander your words or your thoughts. Consider even the simplest action you take, for your lives matter beyond measure…and they matter forever.” The Noticer will provide you with: - A better understanding of life’s challenges and proper perspective for tackling them - Practical yet powerful methods of motivation, encouragement, and resolve for those struggling - A fresh and insightful perspective on how people can change their view of the world, find strength, and move beyond their problems Based on a remarkable true story, The Noticer beautifully blends fiction and allegory in an entertaining and inspiring instruction manual for better living. The story of Jones continues in The Noticer Returns and Just Jones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noticer: Sometimes, all a person needs is a little perspective. Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 4, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller! From the author of The Traveler’s Gift comes a story of common wisdom based on the remarkable true story of “Jones,” a mysterious old man who has a knack for showing up in people's lives at just the right time, providing priceless lessons about love, life, and the importance of perspective. Orange Beach, Alabama, is a simple town filled with simple people. But like all humans on the planet, the good folks of Orange Beach have their share of problems—marriages teetering on the brink of divorce, young adults giving up on life, businesspeople on the verge of bankruptcy, as well as the many other obstacles that life seems to dish out to the masses. These situations can seem like dead ends, but to an old drifter named Jones with a gift for seeing what others miss, there is no such thing as a dead end. It only takes a little “perspective,” he says, to recognize the miracles in our moments, the seeds of greatness tucked into our struggles. Appearing when things look darkest, the mysterious, elderly man with white hair carrying a battered old suitcase shows up when he’s needed most. “Your time on this earth is a gift to be used wisely,” he says.  “Don’t squander your words or your thoughts. Consider even the simplest action you take, for your lives matter beyond measure…and they matter forever.” The Noticer will provide you with: - A better understanding of life’s challenges and proper perspective for tackling them - Practical yet powerful methods of motivation, encouragement, and resolve for those struggling - A fresh and insightful perspective on how people can change their view of the world, find strength, and move beyond their problems Based on a remarkable true story, The Noticer beautifully blends fiction and allegory in an entertaining and inspiring instruction manual for better living. The story of Jones continues in The Noticer Returns and Just Jones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211896 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Decisions: Understanding the Keys to Personal Success Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Just one of these decisions can alter the course of a person’s life. What if you decided to master them all? Explore the seven decisions for success first introduced in the New York Times bestselling book The Traveler’s Gift, learning how you can turn life around—no matter how hopeless it seems. In this updated and repackaged edition of Mastering the Seven Decisions, master storyteller and life coach Andy Andrews has fast-forwarded the concept of success and what it takes to make it stick.  Seeking out what separates the ordinary life from the extraordinary, Andrews has spent much of his life dissecting countless biographies and spending time with some of the most successful people on the planet to understand the principles that propel them toward greatness. The result: simple principles that—when applied consistently—render extraordinary lives. Through his entertaining, down-to-earth style, Andrews offers all the tools necessary to make lasting changes in your life. These principles of personal success in parenting, relationships, financial success, and leadership are all around us. So why shouldn't we harness them, learn them, and use them to create a future of our choosing? The seven decision you’ll explore are: - The Responsible Decision - The Guided Decision - The Active Decision - The Certain Decision - The Joyful Decision - The Compassionate Decision - The Persistent Decision The consistent application of the Seven Decisions brings about what can only be called miracles: what was once labeled “impossible” actualizes. Opportunities that once eluded you are now attracted to you. Dysfunctional relationships transform into harmonious ones. Life, which was once a struggle, now becomes an exciting adventure! Andy Andrews Tue, 20 May 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211896 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Decisions: Understanding the Keys to Personal Success Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Just one of these decisions can alter the course of a person’s life. What if you decided to master them all? Explore the seven decisions for success first introduced in the New York Times bestselling book The Traveler’s Gift, learning how you can turn life around—no matter how hopeless it seems. In this updated and repackaged edition of Mastering the Seven Decisions, master storyteller and life coach Andy Andrews has fast-forwarded the concept of success and what it takes to make it stick.  Seeking out what separates the ordinary life from the extraordinary, Andrews has spent much of his life dissecting countless biographies and spending time with some of the most successful people on the planet to understand the principles that propel them toward greatness. The result: simple principles that—when applied consistently—render extraordinary lives. Through his entertaining, down-to-earth style, Andrews offers all the tools necessary to make lasting changes in your life. These principles of personal success in parenting, relationships, financial success, and leadership are all around us. So why shouldn't we harness them, learn them, and use them to create a future of our choosing? The seven decision you’ll explore are: - The Responsible Decision - The Guided Decision - The Active Decision - The Certain Decision - The Joyful Decision - The Compassionate Decision - The Persistent Decision The consistent application of the Seven Decisions brings about what can only be called miracles: what was once labeled “impossible” actualizes. Opportunities that once eluded you are now attracted to you. Dysfunctional relationships transform into harmonious ones. Life, which was once a struggle, now becomes an exciting adventure! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Decisions: Understanding the Keys to Personal Success Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Just one of these decisions can alter the course of a person’s life. What if you decided to master them all? Explore the seven decisions for success first introduced in the New York Times bestselling book The Traveler’s Gift, learning how you can turn life around—no matter how hopeless it seems. In this updated and repackaged edition of Mastering the Seven Decisions, master storyteller and life coach Andy Andrews has fast-forwarded the concept of success and what it takes to make it stick.  Seeking out what separates the ordinary life from the extraordinary, Andrews has spent much of his life dissecting countless biographies and spending time with some of the most successful people on the planet to understand the principles that propel them toward greatness. The result: simple principles that—when applied consistently—render extraordinary lives. Through his entertaining, down-to-earth style, Andrews offers all the tools necessary to make lasting changes in your life. These principles of personal success in parenting, relationships, financial success, and leadership are all around us. So why shouldn't we harness them, learn them, and use them to create a future of our choosing? The seven decision you’ll explore are: - The Responsible Decision - The Guided Decision - The Active Decision - The Certain Decision - The Joyful Decision - The Compassionate Decision - The Persistent Decision The consistent application of the Seven Decisions brings about what can only be called miracles: what was once labeled “impossible” actualizes. Opportunities that once eluded you are now attracted to you. Dysfunctional relationships transform into harmonious ones. Life, which was once a struggle, now becomes an exciting adventure! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunkard's Walk: How Randomness Rules Our Lives Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this irreverent and illuminating audiobook, acclaimed writer and scientist Leonard Mlodinow shows us how randomness, chance, and probability reveal a tremendous amount about our daily lives, and how we misunderstand the significance of everything from a casual conversation to a major financial setback. As a result, successes and failures in life are often attributed to clear and obvious causes, when in actuality they are more profoundly influenced by chance. The rise and fall of your favorite movie star or the most reviled CEO—in fact, all our destinies—reflects chance as much as planning and innate abilities. Even Roger Maris, who beat Babe Ruth’s single season home run record, was in all likelihood not great, but just lucky. How could it have happened that a wine was given five out of five stars by one journal and called the worst wine of the decade by another? Wine ratings, school grades, political polls, and many other things in daily life are less reliable than we believe. By showing us the true nature of chance and revealing the psychological illusions that cause us to misjudge the world around us, Mlodinow gives fresh insight into what is really meaningful and how we can make decisions based on a deeper truth. From the classroom to the courtroom, from financial markets to supermarkets, from the doctor’s office to the Oval Office, Mlodinow’s insights will intrigue, awe, and inspire. Offering listeners not only a tour of randomness, chance and probability but also a new way of looking at the world, this original, unexpected journey reminds us that much in our lives is about as predictable as the steps of a stumbling man afresh from a night at a bar. Leonard Mlodinow Wed, 11 Jun 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211836 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunkard's Walk: How Randomness Rules Our Lives Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this irreverent and illuminating audiobook, acclaimed writer and scientist Leonard Mlodinow shows us how randomness, chance, and probability reveal a tremendous amount about our daily lives, and how we misunderstand the significance of everything from a casual conversation to a major financial setback. As a result, successes and failures in life are often attributed to clear and obvious causes, when in actuality they are more profoundly influenced by chance. The rise and fall of your favorite movie star or the most reviled CEO—in fact, all our destinies—reflects chance as much as planning and innate abilities. Even Roger Maris, who beat Babe Ruth’s single season home run record, was in all likelihood not great, but just lucky. How could it have happened that a wine was given five out of five stars by one journal and called the worst wine of the decade by another? Wine ratings, school grades, political polls, and many other things in daily life are less reliable than we believe. By showing us the true nature of chance and revealing the psychological illusions that cause us to misjudge the world around us, Mlodinow gives fresh insight into what is really meaningful and how we can make decisions based on a deeper truth. From the classroom to the courtroom, from financial markets to supermarkets, from the doctor’s office to the Oval Office, Mlodinow’s insights will intrigue, awe, and inspire. Offering listeners not only a tour of randomness, chance and probability but also a new way of looking at the world, this original, unexpected journey reminds us that much in our lives is about as predictable as the steps of a stumbling man afresh from a night at a bar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunkard's Walk: How Randomness Rules Our Lives Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this irreverent and illuminating audiobook, acclaimed writer and scientist Leonard Mlodinow shows us how randomness, chance, and probability reveal a tremendous amount about our daily lives, and how we misunderstand the significance of everything from a casual conversation to a major financial setback. As a result, successes and failures in life are often attributed to clear and obvious causes, when in actuality they are more profoundly influenced by chance. The rise and fall of your favorite movie star or the most reviled CEO—in fact, all our destinies—reflects chance as much as planning and innate abilities. Even Roger Maris, who beat Babe Ruth’s single season home run record, was in all likelihood not great, but just lucky. How could it have happened that a wine was given five out of five stars by one journal and called the worst wine of the decade by another? Wine ratings, school grades, political polls, and many other things in daily life are less reliable than we believe. By showing us the true nature of chance and revealing the psychological illusions that cause us to misjudge the world around us, Mlodinow gives fresh insight into what is really meaningful and how we can make decisions based on a deeper truth. From the classroom to the courtroom, from financial markets to supermarkets, from the doctor’s office to the Oval Office, Mlodinow’s insights will intrigue, awe, and inspire. Offering listeners not only a tour of randomness, chance and probability but also a new way of looking at the world, this original, unexpected journey reminds us that much in our lives is about as predictable as the steps of a stumbling man afresh from a night at a bar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Had Lunch with C. S. Lewis: Exploring the Ideas of C. S. Lewis on the Meaning of Life Author: Alister McGrath Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered… - whether God exists? - whether life has meaning? - whether pain and suffering have a purpose? This audio book is my invitation to sit down with C. S. Lewis and me to think about some of the persistent questions and dilemmas every person faces in life. We’ll explore Lewis’s thoughts on everything from friendships to heaven, from the reasons for faith to the power of stories. Lewis is one of a small group of people who both learned from life’s challenges and were able to pass on his wisdom elegantly and effectively. So why not see Lewis as a mentor and coach? — Dr. Alister McGrath Alister McGrath Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211730 thebookvoice.com 4:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Had Lunch with C. S. Lewis: Exploring the Ideas of C. S. Lewis on the Meaning of Life Author: Alister McGrath Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered… - whether God exists? - whether life has meaning? - whether pain and suffering have a purpose? This audio book is my invitation to sit down with C. S. Lewis and me to think about some of the persistent questions and dilemmas every person faces in life. We’ll explore Lewis’s thoughts on everything from friendships to heaven, from the reasons for faith to the power of stories. Lewis is one of a small group of people who both learned from life’s challenges and were able to pass on his wisdom elegantly and effectively. So why not see Lewis as a mentor and coach? — Dr. Alister McGrath Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Had Lunch with C. S. Lewis: Exploring the Ideas of C. S. Lewis on the Meaning of Life Author: Alister McGrath Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered… - whether God exists? - whether life has meaning? - whether pain and suffering have a purpose? This audio book is my invitation to sit down with C. S. Lewis and me to think about some of the persistent questions and dilemmas every person faces in life. We’ll explore Lewis’s thoughts on everything from friendships to heaven, from the reasons for faith to the power of stories. Lewis is one of a small group of people who both learned from life’s challenges and were able to pass on his wisdom elegantly and effectively. So why not see Lewis as a mentor and coach? — Dr. Alister McGrath https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Discourse Upon the Origin and the Foundation the Inequality Among Mankind Author: Jean-Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Discourse on the Origin and Basis of Inequality Among Men was written in response to a competition run by the Academy of Dijon answering the prompt: What is the origin of inequality among men, and whether such inequality is authorized by natural law? Rousseau puts forth the concept of two types of inequity: natural/physical and moral/political. He focuses on moral inequality and its link to power and wealth. He also covers the areas of self-love, compassion for others, and free-agency, as well as their negative impact in the creation of civil society. In part two of the discourse, Rousseau follows the development of such qualities in mankind from savage man to the modern man. Jean-Jacques Rousseau [1712-1778] was a famous philosopher whose work strongly influenced the French Revolution and modern thought as a whole. His treatise “Emile” played a large role in the school of educational thought, and various other pieces impacted literary genres such as autobiography and modern fiction. He was also an accomplished composer, renowned for his operas and contributions to musical theory. Following his death, he was interred as a national hero in Paris’ Pantheon. Jean-Jacques Rousseau Thu, 01 May 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211622 thebookvoice.com 3:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Discourse Upon the Origin and the Foundation the Inequality Among Mankind Author: Jean-Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Discourse on the Origin and Basis of Inequality Among Men was written in response to a competition run by the Academy of Dijon answering the prompt: What is the origin of inequality among men, and whether such inequality is authorized by natural law? Rousseau puts forth the concept of two types of inequity: natural/physical and moral/political. He focuses on moral inequality and its link to power and wealth. He also covers the areas of self-love, compassion for others, and free-agency, as well as their negative impact in the creation of civil society. In part two of the discourse, Rousseau follows the development of such qualities in mankind from savage man to the modern man. Jean-Jacques Rousseau [1712-1778] was a famous philosopher whose work strongly influenced the French Revolution and modern thought as a whole. His treatise “Emile” played a large role in the school of educational thought, and various other pieces impacted literary genres such as autobiography and modern fiction. He was also an accomplished composer, renowned for his operas and contributions to musical theory. Following his death, he was interred as a national hero in Paris’ Pantheon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Discourse Upon the Origin and the Foundation the Inequality Among Mankind Author: Jean-Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Discourse on the Origin and Basis of Inequality Among Men was written in response to a competition run by the Academy of Dijon answering the prompt: What is the origin of inequality among men, and whether such inequality is authorized by natural law? Rousseau puts forth the concept of two types of inequity: natural/physical and moral/political. He focuses on moral inequality and its link to power and wealth. He also covers the areas of self-love, compassion for others, and free-agency, as well as their negative impact in the creation of civil society. In part two of the discourse, Rousseau follows the development of such qualities in mankind from savage man to the modern man. Jean-Jacques Rousseau [1712-1778] was a famous philosopher whose work strongly influenced the French Revolution and modern thought as a whole. His treatise “Emile” played a large role in the school of educational thought, and various other pieces impacted literary genres such as autobiography and modern fiction. He was also an accomplished composer, renowned for his operas and contributions to musical theory. Following his death, he was interred as a national hero in Paris’ Pantheon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210427 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not Special: ...And Other Encouragements Author: David Mccullough, Jr. Narrator: David Mccullough, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: David McCullough, Jr.'s high school commencement address of 2012, dubbed "You Are Not Special," was a tonic for children, parents, and educators alike. With wit and a perspective earned from raising four children and teaching high school students for nearly thirty years, McCullough expands on his speech—taking a hard look at hovering parents, questionable educational goals, professional college prep, electronic distractions, and club sports—and advocates for a life of passionate engagement. David Mccullough, Jr. Tue, 22 Apr 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210427 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not Special: ...And Other Encouragements Author: David Mccullough, Jr. Narrator: David Mccullough, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: David McCullough, Jr.'s high school commencement address of 2012, dubbed "You Are Not Special," was a tonic for children, parents, and educators alike. With wit and a perspective earned from raising four children and teaching high school students for nearly thirty years, McCullough expands on his speech—taking a hard look at hovering parents, questionable educational goals, professional college prep, electronic distractions, and club sports—and advocates for a life of passionate engagement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not Special: ...And Other Encouragements Author: David Mccullough, Jr. Narrator: David Mccullough, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: David McCullough, Jr.'s high school commencement address of 2012, dubbed "You Are Not Special," was a tonic for children, parents, and educators alike. With wit and a perspective earned from raising four children and teaching high school students for nearly thirty years, McCullough expands on his speech—taking a hard look at hovering parents, questionable educational goals, professional college prep, electronic distractions, and club sports—and advocates for a life of passionate engagement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Science Does Not Disprove God Author: Amir Aczel Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The renowned science writer, mathematician, and bestselling author of Fermat's Last Theorem masterfully refutes the overreaching claims the "New Atheists," providing millions of educated believers with a clear, engaging explanation of what science really says, how there's still much space for the Divine in the universe, and why faith in both God and empirical science are not mutually exclusive. A highly publicized coterie of scientists and thinkers, including Richard Dawkins, the late Christopher Hitchens, and Lawrence Krauss, have vehemently contended that breakthroughs in modern science have disproven the existence of God, asserting that we must accept that the creation of the universe came out of nothing, that religion is evil, that evolution fully explains the dazzling complexity of life, and more. In this much-needed book, science journalist Amir Aczel profoundly disagrees and conclusively demonstrates that science has not, as yet, provided any definitive proof refuting the existence of God. Why Science Does Not Disprove God is his brilliant and incisive analyses of the theories and findings of such titans as Albert Einstein, Roger Penrose, Alan Guth, and Charles Darwin, all of whose major breakthroughs leave open the possibility— and even the strong likelihood—of a Creator. Bolstering his argument, Aczel lucidly discourses on arcane aspects of physics to reveal how quantum theory, the anthropic principle, the fine-tuned dance of protons and quarks, the existence of anti-matter and the theory of parallel universes, also fail to disprove God. Amir Aczel Tue, 15 Apr 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210152 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Science Does Not Disprove God Author: Amir Aczel Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The renowned science writer, mathematician, and bestselling author of Fermat's Last Theorem masterfully refutes the overreaching claims the "New Atheists," providing millions of educated believers with a clear, engaging explanation of what science really says, how there's still much space for the Divine in the universe, and why faith in both God and empirical science are not mutually exclusive. A highly publicized coterie of scientists and thinkers, including Richard Dawkins, the late Christopher Hitchens, and Lawrence Krauss, have vehemently contended that breakthroughs in modern science have disproven the existence of God, asserting that we must accept that the creation of the universe came out of nothing, that religion is evil, that evolution fully explains the dazzling complexity of life, and more. In this much-needed book, science journalist Amir Aczel profoundly disagrees and conclusively demonstrates that science has not, as yet, provided any definitive proof refuting the existence of God. Why Science Does Not Disprove God is his brilliant and incisive analyses of the theories and findings of such titans as Albert Einstein, Roger Penrose, Alan Guth, and Charles Darwin, all of whose major breakthroughs leave open the possibility— and even the strong likelihood—of a Creator. Bolstering his argument, Aczel lucidly discourses on arcane aspects of physics to reveal how quantum theory, the anthropic principle, the fine-tuned dance of protons and quarks, the existence of anti-matter and the theory of parallel universes, also fail to disprove God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Science Does Not Disprove God Author: Amir Aczel Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The renowned science writer, mathematician, and bestselling author of Fermat's Last Theorem masterfully refutes the overreaching claims the "New Atheists," providing millions of educated believers with a clear, engaging explanation of what science really says, how there's still much space for the Divine in the universe, and why faith in both God and empirical science are not mutually exclusive. A highly publicized coterie of scientists and thinkers, including Richard Dawkins, the late Christopher Hitchens, and Lawrence Krauss, have vehemently contended that breakthroughs in modern science have disproven the existence of God, asserting that we must accept that the creation of the universe came out of nothing, that religion is evil, that evolution fully explains the dazzling complexity of life, and more. In this much-needed book, science journalist Amir Aczel profoundly disagrees and conclusively demonstrates that science has not, as yet, provided any definitive proof refuting the existence of God. Why Science Does Not Disprove God is his brilliant and incisive analyses of the theories and findings of such titans as Albert Einstein, Roger Penrose, Alan Guth, and Charles Darwin, all of whose major breakthroughs leave open the possibility— and even the strong likelihood—of a Creator. Bolstering his argument, Aczel lucidly discourses on arcane aspects of physics to reveal how quantum theory, the anthropic principle, the fine-tuned dance of protons and quarks, the existence of anti-matter and the theory of parallel universes, also fail to disprove God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congratulations, by the way: Some Thoughts on Kindness Author: George Saunders Narrator: George Saunders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • This inspiring meditation on kindness from the author of Lincoln in the Bardo is based on his popular commencement address. Three months after George Saunders gave a graduation address at Syracuse University, a transcript of that speech was posted on the website of The New York Times, where its simple, uplifting message struck a deep chord. Within days, it had been shared more than one million times. Why? Because Saunders’s words tap into a desire in all of us to lead kinder, more fulfilling lives. Powerful, funny, and wise, Congratulations, by the way is an inspiring message from one of today’s most influential and original writers. Praise for Congratulations, by the way “As slender as a psalm, and as heavy.”—The New York Times “The graduating college senior in your life probably just wants money. But if you want to impart some heartfelt, plainspoken wisdom in addition to a check, you can't do much better than [Congratulations, by the way].”—Entertainment Weekly “The loving selflessness that [George Saunders] advises and the interconnectedness that he recognizes couldn’t be purer or simpler—or more challenging.”—Kirkus Reviews “Warm and tender.”—Publishers Weekly George Saunders Tue, 22 Apr 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210026 thebookvoice.com 0:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congratulations, by the way: Some Thoughts on Kindness Author: George Saunders Narrator: George Saunders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • This inspiring meditation on kindness from the author of Lincoln in the Bardo is based on his popular commencement address. Three months after George Saunders gave a graduation address at Syracuse University, a transcript of that speech was posted on the website of The New York Times, where its simple, uplifting message struck a deep chord. Within days, it had been shared more than one million times. Why? Because Saunders’s words tap into a desire in all of us to lead kinder, more fulfilling lives. Powerful, funny, and wise, Congratulations, by the way is an inspiring message from one of today’s most influential and original writers. Praise for Congratulations, by the way “As slender as a psalm, and as heavy.”—The New York Times “The graduating college senior in your life probably just wants money. But if you want to impart some heartfelt, plainspoken wisdom in addition to a check, you can't do much better than [Congratulations, by the way].”—Entertainment Weekly “The loving selflessness that [George Saunders] advises and the interconnectedness that he recognizes couldn’t be purer or simpler—or more challenging.”—Kirkus Reviews “Warm and tender.”—Publishers Weekly Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congratulations, by the way: Some Thoughts on Kindness Author: George Saunders Narrator: George Saunders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • This inspiring meditation on kindness from the author of Lincoln in the Bardo is based on his popular commencement address. Three months after George Saunders gave a graduation address at Syracuse University, a transcript of that speech was posted on the website of The New York Times, where its simple, uplifting message struck a deep chord. Within days, it had been shared more than one million times. Why? Because Saunders’s words tap into a desire in all of us to lead kinder, more fulfilling lives. Powerful, funny, and wise, Congratulations, by the way is an inspiring message from one of today’s most influential and original writers. Praise for Congratulations, by the way “As slender as a psalm, and as heavy.”—The New York Times “The graduating college senior in your life probably just wants money. But if you want to impart some heartfelt, plainspoken wisdom in addition to a check, you can't do much better than [Congratulations, by the way].”—Entertainment Weekly “The loving selflessness that [George Saunders] advises and the interconnectedness that he recognizes couldn’t be purer or simpler—or more challenging.”—Kirkus Reviews “Warm and tender.”—Publishers Weekly https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208482 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DIM Hypothesis: Why the Lights of the West Are Going Out Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Robin Field Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In his groundbreaking and controversial book The DIM Hypothesis, Dr. Leonard Peikoff casts a penetrating new light on the process of human thought and thereby on Western culture and history. In this far-reaching study, Peikoff identifies the three methods people use to integrate concrete data into a whole, as when connecting diverse experiments by a scientific theory, separate laws into a constitution, or single events into a story. The first method, in which data is integrated through rational means, he calls Integration. The second, which employs nonrational means, he calls Misintegration. The third is Disintegration—which is nihilism, the desire to tear things apart. In The DIM Hypothesis Peikoff demonstrates the power of these three methods in shaping the West by using the categories to examine the culturally representative fields of literature, physics, education, and politics. His analysis illustrates how the historical trends in each field have been dominated by one of these three categories, not only today but during the whole progression of Western culture from its beginning in ancient Greece. Extrapolating from the historical pattern he identifies, Peikoff concludes by explaining why the lights of the West are going out—and predicts the most likely future for the United States. Leonard Peikoff Sat, 01 Mar 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208482 thebookvoice.com 17:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DIM Hypothesis: Why the Lights of the West Are Going Out Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Robin Field Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In his groundbreaking and controversial book The DIM Hypothesis, Dr. Leonard Peikoff casts a penetrating new light on the process of human thought and thereby on Western culture and history. In this far-reaching study, Peikoff identifies the three methods people use to integrate concrete data into a whole, as when connecting diverse experiments by a scientific theory, separate laws into a constitution, or single events into a story. The first method, in which data is integrated through rational means, he calls Integration. The second, which employs nonrational means, he calls Misintegration. The third is Disintegration—which is nihilism, the desire to tear things apart. In The DIM Hypothesis Peikoff demonstrates the power of these three methods in shaping the West by using the categories to examine the culturally representative fields of literature, physics, education, and politics. His analysis illustrates how the historical trends in each field have been dominated by one of these three categories, not only today but during the whole progression of Western culture from its beginning in ancient Greece. Extrapolating from the historical pattern he identifies, Peikoff concludes by explaining why the lights of the West are going out—and predicts the most likely future for the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DIM Hypothesis: Why the Lights of the West Are Going Out Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Robin Field Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In his groundbreaking and controversial book The DIM Hypothesis, Dr. Leonard Peikoff casts a penetrating new light on the process of human thought and thereby on Western culture and history. In this far-reaching study, Peikoff identifies the three methods people use to integrate concrete data into a whole, as when connecting diverse experiments by a scientific theory, separate laws into a constitution, or single events into a story. The first method, in which data is integrated through rational means, he calls Integration. The second, which employs nonrational means, he calls Misintegration. The third is Disintegration—which is nihilism, the desire to tear things apart. In The DIM Hypothesis Peikoff demonstrates the power of these three methods in shaping the West by using the categories to examine the culturally representative fields of literature, physics, education, and politics. His analysis illustrates how the historical trends in each field have been dominated by one of these three categories, not only today but during the whole progression of Western culture from its beginning in ancient Greece. Extrapolating from the historical pattern he identifies, Peikoff concludes by explaining why the lights of the West are going out—and predicts the most likely future for the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity Author: Edward Slingerland Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.   In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.   With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.   Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER Edward Slingerland Tue, 04 Mar 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity Author: Edward Slingerland Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.   In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.   With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.   Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity Author: Edward Slingerland Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.   In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.   With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.   Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Physics: How Good Ideas Spread-The Lessons from a New Science Author: Alex Pentland Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading data scientists, a landmark tour ofthe new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MIT’s Alex “Sandy” Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics. Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: We’re social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action—and most basic notions of common sense—are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors. Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, we’ve been stuck with the same stale social structures—classes, markets—and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest. Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether it’s a business or an entire city. We can maximize a group’s collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.  Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work—and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads readers to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself. Alex Pentland Thu, 30 Jan 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206251 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Physics: How Good Ideas Spread-The Lessons from a New Science Author: Alex Pentland Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading data scientists, a landmark tour ofthe new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MIT’s Alex “Sandy” Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics. Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: We’re social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action—and most basic notions of common sense—are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors. Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, we’ve been stuck with the same stale social structures—classes, markets—and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest. Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether it’s a business or an entire city. We can maximize a group’s collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.  Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work—and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads readers to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Physics: How Good Ideas Spread-The Lessons from a New Science Author: Alex Pentland Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading data scientists, a landmark tour ofthe new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MIT’s Alex “Sandy” Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics. Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: We’re social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action—and most basic notions of common sense—are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors. Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, we’ve been stuck with the same stale social structures—classes, markets—and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest. Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether it’s a business or an entire city. We can maximize a group’s collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.  Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work—and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads readers to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Mathematical Universe: My Quest for the Ultimate Nature of Reality Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Max Tegmark leads us on an astonishing journey through past, present and future, and through the physics, astronomy and mathematics that are the foundation of his work, most particularly his hypothesis that our physical reality is a mathematical structure and his theory of the ultimate multiverse. In a dazzling combination of both popular and groundbreaking science, he not only helps us grasp his often mind-boggling theories, but he also shares with us some of the often surprising triumphs and disappointments that have shaped his life as a scientist. Fascinating from first to last—this is a book that has already prompted the attention and admiration of some of the most prominent scientists and mathematicians. Max Tegmark Tue, 07 Jan 2014 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205202 thebookvoice.com 15:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Mathematical Universe: My Quest for the Ultimate Nature of Reality Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Max Tegmark leads us on an astonishing journey through past, present and future, and through the physics, astronomy and mathematics that are the foundation of his work, most particularly his hypothesis that our physical reality is a mathematical structure and his theory of the ultimate multiverse. In a dazzling combination of both popular and groundbreaking science, he not only helps us grasp his often mind-boggling theories, but he also shares with us some of the often surprising triumphs and disappointments that have shaped his life as a scientist. Fascinating from first to last—this is a book that has already prompted the attention and admiration of some of the most prominent scientists and mathematicians. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Mathematical Universe: My Quest for the Ultimate Nature of Reality Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Max Tegmark leads us on an astonishing journey through past, present and future, and through the physics, astronomy and mathematics that are the foundation of his work, most particularly his hypothesis that our physical reality is a mathematical structure and his theory of the ultimate multiverse. In a dazzling combination of both popular and groundbreaking science, he not only helps us grasp his often mind-boggling theories, but he also shares with us some of the often surprising triumphs and disappointments that have shaped his life as a scientist. Fascinating from first to last—this is a book that has already prompted the attention and admiration of some of the most prominent scientists and mathematicians. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203385 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Key: A True Encounter Author: Whitley Strieber Narrator: Gregory Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Communion comes the mysterious true story of how an unknown visitor barged into Streiber's hotel room late one night--and imparted extraordinary lessons in personal development and man's fate that challenge us to rethink every assumption about the meaning of life.At two-thirty in the morning of June 6, 1998, Whitley Streiber was awakened by somebody knocking on his hotel room door. A man came in, and everything he said was life-altering.This is the unsettling and ultimately enlightening narrative of what happened that night. Strieber was never really sure who this strange and knowing visitor was--a 'Master of Wisdom'? A figure from a different realm of consciousness? A preternaturally intelligent being? He called him the Master of the Key. The one thing of which Strieber was certain is that both the man and the encounter were real.The main concern of the Master of the Key is to save each of us from self-imprisonment. 'Mankind is trapped,' the stranger tells Strieber. 'I want to help you spring the trap.' In a sweeping exchange between Strieber and the stranger--which takes the form of a classical student- teacher dialogue in pursuit of inner understanding--the unknown man presents a lesson in human potential, esoteric psychology, and man's fate. He illuminates why man has been caught in a cycle of repeat violence and self-destruction--and the slender, but very real, possibility for release.In its breadth and intimacy, The Key is on par with contemporary metaphysical traditions, such as A Course in Miracles, or even with the dialogues of modern wisdom teachers, such as D.T. Suzuki and Carl Jung. Whitley Strieber Thu, 12 May 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203385 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Key: A True Encounter Author: Whitley Strieber Narrator: Gregory Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Communion comes the mysterious true story of how an unknown visitor barged into Streiber's hotel room late one night--and imparted extraordinary lessons in personal development and man's fate that challenge us to rethink every assumption about the meaning of life.At two-thirty in the morning of June 6, 1998, Whitley Streiber was awakened by somebody knocking on his hotel room door. A man came in, and everything he said was life-altering.This is the unsettling and ultimately enlightening narrative of what happened that night. Strieber was never really sure who this strange and knowing visitor was--a 'Master of Wisdom'? A figure from a different realm of consciousness? A preternaturally intelligent being? He called him the Master of the Key. The one thing of which Strieber was certain is that both the man and the encounter were real.The main concern of the Master of the Key is to save each of us from self-imprisonment. 'Mankind is trapped,' the stranger tells Strieber. 'I want to help you spring the trap.' In a sweeping exchange between Strieber and the stranger--which takes the form of a classical student- teacher dialogue in pursuit of inner understanding--the unknown man presents a lesson in human potential, esoteric psychology, and man's fate. He illuminates why man has been caught in a cycle of repeat violence and self-destruction--and the slender, but very real, possibility for release.In its breadth and intimacy, The Key is on par with contemporary metaphysical traditions, such as A Course in Miracles, or even with the dialogues of modern wisdom teachers, such as D.T. Suzuki and Carl Jung. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Key: A True Encounter Author: Whitley Strieber Narrator: Gregory Itzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Communion comes the mysterious true story of how an unknown visitor barged into Streiber's hotel room late one night--and imparted extraordinary lessons in personal development and man's fate that challenge us to rethink every assumption about the meaning of life.At two-thirty in the morning of June 6, 1998, Whitley Streiber was awakened by somebody knocking on his hotel room door. A man came in, and everything he said was life-altering.This is the unsettling and ultimately enlightening narrative of what happened that night. Strieber was never really sure who this strange and knowing visitor was--a 'Master of Wisdom'? A figure from a different realm of consciousness? A preternaturally intelligent being? He called him the Master of the Key. The one thing of which Strieber was certain is that both the man and the encounter were real.The main concern of the Master of the Key is to save each of us from self-imprisonment. 'Mankind is trapped,' the stranger tells Strieber. 'I want to help you spring the trap.' In a sweeping exchange between Strieber and the stranger--which takes the form of a classical student- teacher dialogue in pursuit of inner understanding--the unknown man presents a lesson in human potential, esoteric psychology, and man's fate. He illuminates why man has been caught in a cycle of repeat violence and self-destruction--and the slender, but very real, possibility for release.In its breadth and intimacy, The Key is on par with contemporary metaphysical traditions, such as A Course in Miracles, or even with the dialogues of modern wisdom teachers, such as D.T. Suzuki and Carl Jung. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 12, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In closely reported stories from the streets of New York to the seats of intellectual power, MacDonald shows how bad ideas get started and then acquire a life of their own. Her reports trace the transformation of influential opinion-makers and large philanthropic foundations from confident advocates of individual responsibility, opportunity, and learning into apologists for the welfare state. The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It’s a cold shower. “ . . . MacDonald is, as readers of this volume will discover, indispensable.”—George  Will Heather Mac Donald Mon, 12 Mar 2001 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 12, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In closely reported stories from the streets of New York to the seats of intellectual power, MacDonald shows how bad ideas get started and then acquire a life of their own. Her reports trace the transformation of influential opinion-makers and large philanthropic foundations from confident advocates of individual responsibility, opportunity, and learning into apologists for the welfare state. The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It’s a cold shower. “ . . . MacDonald is, as readers of this volume will discover, indispensable.”—George  Will Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 12, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In closely reported stories from the streets of New York to the seats of intellectual power, MacDonald shows how bad ideas get started and then acquire a life of their own. Her reports trace the transformation of influential opinion-makers and large philanthropic foundations from confident advocates of individual responsibility, opportunity, and learning into apologists for the welfare state. The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It’s a cold shower. “ . . . MacDonald is, as readers of this volume will discover, indispensable.”—George  Will https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stuff of Thought: Language as a Window into Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller is an exciting and fearless investigation of language Bestselling author Steven Pinker possesses that rare combination of scientific aptitude and verbal eloquence that enables him to provide lucid explanations of deep and powerful ideas. His previous books?including the Pulitzer Prize finalist The Blank Slate?have catapulted him into the limelight as one of today?s most important popular science writers. In The Stuff of Thought, Pinker presents a fascinating look at how our words explain our nature. Considering scientific questions with examples from everyday life, The Stuff of Thought is a brilliantly crafted and highly readable work that will appeal to fans of everything from The Selfish Gene and Blink to Eats, Shoots & Leaves. Steven Pinker Tue, 11 Sep 2007 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202970 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stuff of Thought: Language as a Window into Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller is an exciting and fearless investigation of language Bestselling author Steven Pinker possesses that rare combination of scientific aptitude and verbal eloquence that enables him to provide lucid explanations of deep and powerful ideas. His previous books?including the Pulitzer Prize finalist The Blank Slate?have catapulted him into the limelight as one of today?s most important popular science writers. In The Stuff of Thought, Pinker presents a fascinating look at how our words explain our nature. Considering scientific questions with examples from everyday life, The Stuff of Thought is a brilliantly crafted and highly readable work that will appeal to fans of everything from The Selfish Gene and Blink to Eats, Shoots & Leaves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stuff of Thought: Language as a Window into Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller is an exciting and fearless investigation of language Bestselling author Steven Pinker possesses that rare combination of scientific aptitude and verbal eloquence that enables him to provide lucid explanations of deep and powerful ideas. His previous books?including the Pulitzer Prize finalist The Blank Slate?have catapulted him into the limelight as one of today?s most important popular science writers. In The Stuff of Thought, Pinker presents a fascinating look at how our words explain our nature. Considering scientific questions with examples from everyday life, The Stuff of Thought is a brilliantly crafted and highly readable work that will appeal to fans of everything from The Selfish Gene and Blink to Eats, Shoots & Leaves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Willie: A Guide to the Happiness in Your Heart Author: Willie Nelson, Turk Pipkin Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, Turk Pipkin, Willie Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 26 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Born in small-town Texas during the Great Depression, Willie Nelson was raised to believe in helping his neighbors and living without pretense. After many hardscrabble years as a poorly paid songwriter (often watching his work become a gold mine for other performers), Willie finally found his own voice?the gentle but unmistakably honest sound that has made him an American icon. Now the master of harmonization has created a guide to finding harmony in everyday life. Featuring vignettes from each chapter of his seventy-plus years (along with plenty of his favorite jokes), The Tao of Willie captures his views on money, love, war, religion, cowboys, and other essential Willie topics.Loosely based on the principles of the Chinese philosophy of the Tao Te Cheng, which Willie has admired and followed for much of his adult life, this inspiring and entertaining collection of ?Willie wisdom? takes us from his roadhouse days, when he united redneck rockers with straitlaced country music fans, to the mega-sized benefit concerts and environmentalism that define his boundless heart. In the spirit of his fellow Texan Harvey Penick?s Little Red Book, Willie?s timeless insights sparkle with clarity: It?s like having a one-on-one conversation with the sage himself. Willie Nelson, Turk Pipkin Tue, 09 May 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202936 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Willie: A Guide to the Happiness in Your Heart Author: Willie Nelson, Turk Pipkin Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, Turk Pipkin, Willie Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 26 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Born in small-town Texas during the Great Depression, Willie Nelson was raised to believe in helping his neighbors and living without pretense. After many hardscrabble years as a poorly paid songwriter (often watching his work become a gold mine for other performers), Willie finally found his own voice?the gentle but unmistakably honest sound that has made him an American icon. Now the master of harmonization has created a guide to finding harmony in everyday life. Featuring vignettes from each chapter of his seventy-plus years (along with plenty of his favorite jokes), The Tao of Willie captures his views on money, love, war, religion, cowboys, and other essential Willie topics.Loosely based on the principles of the Chinese philosophy of the Tao Te Cheng, which Willie has admired and followed for much of his adult life, this inspiring and entertaining collection of ?Willie wisdom? takes us from his roadhouse days, when he united redneck rockers with straitlaced country music fans, to the mega-sized benefit concerts and environmentalism that define his boundless heart. In the spirit of his fellow Texan Harvey Penick?s Little Red Book, Willie?s timeless insights sparkle with clarity: It?s like having a one-on-one conversation with the sage himself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Willie: A Guide to the Happiness in Your Heart Author: Willie Nelson, Turk Pipkin Narrator: Tom Stechschulte, Turk Pipkin, Willie Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 26 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Born in small-town Texas during the Great Depression, Willie Nelson was raised to believe in helping his neighbors and living without pretense. After many hardscrabble years as a poorly paid songwriter (often watching his work become a gold mine for other performers), Willie finally found his own voice?the gentle but unmistakably honest sound that has made him an American icon. Now the master of harmonization has created a guide to finding harmony in everyday life. Featuring vignettes from each chapter of his seventy-plus years (along with plenty of his favorite jokes), The Tao of Willie captures his views on money, love, war, religion, cowboys, and other essential Willie topics.Loosely based on the principles of the Chinese philosophy of the Tao Te Cheng, which Willie has admired and followed for much of his adult life, this inspiring and entertaining collection of ?Willie wisdom? takes us from his roadhouse days, when he united redneck rockers with straitlaced country music fans, to the mega-sized benefit concerts and environmentalism that define his boundless heart. In the spirit of his fellow Texan Harvey Penick?s Little Red Book, Willie?s timeless insights sparkle with clarity: It?s like having a one-on-one conversation with the sage himself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Book of the Tao Author: Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 19, 2009 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A twenty-first-century form of ancient wisdom . . . Mitchell's flights, his paradoxes, his wonderful riffs are brilliant and liberating.' -Pico Iyer The most widely translated book in world literature after the Bible, Lao-tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, is the classic manual on the art of living. Following the phenomenal success of his own version of the Tao Te Ching, renowned scholar and translator Stephen Mitchell has composed the innovative The Second Book of the Tao. Drawn from the work of Lao-tzu's disciple Chuang- tzu and Confucius's grandson Tzu-ssu, The Second Book of the Tao collects the freshest, most profound teachings from these two great students of the Tao to offer Western readers a path into reality that has nothing to do with east or west, but everything to do with truth. With his own illuminating commentary alongside each adapta­tion, at once explicating and complementing the text, Mitchell makes the ancient teachings at once modern, relevant, and timeless. Stephen Mitchell Thu, 19 Feb 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202918 thebookvoice.com 2:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Book of the Tao Author: Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 19, 2009 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A twenty-first-century form of ancient wisdom . . . Mitchell's flights, his paradoxes, his wonderful riffs are brilliant and liberating.' -Pico Iyer The most widely translated book in world literature after the Bible, Lao-tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, is the classic manual on the art of living. Following the phenomenal success of his own version of the Tao Te Ching, renowned scholar and translator Stephen Mitchell has composed the innovative The Second Book of the Tao. Drawn from the work of Lao-tzu's disciple Chuang- tzu and Confucius's grandson Tzu-ssu, The Second Book of the Tao collects the freshest, most profound teachings from these two great students of the Tao to offer Western readers a path into reality that has nothing to do with east or west, but everything to do with truth. With his own illuminating commentary alongside each adapta­tion, at once explicating and complementing the text, Mitchell makes the ancient teachings at once modern, relevant, and timeless. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Book of the Tao Author: Stephen Mitchell Narrator: Stephen Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 19, 2009 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A twenty-first-century form of ancient wisdom . . . Mitchell's flights, his paradoxes, his wonderful riffs are brilliant and liberating.' -Pico Iyer The most widely translated book in world literature after the Bible, Lao-tzu's Tao Te Ching, or Book of the Way, is the classic manual on the art of living. Following the phenomenal success of his own version of the Tao Te Ching, renowned scholar and translator Stephen Mitchell has composed the innovative The Second Book of the Tao. Drawn from the work of Lao-tzu's disciple Chuang- tzu and Confucius's grandson Tzu-ssu, The Second Book of the Tao collects the freshest, most profound teachings from these two great students of the Tao to offer Western readers a path into reality that has nothing to do with east or west, but everything to do with truth. With his own illuminating commentary alongside each adapta­tion, at once explicating and complementing the text, Mitchell makes the ancient teachings at once modern, relevant, and timeless. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A leading cognitive scientist argues that a deep sense of good and evil is bred in the bone.   From John Locke to Sigmund Freud, philosophers and psychologists have long believed that we begin life as blank moral slates. Many of us take for granted that babies are born selfish and that it is the role of society—and especially parents—to transform them from little sociopaths into civilized beings. In Just Babies, Paul Bloom argues that humans are in fact hardwired with a sense of morality. Drawing on groundbreaking research at Yale, Bloom demonstrates that, even before they can speak or walk, babies judge the goodness and badness of others’ actions; feel empathy and compassion; act to soothe those in distress; and have a rudimentary sense of justice. Still, this innate morality is limited, sometimes tragically. We are naturally hostile to strangers, prone to parochialism and bigotry. Bringing together insights from psychology, behavioral economics, evolutionary biology, and philosophy, Bloom explores how we have come to surpass these limitations. Along the way, he examines the morality of chimpanzees, violent psychopaths, religious extremists, and Ivy League professors, and explores our often puzzling moral feelings about sex, politics, religion, and race. In his analysis of the morality of children and adults, Bloom rejects the fashionable view that our moral decisions are driven mainly by gut feelings and unconscious biases. Just as reason has driven our great scientific discoveries, he argues, it is reason and deliberation that makes possible our moral discoveries, such as the wrongness of slavery. Ultimately, it is through our imagination, our compassion, and our uniquely human capacity for rational thought that we can transcend the primitive sense of morality we were born with, becoming more than just babies. Paul Bloom has a gift for bringing abstract ideas to life, moving seamlessly from Darwin, Herodotus, and Adam Smith to The Princess Bride, Hannibal Lecter, and Louis C.K. Vivid, witty, and intellectually probing, Just Babies offers a radical new perspective on our moral lives. Paul Bloom Tue, 12 Nov 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201398 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A leading cognitive scientist argues that a deep sense of good and evil is bred in the bone.   From John Locke to Sigmund Freud, philosophers and psychologists have long believed that we begin life as blank moral slates. Many of us take for granted that babies are born selfish and that it is the role of society—and especially parents—to transform them from little sociopaths into civilized beings. In Just Babies, Paul Bloom argues that humans are in fact hardwired with a sense of morality. Drawing on groundbreaking research at Yale, Bloom demonstrates that, even before they can speak or walk, babies judge the goodness and badness of others’ actions; feel empathy and compassion; act to soothe those in distress; and have a rudimentary sense of justice. Still, this innate morality is limited, sometimes tragically. We are naturally hostile to strangers, prone to parochialism and bigotry. Bringing together insights from psychology, behavioral economics, evolutionary biology, and philosophy, Bloom explores how we have come to surpass these limitations. Along the way, he examines the morality of chimpanzees, violent psychopaths, religious extremists, and Ivy League professors, and explores our often puzzling moral feelings about sex, politics, religion, and race. In his analysis of the morality of children and adults, Bloom rejects the fashionable view that our moral decisions are driven mainly by gut feelings and unconscious biases. Just as reason has driven our great scientific discoveries, he argues, it is reason and deliberation that makes possible our moral discoveries, such as the wrongness of slavery. Ultimately, it is through our imagination, our compassion, and our uniquely human capacity for rational thought that we can transcend the primitive sense of morality we were born with, becoming more than just babies. Paul Bloom has a gift for bringing abstract ideas to life, moving seamlessly from Darwin, Herodotus, and Adam Smith to The Princess Bride, Hannibal Lecter, and Louis C.K. Vivid, witty, and intellectually probing, Just Babies offers a radical new perspective on our moral lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A leading cognitive scientist argues that a deep sense of good and evil is bred in the bone.   From John Locke to Sigmund Freud, philosophers and psychologists have long believed that we begin life as blank moral slates. Many of us take for granted that babies are born selfish and that it is the role of society—and especially parents—to transform them from little sociopaths into civilized beings. In Just Babies, Paul Bloom argues that humans are in fact hardwired with a sense of morality. Drawing on groundbreaking research at Yale, Bloom demonstrates that, even before they can speak or walk, babies judge the goodness and badness of others’ actions; feel empathy and compassion; act to soothe those in distress; and have a rudimentary sense of justice. Still, this innate morality is limited, sometimes tragically. We are naturally hostile to strangers, prone to parochialism and bigotry. Bringing together insights from psychology, behavioral economics, evolutionary biology, and philosophy, Bloom explores how we have come to surpass these limitations. Along the way, he examines the morality of chimpanzees, violent psychopaths, religious extremists, and Ivy League professors, and explores our often puzzling moral feelings about sex, politics, religion, and race. In his analysis of the morality of children and adults, Bloom rejects the fashionable view that our moral decisions are driven mainly by gut feelings and unconscious biases. Just as reason has driven our great scientific discoveries, he argues, it is reason and deliberation that makes possible our moral discoveries, such as the wrongness of slavery. Ultimately, it is through our imagination, our compassion, and our uniquely human capacity for rational thought that we can transcend the primitive sense of morality we were born with, becoming more than just babies. Paul Bloom has a gift for bringing abstract ideas to life, moving seamlessly from Darwin, Herodotus, and Adam Smith to The Princess Bride, Hannibal Lecter, and Louis C.K. Vivid, witty, and intellectually probing, Just Babies offers a radical new perspective on our moral lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank God for Evolution: How the Marriage of Science and Religion Will Transform Your Life and Our World Author: Michael Dowd Narrator: Michael Dowd Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Abridged CDs * 8 CDs, 9 hours A revolutionary perspective on the relationship between religion and science that builds a bridge between people of all beliefs. Michael Dowd Thu, 14 Aug 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201379 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank God for Evolution: How the Marriage of Science and Religion Will Transform Your Life and Our World Author: Michael Dowd Narrator: Michael Dowd Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Abridged CDs * 8 CDs, 9 hours A revolutionary perspective on the relationship between religion and science that builds a bridge between people of all beliefs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank God for Evolution: How the Marriage of Science and Religion Will Transform Your Life and Our World Author: Michael Dowd Narrator: Michael Dowd Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2008 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Abridged CDs * 8 CDs, 9 hours A revolutionary perspective on the relationship between religion and science that builds a bridge between people of all beliefs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heidegger and a Hippo Walk Through Those Pearly Gates: Using Philosophy (and Jokes!) to Explore Life, Death, the Afterlife, and Everything in Between Author: Daniel Klein, Thomas Cathcart Narrator: Thomas Cathcart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the bestselling Plato and a Platypus Walk into a Bar . . ., a new book on the meaning of death (and life, too). Daniel Klein, Thomas Cathcart Tue, 20 Oct 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201241 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heidegger and a Hippo Walk Through Those Pearly Gates: Using Philosophy (and Jokes!) to Explore Life, Death, the Afterlife, and Everything in Between Author: Daniel Klein, Thomas Cathcart Narrator: Thomas Cathcart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the bestselling Plato and a Platypus Walk into a Bar . . ., a new book on the meaning of death (and life, too). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heidegger and a Hippo Walk Through Those Pearly Gates: Using Philosophy (and Jokes!) to Explore Life, Death, the Afterlife, and Everything in Between Author: Daniel Klein, Thomas Cathcart Narrator: Thomas Cathcart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the bestselling Plato and a Platypus Walk into a Bar . . ., a new book on the meaning of death (and life, too). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: You will never see war the same way after reading this extraordinary retelling of an ancient Greek fable about a tragically unnecessary battle between mice and frogs. With haunting illustrations, this miniature masterpiece ranks with Animal Farm as one of the greatest parables of human foibles.  Originally published in 1962, The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice tells in words and pictures a classic tale of the foolhardiness of war. When Crum-snatcher, a Mouse, cautiously mounts the back of Puff-jaw, King of the Frogs, to explore the Frogs’ pond, the Mouse meets with a disaster which soon brings the two nations into mortal conflict. The course of this tempest in a teapot is developed with wit to assume heroic proportions, and the battle of this small world becomes the story of wars through the ages. George Martin has made an imaginative, free adaptation of a fable originally ascribed to Homer, but now believed to have been written about three hundred years after him by an unknown author. The book’s events are brilliantly depicted by the drawings of Fred Gwynne, a versatile artist known for his role as Herman Munster in the sit-com hit The Munsters. Gwynne’s haunting and unsparingly illustrations portray this chronicle from its pastoral beginning to its bitter end. Together, Martin and Gwynne have made a book of grim delight for adults and young readers alike. George R. R. Martin Thu, 02 May 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513 thebookvoice.com 0:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: You will never see war the same way after reading this extraordinary retelling of an ancient Greek fable about a tragically unnecessary battle between mice and frogs. With haunting illustrations, this miniature masterpiece ranks with Animal Farm as one of the greatest parables of human foibles.  Originally published in 1962, The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice tells in words and pictures a classic tale of the foolhardiness of war. When Crum-snatcher, a Mouse, cautiously mounts the back of Puff-jaw, King of the Frogs, to explore the Frogs’ pond, the Mouse meets with a disaster which soon brings the two nations into mortal conflict. The course of this tempest in a teapot is developed with wit to assume heroic proportions, and the battle of this small world becomes the story of wars through the ages. George Martin has made an imaginative, free adaptation of a fable originally ascribed to Homer, but now believed to have been written about three hundred years after him by an unknown author. The book’s events are brilliantly depicted by the drawings of Fred Gwynne, a versatile artist known for his role as Herman Munster in the sit-com hit The Munsters. Gwynne’s haunting and unsparingly illustrations portray this chronicle from its pastoral beginning to its bitter end. Together, Martin and Gwynne have made a book of grim delight for adults and young readers alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: You will never see war the same way after reading this extraordinary retelling of an ancient Greek fable about a tragically unnecessary battle between mice and frogs. With haunting illustrations, this miniature masterpiece ranks with Animal Farm as one of the greatest parables of human foibles.  Originally published in 1962, The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice tells in words and pictures a classic tale of the foolhardiness of war. When Crum-snatcher, a Mouse, cautiously mounts the back of Puff-jaw, King of the Frogs, to explore the Frogs’ pond, the Mouse meets with a disaster which soon brings the two nations into mortal conflict. The course of this tempest in a teapot is developed with wit to assume heroic proportions, and the battle of this small world becomes the story of wars through the ages. George Martin has made an imaginative, free adaptation of a fable originally ascribed to Homer, but now believed to have been written about three hundred years after him by an unknown author. The book’s events are brilliantly depicted by the drawings of Fred Gwynne, a versatile artist known for his role as Herman Munster in the sit-com hit The Munsters. Gwynne’s haunting and unsparingly illustrations portray this chronicle from its pastoral beginning to its bitter end. Together, Martin and Gwynne have made a book of grim delight for adults and young readers alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them Author: Joshua Greene Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better. Joshua Greene Thu, 31 Oct 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365 thebookvoice.com 14:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them Author: Joshua Greene Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them Author: Joshua Greene Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This I Believe: Life Lessons Author: Mary Jo Gediman, John Gregory, Dan Gediman Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Broadcast weekly on Bob Edwards’ SiriusXM Satellite Radio and public radio shows, This I Believe features the voices, personal experiences, and profound insights of students, educators, politicians, artists, executives, the struggling and the successful. These diverse, engaging essays are valuable lessons for those just starting out or anyone dealing with life’s challenges. Whether penned by the famous or the previously unknown, they reveal the American spirit at its best. Includes: - “Our Vulnerability Is Our Strength” by Colin Bates, who cares for people with disabilities - “The Art of Being a Neighbor” by Eve Birch, who was once homeless - “A Taste of Success” by Geoffrey Canada, president and CEO of the Harlem Children’s Zone - “Listening Is Powerful Medicine” by Dr. Alicia Conill, who learned an important lesson from an elderly patient - “Inviting the World to Dinner” by Jim Haynes, who has welcomed strangers into his home each week for 30 years - “Finding Our Common Ground” by Robin Mize, a liberal from a conservative family - “To Hear Your Inner Voice” by Christine Todd Whitman, former governor of New Jersey and many more. Mary Jo Gediman, John Gregory, Dan Gediman Tue, 11 Oct 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198481 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This I Believe: Life Lessons Author: Mary Jo Gediman, John Gregory, Dan Gediman Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Broadcast weekly on Bob Edwards’ SiriusXM Satellite Radio and public radio shows, This I Believe features the voices, personal experiences, and profound insights of students, educators, politicians, artists, executives, the struggling and the successful. These diverse, engaging essays are valuable lessons for those just starting out or anyone dealing with life’s challenges. Whether penned by the famous or the previously unknown, they reveal the American spirit at its best. Includes: - “Our Vulnerability Is Our Strength” by Colin Bates, who cares for people with disabilities - “The Art of Being a Neighbor” by Eve Birch, who was once homeless - “A Taste of Success” by Geoffrey Canada, president and CEO of the Harlem Children’s Zone - “Listening Is Powerful Medicine” by Dr. Alicia Conill, who learned an important lesson from an elderly patient - “Inviting the World to Dinner” by Jim Haynes, who has welcomed strangers into his home each week for 30 years - “Finding Our Common Ground” by Robin Mize, a liberal from a conservative family - “To Hear Your Inner Voice” by Christine Todd Whitman, former governor of New Jersey and many more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This I Believe: Life Lessons Author: Mary Jo Gediman, John Gregory, Dan Gediman Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Broadcast weekly on Bob Edwards’ SiriusXM Satellite Radio and public radio shows, This I Believe features the voices, personal experiences, and profound insights of students, educators, politicians, artists, executives, the struggling and the successful. These diverse, engaging essays are valuable lessons for those just starting out or anyone dealing with life’s challenges. Whether penned by the famous or the previously unknown, they reveal the American spirit at its best. Includes: - “Our Vulnerability Is Our Strength” by Colin Bates, who cares for people with disabilities - “The Art of Being a Neighbor” by Eve Birch, who was once homeless - “A Taste of Success” by Geoffrey Canada, president and CEO of the Harlem Children’s Zone - “Listening Is Powerful Medicine” by Dr. Alicia Conill, who learned an important lesson from an elderly patient - “Inviting the World to Dinner” by Jim Haynes, who has welcomed strangers into his home each week for 30 years - “Finding Our Common Ground” by Robin Mize, a liberal from a conservative family - “To Hear Your Inner Voice” by Christine Todd Whitman, former governor of New Jersey and many more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' Ram Nidumolu Mon, 07 Oct 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Birds in a Tree: Timeless Indian Wisdom for Business Leaders Author: Ram Nidumolu Narrator: Jim Manchester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Looking back to the ancient knowledge of the Indian scripture, the Upanishads, Ram Nidumolu finds the core philosophy of sustainable leadership that's needed today. In this remarkable book, he uses a powerful parable from these scriptures to create a business vision that our world desperately needs. 'There are two birds, two sweet friends, who dwell in the selfsame tree,' says the Upanishads. The first bird, dwelling on the lower part of the tree, lives 'in sorrow and anxiety.' Unable to see beyond the branches, it hops around compulsively indulging its appetites, eating every fruit, sweet and sour. The other bird, higher up, can see the whole tree and the wider world—this perspective puts it in touch with its innate sense of being, the quality of existence that it shares in common with all other living beings and the natural world. Content, it 'looks on in compassionate silence' at the other bird. Ram Nidumolu's beautiful book on business leadership uses this allegory to highlight why many businesses are distrusted by the public and contribute to social ills like environmental destruction, wealth inequality, and climate change: they mimic the bird on the lower branch. But can business, compassion, and stewardship really coexist? Ram's surprising insight is to hearken back to ancient wisdom traditions to reclaim their lessons for acting in accordance with our connection to Being. Two Birds in a Tree uses evocative parables and stories from the Upanishads to introduce Being-centered leadership. Being-centered leaders are guided by an innate sense of interconnection—the good of the whole becomes an integral part of their decisions and actions. Using the experiences of over twenty trailblazing CEOs, as well as those from his own life, Nidumolu describes a four-stage road map every aspiring leader can use to reconnect business to the wider world—to the benefit of all. It is time, he writes, to 'look up from our rickety perch on the lower branch of a storm-tossed tree and begin the journey to the higher branch.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind: Updated Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind introduces and explains the mind-focusing techniques that remove the subconscious obstacles that prevent us from achieving the success we want-and deserve. This authorized edition of Dr. Murphy's keystone work is the first premium mass market edition to feature additional commentary drawn from his unpublished writings. As practical as it is inspiring, Dr. Murphy's work demonstrates with real-life examples the way to unleash extraordinary mental powers to build self-confidence, create harmonious relationships, gain professional success, amass wealth, conquer fears and phobias, banish bad habits, and even to effect physical healing and promote overall well-being and happiness. Joseph Murphy Thu, 24 Dec 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196581 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind: Updated Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind introduces and explains the mind-focusing techniques that remove the subconscious obstacles that prevent us from achieving the success we want-and deserve. This authorized edition of Dr. Murphy's keystone work is the first premium mass market edition to feature additional commentary drawn from his unpublished writings. As practical as it is inspiring, Dr. Murphy's work demonstrates with real-life examples the way to unleash extraordinary mental powers to build self-confidence, create harmonious relationships, gain professional success, amass wealth, conquer fears and phobias, banish bad habits, and even to effect physical healing and promote overall well-being and happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind: Updated Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 11 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Power of Your Subconscious Mind introduces and explains the mind-focusing techniques that remove the subconscious obstacles that prevent us from achieving the success we want-and deserve. This authorized edition of Dr. Murphy's keystone work is the first premium mass market edition to feature additional commentary drawn from his unpublished writings. As practical as it is inspiring, Dr. Murphy's work demonstrates with real-life examples the way to unleash extraordinary mental powers to build self-confidence, create harmonious relationships, gain professional success, amass wealth, conquer fears and phobias, banish bad habits, and even to effect physical healing and promote overall well-being and happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194286 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Communicating Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Zen master Thick Nhat Hanh, bestselling author of Peace is Every Step and one of the most respected and celebrated religious leaders in the world, delivers a powerful path to happiness through mastering life's most important skill. How do we say what we mean in a way that the other person can really hear? How can we listen with compassion and understanding? Communication fuels the ties that bind, whether in relationships, business, or everyday interactions. Most of us, however, have never been taught the fundamental skills of communication—or how to best represent our true selves. Effective communication is as important to our well-being and happiness as the food we put into our bodies. It can be either healthy (and nourishing) or toxic (and destructive). In this precise and practical guide, Zen master and Buddhist monk Thick Nhat Hanh reveals how to listen mindfully and express your fullest and most authentic self. With examples from his work with couples, families, and international conflicts, The Art of Communicating helps us move beyond the perils and frustrations of misrepresentation and misunderstanding to learn the listening and speaking skills that will forever change how we experience and impact the world. Thich Nhat Hanh Tue, 13 Aug 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194286 thebookvoice.com 3:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Communicating Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Zen master Thick Nhat Hanh, bestselling author of Peace is Every Step and one of the most respected and celebrated religious leaders in the world, delivers a powerful path to happiness through mastering life's most important skill. How do we say what we mean in a way that the other person can really hear? How can we listen with compassion and understanding? Communication fuels the ties that bind, whether in relationships, business, or everyday interactions. Most of us, however, have never been taught the fundamental skills of communication—or how to best represent our true selves. Effective communication is as important to our well-being and happiness as the food we put into our bodies. It can be either healthy (and nourishing) or toxic (and destructive). In this precise and practical guide, Zen master and Buddhist monk Thick Nhat Hanh reveals how to listen mindfully and express your fullest and most authentic self. With examples from his work with couples, families, and international conflicts, The Art of Communicating helps us move beyond the perils and frustrations of misrepresentation and misunderstanding to learn the listening and speaking skills that will forever change how we experience and impact the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Communicating Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Zen master Thick Nhat Hanh, bestselling author of Peace is Every Step and one of the most respected and celebrated religious leaders in the world, delivers a powerful path to happiness through mastering life's most important skill. How do we say what we mean in a way that the other person can really hear? How can we listen with compassion and understanding? Communication fuels the ties that bind, whether in relationships, business, or everyday interactions. Most of us, however, have never been taught the fundamental skills of communication—or how to best represent our true selves. Effective communication is as important to our well-being and happiness as the food we put into our bodies. It can be either healthy (and nourishing) or toxic (and destructive). In this precise and practical guide, Zen master and Buddhist monk Thick Nhat Hanh reveals how to listen mindfully and express your fullest and most authentic self. With examples from his work with couples, families, and international conflicts, The Art of Communicating helps us move beyond the perils and frustrations of misrepresentation and misunderstanding to learn the listening and speaking skills that will forever change how we experience and impact the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching a Nerve: The Self As Brain Author: Patricia S. Churchland Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A trailblazing philosopher’s exploration of the latest brain science—and its ethical and practical implications. What happens when we accept that everything we feel and think stems not from an immaterial spirit but from electrical and chemical activity in our brains? In this thought-provoking narrative—drawn from professional expertise as well as personal life experiences—trailblazing neurophilosopher Patricia S. Churchland grounds the philosophy of mind in the essential ingredients of biology. She reflects with humor on how she came to harmonize science and philosophy, the mind and the brain, abstract ideals and daily life. Offering lucid explanations of the neural workings that underlie identity, she reveals how the latest research into consciousness, memory, and free will can help us reexamine enduring philosophical, ethical, and spiritual questions: What shapes our personalities? How do we account for near-death experiences? How do we make decisions? And why do we feel empathy for others? Recent scientific discoveries also provide insights into a fascinating range of real-world dilemmas—for example, whether an adolescent can be held responsible for his actions and whether a patient in a coma can be considered a self. Churchland appreciates that the brain-based understanding of the mind can unnerve even our greatest thinkers. At a conference she attended, a prominent philosopher cried out, “I hate the brain; I hate the brain!” But as Churchland shows, he need not feel this way. Accepting that our brains are the basis of who we are liberates us from the shackles of superstition. It allows us to take ourselves seriously as a product of evolved mechanisms, past experiences, and social influences. And it gives us hope that we can fix some grievous conditions, and when we cannot, we can at least understand them with compassion. Patricia S. Churchland Mon, 22 Jul 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194212 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching a Nerve: The Self As Brain Author: Patricia S. Churchland Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A trailblazing philosopher’s exploration of the latest brain science—and its ethical and practical implications. What happens when we accept that everything we feel and think stems not from an immaterial spirit but from electrical and chemical activity in our brains? In this thought-provoking narrative—drawn from professional expertise as well as personal life experiences—trailblazing neurophilosopher Patricia S. Churchland grounds the philosophy of mind in the essential ingredients of biology. She reflects with humor on how she came to harmonize science and philosophy, the mind and the brain, abstract ideals and daily life. Offering lucid explanations of the neural workings that underlie identity, she reveals how the latest research into consciousness, memory, and free will can help us reexamine enduring philosophical, ethical, and spiritual questions: What shapes our personalities? How do we account for near-death experiences? How do we make decisions? And why do we feel empathy for others? Recent scientific discoveries also provide insights into a fascinating range of real-world dilemmas—for example, whether an adolescent can be held responsible for his actions and whether a patient in a coma can be considered a self. Churchland appreciates that the brain-based understanding of the mind can unnerve even our greatest thinkers. At a conference she attended, a prominent philosopher cried out, “I hate the brain; I hate the brain!” But as Churchland shows, he need not feel this way. Accepting that our brains are the basis of who we are liberates us from the shackles of superstition. It allows us to take ourselves seriously as a product of evolved mechanisms, past experiences, and social influences. And it gives us hope that we can fix some grievous conditions, and when we cannot, we can at least understand them with compassion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching a Nerve: The Self As Brain Author: Patricia S. Churchland Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: A trailblazing philosopher’s exploration of the latest brain science—and its ethical and practical implications. What happens when we accept that everything we feel and think stems not from an immaterial spirit but from electrical and chemical activity in our brains? In this thought-provoking narrative—drawn from professional expertise as well as personal life experiences—trailblazing neurophilosopher Patricia S. Churchland grounds the philosophy of mind in the essential ingredients of biology. She reflects with humor on how she came to harmonize science and philosophy, the mind and the brain, abstract ideals and daily life. Offering lucid explanations of the neural workings that underlie identity, she reveals how the latest research into consciousness, memory, and free will can help us reexamine enduring philosophical, ethical, and spiritual questions: What shapes our personalities? How do we account for near-death experiences? How do we make decisions? And why do we feel empathy for others? Recent scientific discoveries also provide insights into a fascinating range of real-world dilemmas—for example, whether an adolescent can be held responsible for his actions and whether a patient in a coma can be considered a self. Churchland appreciates that the brain-based understanding of the mind can unnerve even our greatest thinkers. At a conference she attended, a prominent philosopher cried out, “I hate the brain; I hate the brain!” But as Churchland shows, he need not feel this way. Accepting that our brains are the basis of who we are liberates us from the shackles of superstition. It allows us to take ourselves seriously as a product of evolved mechanisms, past experiences, and social influences. And it gives us hope that we can fix some grievous conditions, and when we cannot, we can at least understand them with compassion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Physics: An Exploration of the Parallels between Modern Physics and Eastern Mysticism Author: Fritjof Capra Narrator: Michael McConnohie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Science does not need mysticism and mysticism does not need science, but man needs both.' —Fritjof Capra, Ph.D. Their paths to the truth could not be more different—but the amazing thing is that, in their own ways, the mystics and the scientists are discovering the same truths about our world. In non-technical language, with no complex mathematics or formulae, this thought-provoking program explores the main concepts and theories of modern physics, the revelations coming from particle accelerators and laboratories—and compares them with the ancient tenets of Hinduism, Buddhism and Taoism. In the process, we gain a clear and fascinating picture of how such seemingly disparate areas of thought are ultimately quests for the same kind of understanding. Fritjof Capra Sat, 01 Mar 2003 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191943 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Physics: An Exploration of the Parallels between Modern Physics and Eastern Mysticism Author: Fritjof Capra Narrator: Michael McConnohie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Science does not need mysticism and mysticism does not need science, but man needs both.' —Fritjof Capra, Ph.D. Their paths to the truth could not be more different—but the amazing thing is that, in their own ways, the mystics and the scientists are discovering the same truths about our world. In non-technical language, with no complex mathematics or formulae, this thought-provoking program explores the main concepts and theories of modern physics, the revelations coming from particle accelerators and laboratories—and compares them with the ancient tenets of Hinduism, Buddhism and Taoism. In the process, we gain a clear and fascinating picture of how such seemingly disparate areas of thought are ultimately quests for the same kind of understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Physics: An Exploration of the Parallels between Modern Physics and Eastern Mysticism Author: Fritjof Capra Narrator: Michael McConnohie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'Science does not need mysticism and mysticism does not need science, but man needs both.' —Fritjof Capra, Ph.D. Their paths to the truth could not be more different—but the amazing thing is that, in their own ways, the mystics and the scientists are discovering the same truths about our world. In non-technical language, with no complex mathematics or formulae, this thought-provoking program explores the main concepts and theories of modern physics, the revelations coming from particle accelerators and laboratories—and compares them with the ancient tenets of Hinduism, Buddhism and Taoism. In the process, we gain a clear and fascinating picture of how such seemingly disparate areas of thought are ultimately quests for the same kind of understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path to Enlightenment Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Ken McLeod Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this extensive lesson, Tenzin Gyatso, the Fourteenth Dalai Lama, beautifully elucidates the meaning of the path to enlightenment. His discourse arises from the Third Dalai Lama's brilliant and powerful work, Essence of Refined Gold, a classic text that summarizes the meaning of all Buddha's teachings. The subject of Essence is the Lam Rim, a term that literally means 'stages on the spiritual path.' Through his insightful exploration and interpretation of Essence of Refined Gold, the Dalai Lama speaks directly to the listener, offering spiritual advice, personal reflections, and scriptural commentary. He also describes in practical terms the essential instructions the student must follow to attain enlightenment. With this program, you can explore the depths of your consciousness and ultimately see the world and yourself in a totally new light. Its direct approach and lucid style make The Path to Enlightenment one of the most accessible introductions to Tibetan Buddhism ever published. The Dalai Lama Sat, 01 Mar 2003 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191933 thebookvoice.com 3:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path to Enlightenment Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Ken McLeod Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this extensive lesson, Tenzin Gyatso, the Fourteenth Dalai Lama, beautifully elucidates the meaning of the path to enlightenment. His discourse arises from the Third Dalai Lama's brilliant and powerful work, Essence of Refined Gold, a classic text that summarizes the meaning of all Buddha's teachings. The subject of Essence is the Lam Rim, a term that literally means 'stages on the spiritual path.' Through his insightful exploration and interpretation of Essence of Refined Gold, the Dalai Lama speaks directly to the listener, offering spiritual advice, personal reflections, and scriptural commentary. He also describes in practical terms the essential instructions the student must follow to attain enlightenment. With this program, you can explore the depths of your consciousness and ultimately see the world and yourself in a totally new light. Its direct approach and lucid style make The Path to Enlightenment one of the most accessible introductions to Tibetan Buddhism ever published. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path to Enlightenment Author: The Dalai Lama Narrator: Ken McLeod Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In this extensive lesson, Tenzin Gyatso, the Fourteenth Dalai Lama, beautifully elucidates the meaning of the path to enlightenment. His discourse arises from the Third Dalai Lama's brilliant and powerful work, Essence of Refined Gold, a classic text that summarizes the meaning of all Buddha's teachings. The subject of Essence is the Lam Rim, a term that literally means 'stages on the spiritual path.' Through his insightful exploration and interpretation of Essence of Refined Gold, the Dalai Lama speaks directly to the listener, offering spiritual advice, personal reflections, and scriptural commentary. He also describes in practical terms the essential instructions the student must follow to attain enlightenment. With this program, you can explore the depths of your consciousness and ultimately see the world and yourself in a totally new light. Its direct approach and lucid style make The Path to Enlightenment one of the most accessible introductions to Tibetan Buddhism ever published. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Five Rings: The Classic Text of Principles, Craft, Skill and Samurai Strategy that Changed the American Way of Doing Business Author: Miyamoto Musashi Narrator: Stanley Ralph Ross Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The classic book of strategy A Book of Five Rings is now available on CD. Miyamoto Musashi was renowned in his own time as an invincible warrior, a master artisan, an author, and philosopher. Today, his philosophy is still revered by the Japanese and used as a guide for daily decision-making—and business strategy. He wrote A Book of Five Rings not only as a thesis on doing battle, but also as a way to approach and live all aspects of life—'any situation where plans and tactics are used.' When A Book of Five Rings first appeared on North American bookshelves in 1974, its message took the business community by storm. It provided insight into the then-emerging Japanese influence and offered a new way to think about business. It instantly became a vital tool for assured success and has remained so ever since. The principles in this work are as true today as they were over 300 years ago, and are as valid for business negotiations as for hand-to-hand combat. Based in the principles of Zen and advocating a hands-on approach to mastering the skills for winning, A Book of Five Rings is very likely the most perceptive guide to strategy ever written. Miyamoto Musashi Wed, 01 Oct 2003 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191782 thebookvoice.com 1:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Five Rings: The Classic Text of Principles, Craft, Skill and Samurai Strategy that Changed the American Way of Doing Business Author: Miyamoto Musashi Narrator: Stanley Ralph Ross Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The classic book of strategy A Book of Five Rings is now available on CD. Miyamoto Musashi was renowned in his own time as an invincible warrior, a master artisan, an author, and philosopher. Today, his philosophy is still revered by the Japanese and used as a guide for daily decision-making—and business strategy. He wrote A Book of Five Rings not only as a thesis on doing battle, but also as a way to approach and live all aspects of life—'any situation where plans and tactics are used.' When A Book of Five Rings first appeared on North American bookshelves in 1974, its message took the business community by storm. It provided insight into the then-emerging Japanese influence and offered a new way to think about business. It instantly became a vital tool for assured success and has remained so ever since. The principles in this work are as true today as they were over 300 years ago, and are as valid for business negotiations as for hand-to-hand combat. Based in the principles of Zen and advocating a hands-on approach to mastering the skills for winning, A Book of Five Rings is very likely the most perceptive guide to strategy ever written. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Five Rings: The Classic Text of Principles, Craft, Skill and Samurai Strategy that Changed the American Way of Doing Business Author: Miyamoto Musashi Narrator: Stanley Ralph Ross Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The classic book of strategy A Book of Five Rings is now available on CD. Miyamoto Musashi was renowned in his own time as an invincible warrior, a master artisan, an author, and philosopher. Today, his philosophy is still revered by the Japanese and used as a guide for daily decision-making—and business strategy. He wrote A Book of Five Rings not only as a thesis on doing battle, but also as a way to approach and live all aspects of life—'any situation where plans and tactics are used.' When A Book of Five Rings first appeared on North American bookshelves in 1974, its message took the business community by storm. It provided insight into the then-emerging Japanese influence and offered a new way to think about business. It instantly became a vital tool for assured success and has remained so ever since. The principles in this work are as true today as they were over 300 years ago, and are as valid for business negotiations as for hand-to-hand combat. Based in the principles of Zen and advocating a hands-on approach to mastering the skills for winning, A Book of Five Rings is very likely the most perceptive guide to strategy ever written. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking In Numbers: On Life, Love, Meaning, and Math Author: Daniel Tammet Narrator: Daniel Tammet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The irresistibly engaging book that 'enlarges one's wonder at Tammet's mind and his all-embracing vision of the world as grounded in numbers' (Oliver Sacks, MD). Thinking in Numbers is the book that Daniel Tammet, mathematical savant and bestselling author, was born to write. In Tammet's world, numbers are beautiful and mathematics illuminates our lives and minds. Using anecdotes, everyday examples, and ruminations on history, literature, and more, Tammet allows us to share his unique insights and delight in the way numbers, fractions, and equations underpin all our lives. Inspired variously by the complexity of snowflakes, Anne Boleyn's eleven fingers, and his many siblings, Tammet explores questions such as why time seems to speed up as we age, whether there is such a thing as an average person, and how we can make sense of those we love. His provocative and inspiring new book will change the way you think about math and fire your imagination to view the world with fresh eyes. Daniel Tammet Tue, 30 Jul 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180234 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking In Numbers: On Life, Love, Meaning, and Math Author: Daniel Tammet Narrator: Daniel Tammet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The irresistibly engaging book that 'enlarges one's wonder at Tammet's mind and his all-embracing vision of the world as grounded in numbers' (Oliver Sacks, MD). Thinking in Numbers is the book that Daniel Tammet, mathematical savant and bestselling author, was born to write. In Tammet's world, numbers are beautiful and mathematics illuminates our lives and minds. Using anecdotes, everyday examples, and ruminations on history, literature, and more, Tammet allows us to share his unique insights and delight in the way numbers, fractions, and equations underpin all our lives. Inspired variously by the complexity of snowflakes, Anne Boleyn's eleven fingers, and his many siblings, Tammet explores questions such as why time seems to speed up as we age, whether there is such a thing as an average person, and how we can make sense of those we love. His provocative and inspiring new book will change the way you think about math and fire your imagination to view the world with fresh eyes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking In Numbers: On Life, Love, Meaning, and Math Author: Daniel Tammet Narrator: Daniel Tammet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The irresistibly engaging book that 'enlarges one's wonder at Tammet's mind and his all-embracing vision of the world as grounded in numbers' (Oliver Sacks, MD). Thinking in Numbers is the book that Daniel Tammet, mathematical savant and bestselling author, was born to write. In Tammet's world, numbers are beautiful and mathematics illuminates our lives and minds. Using anecdotes, everyday examples, and ruminations on history, literature, and more, Tammet allows us to share his unique insights and delight in the way numbers, fractions, and equations underpin all our lives. Inspired variously by the complexity of snowflakes, Anne Boleyn's eleven fingers, and his many siblings, Tammet explores questions such as why time seems to speed up as we age, whether there is such a thing as an average person, and how we can make sense of those we love. His provocative and inspiring new book will change the way you think about math and fire your imagination to view the world with fresh eyes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself Author: Adam Rutherford Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is life? Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own. In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction. Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before. Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet. Adam Rutherford Thu, 13 Jun 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself Author: Adam Rutherford Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is life? Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own. In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction. Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before. Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself Author: Adam Rutherford Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: What is life? Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own. In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction. Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before. Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Philosophy Classics: Thinking, Being, Acting, Seeing, Profound Insights and Powerful Thinking from Fifty Key Books Author: Tom Butler-Bowdon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Aristotle to Wittgenstein and Zizek, 50 Philosophy Classics provides a lively entry point to the field of philosophy. Analyses of key works by Descartes, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Heidegger, and Nietzsche also show how philosophy helped shape the thinking and events of the last 150 years. The list also includes 20th century greats including de Beauvoir, Foucault, Kuhn, and Sartre, along with contemporary philosophy including the writings and ideas of Peter Singer, Noam Chomsky, Harry Frankfurt, and Nassim Nicholas Taleb. 50 Philosophy Classics explores key writings that have shaped the discipline and impacted the real world. From Aristotle, Plato, and Epicurus in ancient times, to John Stuart Mill’s manifesto for individual freedom and Ralph Waldo Emerson’s struggle to understand fate as person versus the universe. Most notably, Butler-Bowdon takes readers beyond the twentieth century to introduce contemporary thinkers like Slavoj Zizek, who suggests that the fight for food and water, a biogenetic revolution, and social indicate the apocalyptic end of global liberal capitalism. Tom Butler-Bowdon Tue, 28 May 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180098 thebookvoice.com 13:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Philosophy Classics: Thinking, Being, Acting, Seeing, Profound Insights and Powerful Thinking from Fifty Key Books Author: Tom Butler-Bowdon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Aristotle to Wittgenstein and Zizek, 50 Philosophy Classics provides a lively entry point to the field of philosophy. Analyses of key works by Descartes, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Heidegger, and Nietzsche also show how philosophy helped shape the thinking and events of the last 150 years. The list also includes 20th century greats including de Beauvoir, Foucault, Kuhn, and Sartre, along with contemporary philosophy including the writings and ideas of Peter Singer, Noam Chomsky, Harry Frankfurt, and Nassim Nicholas Taleb. 50 Philosophy Classics explores key writings that have shaped the discipline and impacted the real world. From Aristotle, Plato, and Epicurus in ancient times, to John Stuart Mill’s manifesto for individual freedom and Ralph Waldo Emerson’s struggle to understand fate as person versus the universe. Most notably, Butler-Bowdon takes readers beyond the twentieth century to introduce contemporary thinkers like Slavoj Zizek, who suggests that the fight for food and water, a biogenetic revolution, and social indicate the apocalyptic end of global liberal capitalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Philosophy Classics: Thinking, Being, Acting, Seeing, Profound Insights and Powerful Thinking from Fifty Key Books Author: Tom Butler-Bowdon Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Aristotle to Wittgenstein and Zizek, 50 Philosophy Classics provides a lively entry point to the field of philosophy. Analyses of key works by Descartes, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Heidegger, and Nietzsche also show how philosophy helped shape the thinking and events of the last 150 years. The list also includes 20th century greats including de Beauvoir, Foucault, Kuhn, and Sartre, along with contemporary philosophy including the writings and ideas of Peter Singer, Noam Chomsky, Harry Frankfurt, and Nassim Nicholas Taleb. 50 Philosophy Classics explores key writings that have shaped the discipline and impacted the real world. From Aristotle, Plato, and Epicurus in ancient times, to John Stuart Mill’s manifesto for individual freedom and Ralph Waldo Emerson’s struggle to understand fate as person versus the universe. Most notably, Butler-Bowdon takes readers beyond the twentieth century to introduce contemporary thinkers like Slavoj Zizek, who suggests that the fight for food and water, a biogenetic revolution, and social indicate the apocalyptic end of global liberal capitalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Genealogy of Morals Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Iain Friends, Duncan Steen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is one of the most accessible of Nietzsche’s works. It was published in 1887, a year after Beyond Good and Evil, and he intended it to be a continuation of the investigation into the theme of morality. In the first work, Nietzsche attacked the notion of morality as nothing more than institutionalised weakness, and he criticised past philosophers for their unquestioning acceptance of moral precepts. In On the Genealogy of Morals, subtitled ‘A Polemic’, Nietzsche furthers his pursuit of a clarity that is less tainted by imposed prejudices. He looks at the way attitudes towards ‘morality’ evolved and the way congenital ideas of morality were heavily coloured by the Judaic and Christian traditions. Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Tue, 04 Jun 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180046 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Genealogy of Morals Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Iain Friends, Duncan Steen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is one of the most accessible of Nietzsche’s works. It was published in 1887, a year after Beyond Good and Evil, and he intended it to be a continuation of the investigation into the theme of morality. In the first work, Nietzsche attacked the notion of morality as nothing more than institutionalised weakness, and he criticised past philosophers for their unquestioning acceptance of moral precepts. In On the Genealogy of Morals, subtitled ‘A Polemic’, Nietzsche furthers his pursuit of a clarity that is less tainted by imposed prejudices. He looks at the way attitudes towards ‘morality’ evolved and the way congenital ideas of morality were heavily coloured by the Judaic and Christian traditions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Genealogy of Morals Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Iain Friends, Duncan Steen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is one of the most accessible of Nietzsche’s works. It was published in 1887, a year after Beyond Good and Evil, and he intended it to be a continuation of the investigation into the theme of morality. In the first work, Nietzsche attacked the notion of morality as nothing more than institutionalised weakness, and he criticised past philosophers for their unquestioning acceptance of moral precepts. In On the Genealogy of Morals, subtitled ‘A Polemic’, Nietzsche furthers his pursuit of a clarity that is less tainted by imposed prejudices. He looks at the way attitudes towards ‘morality’ evolved and the way congenital ideas of morality were heavily coloured by the Judaic and Christian traditions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177462 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La verdad sobre 'El Código Da Vinci' Author: José Antonio Ullate Fabo Narrator: Juan Miguel Díez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: ¿Estuvo casado Jesús? ¿Es la Iglesia una organización nacida para ocultar la verdad sobre Cristo? ¿Son los evangelios una fabricación encargada por el emperador romano Constantino para obtener mayor poder? ¿Qué es el Priorato de Sion? ¿Y el culto a la diosa? Millones de personas han leído El código Da Vinci y han quedado capturados por el intenso ritmo y por los asombrosos datos que revela la novela. ¿Hasta dónde llega la ficción y dónde comienza la realidad? La verdad sobre «El código Da Vinci» desvela los enigmas de la novela de Dan Brown y todo lo que se oculta en la intriga del famoso superventas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - José Antonio Ullate, licenciado en Derecho, periodista y escritor, ha sido redactor jefe del semanario de información religiosa Alfa y Omega y coordinador de Fe y Razón. José Antonio Ullate Fabo Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177462 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La verdad sobre 'El Código Da Vinci' Author: José Antonio Ullate Fabo Narrator: Juan Miguel Díez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: ¿Estuvo casado Jesús? ¿Es la Iglesia una organización nacida para ocultar la verdad sobre Cristo? ¿Son los evangelios una fabricación encargada por el emperador romano Constantino para obtener mayor poder? ¿Qué es el Priorato de Sion? ¿Y el culto a la diosa? Millones de personas han leído El código Da Vinci y han quedado capturados por el intenso ritmo y por los asombrosos datos que revela la novela. ¿Hasta dónde llega la ficción y dónde comienza la realidad? La verdad sobre «El código Da Vinci» desvela los enigmas de la novela de Dan Brown y todo lo que se oculta en la intriga del famoso superventas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - José Antonio Ullate, licenciado en Derecho, periodista y escritor, ha sido redactor jefe del semanario de información religiosa Alfa y Omega y coordinador de Fe y Razón. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La verdad sobre 'El Código Da Vinci' Author: José Antonio Ullate Fabo Narrator: Juan Miguel Díez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: ¿Estuvo casado Jesús? ¿Es la Iglesia una organización nacida para ocultar la verdad sobre Cristo? ¿Son los evangelios una fabricación encargada por el emperador romano Constantino para obtener mayor poder? ¿Qué es el Priorato de Sion? ¿Y el culto a la diosa? Millones de personas han leído El código Da Vinci y han quedado capturados por el intenso ritmo y por los asombrosos datos que revela la novela. ¿Hasta dónde llega la ficción y dónde comienza la realidad? La verdad sobre «El código Da Vinci» desvela los enigmas de la novela de Dan Brown y todo lo que se oculta en la intriga del famoso superventas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - José Antonio Ullate, licenciado en Derecho, periodista y escritor, ha sido redactor jefe del semanario de información religiosa Alfa y Omega y coordinador de Fe y Razón. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. Annalee Newitz Tue, 14 May 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386 thebookvoice.com 10:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfaces and Essences: Analogy as the Fuel and Fire of Thinking Author: Douglas Hofstadter, Emmanuel Sander Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Analogy is the core of all thinking. This is the simple but unorthodox premise that Pulitzer Prize–winning author Douglas Hofstadter and French psychologist Emmanuel Sander defend in their new work. Hofstadter has been grappling with the mysteries of human thought for over thirty years. Now, with his trademark wit and special talent for making complex ideas vivid, he has partnered with Sander to put forth a highly novel perspective on cognition. We are constantly faced with a swirling and intermingling multitude of ill-defined situations. Our brain’s job is to try to make sense of this unpredictable, swarming chaos of stimuli. How does it do so? The ceaseless hail of input triggers analogies galore, helping us to pinpoint the essence of what is going on. Often this means the spontaneous evocation of words, sometimes idioms, sometimes the triggering of nameless, long-buried memories. Why did two-year-old Camille proudly exclaim, “I undressed the banana!”? Why do people who hear a story often blurt out, “Exactly the same thing happened to me!” when it was a completely different event? How do we recognize an aggressive driver from a split-second glance in our rearview mirror? What in a friend’s remark triggers the offhand reply, “That’s just sour grapes”? What did Albert Einstein see that made him suspect that light consists of particles when a century of research had driven the final nail in the coffin of that long-dead idea? The answer to all these questions, of course, is analogy-making—the meat and potatoes, the heart and soul, the fuel and fire, the gist and the crux, the lifeblood and the wellsprings of thought. Analogy-making, far from happening at rare intervals, occurs at all moments, defining thinking from top to toe, from the tiniest and most fleeting thoughts to the most creative scientific insights. Like Gödel, Escher, Bach before it, Surfaces and Essences will profoundly enrich our understanding of our own minds. By plunging the listener into an extraordinary variety of colorful situations involving language, thought, and memory, by revealing bit by bit the constantly churning cognitive mechanisms normally completely hidden from view, and by discovering in them one central, invariant core—the incessant, unconscious quest for strong analogical links to past experiences—this book puts forth a radical and deeply surprising new vision of the act of thinking. Douglas Hofstadter, Emmanuel Sander Tue, 30 Apr 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177203 thebookvoice.com 33:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfaces and Essences: Analogy as the Fuel and Fire of Thinking Author: Douglas Hofstadter, Emmanuel Sander Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Analogy is the core of all thinking. This is the simple but unorthodox premise that Pulitzer Prize–winning author Douglas Hofstadter and French psychologist Emmanuel Sander defend in their new work. Hofstadter has been grappling with the mysteries of human thought for over thirty years. Now, with his trademark wit and special talent for making complex ideas vivid, he has partnered with Sander to put forth a highly novel perspective on cognition. We are constantly faced with a swirling and intermingling multitude of ill-defined situations. Our brain’s job is to try to make sense of this unpredictable, swarming chaos of stimuli. How does it do so? The ceaseless hail of input triggers analogies galore, helping us to pinpoint the essence of what is going on. Often this means the spontaneous evocation of words, sometimes idioms, sometimes the triggering of nameless, long-buried memories. Why did two-year-old Camille proudly exclaim, “I undressed the banana!”? Why do people who hear a story often blurt out, “Exactly the same thing happened to me!” when it was a completely different event? How do we recognize an aggressive driver from a split-second glance in our rearview mirror? What in a friend’s remark triggers the offhand reply, “That’s just sour grapes”? What did Albert Einstein see that made him suspect that light consists of particles when a century of research had driven the final nail in the coffin of that long-dead idea? The answer to all these questions, of course, is analogy-making—the meat and potatoes, the heart and soul, the fuel and fire, the gist and the crux, the lifeblood and the wellsprings of thought. Analogy-making, far from happening at rare intervals, occurs at all moments, defining thinking from top to toe, from the tiniest and most fleeting thoughts to the most creative scientific insights. Like Gödel, Escher, Bach before it, Surfaces and Essences will profoundly enrich our understanding of our own minds. By plunging the listener into an extraordinary variety of colorful situations involving language, thought, and memory, by revealing bit by bit the constantly churning cognitive mechanisms normally completely hidden from view, and by discovering in them one central, invariant core—the incessant, unconscious quest for strong analogical links to past experiences—this book puts forth a radical and deeply surprising new vision of the act of thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfaces and Essences: Analogy as the Fuel and Fire of Thinking Author: Douglas Hofstadter, Emmanuel Sander Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Analogy is the core of all thinking. This is the simple but unorthodox premise that Pulitzer Prize–winning author Douglas Hofstadter and French psychologist Emmanuel Sander defend in their new work. Hofstadter has been grappling with the mysteries of human thought for over thirty years. Now, with his trademark wit and special talent for making complex ideas vivid, he has partnered with Sander to put forth a highly novel perspective on cognition. We are constantly faced with a swirling and intermingling multitude of ill-defined situations. Our brain’s job is to try to make sense of this unpredictable, swarming chaos of stimuli. How does it do so? The ceaseless hail of input triggers analogies galore, helping us to pinpoint the essence of what is going on. Often this means the spontaneous evocation of words, sometimes idioms, sometimes the triggering of nameless, long-buried memories. Why did two-year-old Camille proudly exclaim, “I undressed the banana!”? Why do people who hear a story often blurt out, “Exactly the same thing happened to me!” when it was a completely different event? How do we recognize an aggressive driver from a split-second glance in our rearview mirror? What in a friend’s remark triggers the offhand reply, “That’s just sour grapes”? What did Albert Einstein see that made him suspect that light consists of particles when a century of research had driven the final nail in the coffin of that long-dead idea? The answer to all these questions, of course, is analogy-making—the meat and potatoes, the heart and soul, the fuel and fire, the gist and the crux, the lifeblood and the wellsprings of thought. Analogy-making, far from happening at rare intervals, occurs at all moments, defining thinking from top to toe, from the tiniest and most fleeting thoughts to the most creative scientific insights. Like Gödel, Escher, Bach before it, Surfaces and Essences will profoundly enrich our understanding of our own minds. By plunging the listener into an extraordinary variety of colorful situations involving language, thought, and memory, by revealing bit by bit the constantly churning cognitive mechanisms normally completely hidden from view, and by discovering in them one central, invariant core—the incessant, unconscious quest for strong analogical links to past experiences—this book puts forth a radical and deeply surprising new vision of the act of thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Jeff Crawford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Over a storied career, Daniel C. Dennett has engaged questions about science and the workings of the mind. His answers have combined rigorous argument with strong empirical grounding. And a lot of fun. Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking offers seventy-seven of Dennett’s most successful “imagination-extenders and focus-holders” meant to guide you through some of life’s most treacherous subject matter: evolution, meaning, mind, and free will. With patience and wit, Dennett deftly deploys his thinking tools to gain traction on these thorny issues while offering listeners insight into how and why each tool was built. Alongside well-known favorites like Occam’s Razor and reductio ad absurdum lie thrilling descriptions of Dennett’s own creations: Trapped in the Robot Control Room, Beware of the Prime Mammal, and The Wandering Two-Bitser. Ranging across disciplines as diverse as psychology, biology, computer science, and physics, Dennett’s tools embrace in equal measure light-heartedness and accessibility as they welcome uninitiated and seasoned listeners alike. As always, his goal remains to teach you how to “think reliably and even gracefully about really hard questions.” A sweeping work of intellectual seriousness that’s also studded with impish delights, Intuition Pumps offers intrepid thinkers - in all walks of life - delicious opportunities to explore their pet ideas with powers. Daniel C. Dennett Mon, 06 May 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173809 thebookvoice.com 13:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Jeff Crawford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Over a storied career, Daniel C. Dennett has engaged questions about science and the workings of the mind. His answers have combined rigorous argument with strong empirical grounding. And a lot of fun. Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking offers seventy-seven of Dennett’s most successful “imagination-extenders and focus-holders” meant to guide you through some of life’s most treacherous subject matter: evolution, meaning, mind, and free will. With patience and wit, Dennett deftly deploys his thinking tools to gain traction on these thorny issues while offering listeners insight into how and why each tool was built. Alongside well-known favorites like Occam’s Razor and reductio ad absurdum lie thrilling descriptions of Dennett’s own creations: Trapped in the Robot Control Room, Beware of the Prime Mammal, and The Wandering Two-Bitser. Ranging across disciplines as diverse as psychology, biology, computer science, and physics, Dennett’s tools embrace in equal measure light-heartedness and accessibility as they welcome uninitiated and seasoned listeners alike. As always, his goal remains to teach you how to “think reliably and even gracefully about really hard questions.” A sweeping work of intellectual seriousness that’s also studded with impish delights, Intuition Pumps offers intrepid thinkers - in all walks of life - delicious opportunities to explore their pet ideas with powers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking Author: Daniel C. Dennett Narrator: Jeff Crawford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Over a storied career, Daniel C. Dennett has engaged questions about science and the workings of the mind. His answers have combined rigorous argument with strong empirical grounding. And a lot of fun. Intuition Pumps and Other Tools for Thinking offers seventy-seven of Dennett’s most successful “imagination-extenders and focus-holders” meant to guide you through some of life’s most treacherous subject matter: evolution, meaning, mind, and free will. With patience and wit, Dennett deftly deploys his thinking tools to gain traction on these thorny issues while offering listeners insight into how and why each tool was built. Alongside well-known favorites like Occam’s Razor and reductio ad absurdum lie thrilling descriptions of Dennett’s own creations: Trapped in the Robot Control Room, Beware of the Prime Mammal, and The Wandering Two-Bitser. Ranging across disciplines as diverse as psychology, biology, computer science, and physics, Dennett’s tools embrace in equal measure light-heartedness and accessibility as they welcome uninitiated and seasoned listeners alike. As always, his goal remains to teach you how to “think reliably and even gracefully about really hard questions.” A sweeping work of intellectual seriousness that’s also studded with impish delights, Intuition Pumps offers intrepid thinkers - in all walks of life - delicious opportunities to explore their pet ideas with powers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out: The Best Short Works of Richard P. Feynman Author: Richard P. Feynman Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out is a magnificent treasury of the best short works of Richard P. Feynman, from interviews and speeches to lectures and printed articles. A sweeping, wide-ranging collection, it presents an intimate and fascinating view of a life in science—a life like no other. From his ruminations on science in our culture to his Nobel Prize acceptance speech, this book will delight anyone interested in the world of ideas. 'From the irregular trivia of ordinary life mixed with a bit of scientific doodling and failure to the intense dramatic concentration as one closes in on the truth and the final elation (plus, with gradually decreasing frequency, the sudden sharp pangs of doubt)—that is how science is done.'—Richard P. Feynman to James D. Watson Richard P. Feynman Mon, 15 Apr 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172979 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out: The Best Short Works of Richard P. Feynman Author: Richard P. Feynman Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out is a magnificent treasury of the best short works of Richard P. Feynman, from interviews and speeches to lectures and printed articles. A sweeping, wide-ranging collection, it presents an intimate and fascinating view of a life in science—a life like no other. From his ruminations on science in our culture to his Nobel Prize acceptance speech, this book will delight anyone interested in the world of ideas. 'From the irregular trivia of ordinary life mixed with a bit of scientific doodling and failure to the intense dramatic concentration as one closes in on the truth and the final elation (plus, with gradually decreasing frequency, the sudden sharp pangs of doubt)—that is how science is done.'—Richard P. Feynman to James D. Watson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out: The Best Short Works of Richard P. Feynman Author: Richard P. Feynman Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 15, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Pleasure of Finding Things Out is a magnificent treasury of the best short works of Richard P. Feynman, from interviews and speeches to lectures and printed articles. A sweeping, wide-ranging collection, it presents an intimate and fascinating view of a life in science—a life like no other. From his ruminations on science in our culture to his Nobel Prize acceptance speech, this book will delight anyone interested in the world of ideas. 'From the irregular trivia of ordinary life mixed with a bit of scientific doodling and failure to the intense dramatic concentration as one closes in on the truth and the final elation (plus, with gradually decreasing frequency, the sudden sharp pangs of doubt)—that is how science is done.'—Richard P. Feynman to James D. Watson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Medicine: Breakthrough Practices to Heal the Body and Ignite the Spirit Author: Ana T. Forrest Narrator: Ana T. Forrest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As the creator of Forrest Yoga , Ana T. Forrest has been transforming people’s lives throughout the world for more than thirty-five years. Her unique blend of physical practice, Eastern wisdom, and profound Native American ceremony takes her teachings literally off the mat and into daily life—to heal everything from addictive behaviors and eating disorders to chronic pain and injury. In Fierce Medicine, Forrest tells her own story of healing from the scars of abuse and physical handicaps, and reveals the proven practices that enabled her to move beyond her past into a life committed to helping others reconnect with their bodies, cultivate balance, and start living in harmony with their Spirits. In her unique, powerful, and inviting voice, Ana Forrest reveals how to: - Learn to stalk fear and break free from it instead of running from it. - Be attentive to your body, discovering its own inherent healing properties. - Speak and act from a place of honesty and compassion. - Cultivate an open heart that is feeling, responsive, and reflexive and able to embrace change. - Harness your intuition and the courage to live in alignment with your Spirit. Whether you’ve never done yoga or are a seasoned practitioner, Ana Forrest’s practices, stories, and exercises will help you uncover your own warrior’s heart. With this wise woman as your trusted guide, you, too, can become centered, strong, and more alive than ever before. Ana T. Forrest Tue, 02 Apr 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172417 thebookvoice.com 11:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Medicine: Breakthrough Practices to Heal the Body and Ignite the Spirit Author: Ana T. Forrest Narrator: Ana T. Forrest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As the creator of Forrest Yoga , Ana T. Forrest has been transforming people’s lives throughout the world for more than thirty-five years. Her unique blend of physical practice, Eastern wisdom, and profound Native American ceremony takes her teachings literally off the mat and into daily life—to heal everything from addictive behaviors and eating disorders to chronic pain and injury. In Fierce Medicine, Forrest tells her own story of healing from the scars of abuse and physical handicaps, and reveals the proven practices that enabled her to move beyond her past into a life committed to helping others reconnect with their bodies, cultivate balance, and start living in harmony with their Spirits. In her unique, powerful, and inviting voice, Ana Forrest reveals how to: - Learn to stalk fear and break free from it instead of running from it. - Be attentive to your body, discovering its own inherent healing properties. - Speak and act from a place of honesty and compassion. - Cultivate an open heart that is feeling, responsive, and reflexive and able to embrace change. - Harness your intuition and the courage to live in alignment with your Spirit. Whether you’ve never done yoga or are a seasoned practitioner, Ana Forrest’s practices, stories, and exercises will help you uncover your own warrior’s heart. With this wise woman as your trusted guide, you, too, can become centered, strong, and more alive than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Medicine: Breakthrough Practices to Heal the Body and Ignite the Spirit Author: Ana T. Forrest Narrator: Ana T. Forrest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As the creator of Forrest Yoga , Ana T. Forrest has been transforming people’s lives throughout the world for more than thirty-five years. Her unique blend of physical practice, Eastern wisdom, and profound Native American ceremony takes her teachings literally off the mat and into daily life—to heal everything from addictive behaviors and eating disorders to chronic pain and injury. In Fierce Medicine, Forrest tells her own story of healing from the scars of abuse and physical handicaps, and reveals the proven practices that enabled her to move beyond her past into a life committed to helping others reconnect with their bodies, cultivate balance, and start living in harmony with their Spirits. In her unique, powerful, and inviting voice, Ana Forrest reveals how to: - Learn to stalk fear and break free from it instead of running from it. - Be attentive to your body, discovering its own inherent healing properties. - Speak and act from a place of honesty and compassion. - Cultivate an open heart that is feeling, responsive, and reflexive and able to embrace change. - Harness your intuition and the courage to live in alignment with your Spirit. Whether you’ve never done yoga or are a seasoned practitioner, Ana Forrest’s practices, stories, and exercises will help you uncover your own warrior’s heart. With this wise woman as your trusted guide, you, too, can become centered, strong, and more alive than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164561 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddhist Boot Camp Author: Timber Hawkeye Narrator: Timber Hawkeye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Buddhism is all about training the mind, and boot camp is an ideal training method for this generation's short attention span. The chapters in this small book can be read in any order, and are simple and easy to understand. Each story, inspirational quote, and teaching offers mindfulness-enhancing techniques that anyone can relate to. You don't need to be a Buddhist to find the Buddha's teachings motivational. As the Dalai Lama says, "Don't try to use what you learn from Buddhism to be a Buddhist; use it to be a better whatever-you-already-are." So whether it's Mother Teresa's acts of charity, Gandhi's perseverance, or your aunt Betty's calm demeanor, as long as you're motivated to be better today than you were yesterday, it doesn't matter who inspires you. Regardless of religion, geographical region, race, ethnicity, color, gender, sexual orientation, age, ability, flexibility, or vulnerability, if you do good you feel good, and if you do bad you feel bad. Buddhism isn't just about meditating. It's about rolling up your sleeves to relieve some of the suffering in the world. If you are ready to be a soldier of peace in the army of love, welcome to Buddhist Boot Camp! Timber Hawkeye Tue, 19 Feb 2013 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164561 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddhist Boot Camp Author: Timber Hawkeye Narrator: Timber Hawkeye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Buddhism is all about training the mind, and boot camp is an ideal training method for this generation's short attention span. The chapters in this small book can be read in any order, and are simple and easy to understand. Each story, inspirational quote, and teaching offers mindfulness-enhancing techniques that anyone can relate to. You don't need to be a Buddhist to find the Buddha's teachings motivational. As the Dalai Lama says, "Don't try to use what you learn from Buddhism to be a Buddhist; use it to be a better whatever-you-already-are." So whether it's Mother Teresa's acts of charity, Gandhi's perseverance, or your aunt Betty's calm demeanor, as long as you're motivated to be better today than you were yesterday, it doesn't matter who inspires you. Regardless of religion, geographical region, race, ethnicity, color, gender, sexual orientation, age, ability, flexibility, or vulnerability, if you do good you feel good, and if you do bad you feel bad. Buddhism isn't just about meditating. It's about rolling up your sleeves to relieve some of the suffering in the world. If you are ready to be a soldier of peace in the army of love, welcome to Buddhist Boot Camp! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddhist Boot Camp Author: Timber Hawkeye Narrator: Timber Hawkeye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Buddhism is all about training the mind, and boot camp is an ideal training method for this generation's short attention span. The chapters in this small book can be read in any order, and are simple and easy to understand. Each story, inspirational quote, and teaching offers mindfulness-enhancing techniques that anyone can relate to. You don't need to be a Buddhist to find the Buddha's teachings motivational. As the Dalai Lama says, "Don't try to use what you learn from Buddhism to be a Buddhist; use it to be a better whatever-you-already-are." So whether it's Mother Teresa's acts of charity, Gandhi's perseverance, or your aunt Betty's calm demeanor, as long as you're motivated to be better today than you were yesterday, it doesn't matter who inspires you. Regardless of religion, geographical region, race, ethnicity, color, gender, sexual orientation, age, ability, flexibility, or vulnerability, if you do good you feel good, and if you do bad you feel bad. Buddhism isn't just about meditating. It's about rolling up your sleeves to relieve some of the suffering in the world. If you are ready to be a soldier of peace in the army of love, welcome to Buddhist Boot Camp! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162615 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Faith: What Christians Believe, Why They Believe It, and Why It Matters Author: Harold Fickett Iii, Charles W. Colson Narrator: Charles W. Colson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Rightly understood and rightly communicated, the Christian faith is one of great joy. It is an invitation to God's kingdom, where tears are replaced by laughter and longing hearts find their purpose and their home. This is the heart of the gospel: God's search to reclaim us and love us as his own. But have we truly grasped this? Those of us who have disdained Christianity as a religion of bigotry--have we repudiated the genuine article or merely demonstrated our own prejudice and ignorance? Those of us who are Christians--have we deeply apprehended the mission of Jesus, and do our ways and character faithfully reflect his beauty? From the nature of God, to the human condition, to the work of Jesus, to God's coming kingdom, and all that lies between, how well do we understand the foundational truths of Christianity and their implications? The Faith is a book for our troubled times and for decades to come, for Christians and non-Christians alike. It is the most important book Chuck Colson and Harold Fickett have ever written: a thought-provoking, soul-searching, and powerful manifesto of the great, historical central truths of Christianity that have sustained believers through the centuries. Brought to immediacy with vivid, true stories, here is what Christianity is really about and why it is a religion of hope, redemption, and beauty. Harold Fickett Iii, Charles W. Colson Tue, 19 Feb 2008 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162615 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Faith: What Christians Believe, Why They Believe It, and Why It Matters Author: Harold Fickett Iii, Charles W. Colson Narrator: Charles W. Colson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Rightly understood and rightly communicated, the Christian faith is one of great joy. It is an invitation to God's kingdom, where tears are replaced by laughter and longing hearts find their purpose and their home. This is the heart of the gospel: God's search to reclaim us and love us as his own. But have we truly grasped this? Those of us who have disdained Christianity as a religion of bigotry--have we repudiated the genuine article or merely demonstrated our own prejudice and ignorance? Those of us who are Christians--have we deeply apprehended the mission of Jesus, and do our ways and character faithfully reflect his beauty? From the nature of God, to the human condition, to the work of Jesus, to God's coming kingdom, and all that lies between, how well do we understand the foundational truths of Christianity and their implications? The Faith is a book for our troubled times and for decades to come, for Christians and non-Christians alike. It is the most important book Chuck Colson and Harold Fickett have ever written: a thought-provoking, soul-searching, and powerful manifesto of the great, historical central truths of Christianity that have sustained believers through the centuries. Brought to immediacy with vivid, true stories, here is what Christianity is really about and why it is a religion of hope, redemption, and beauty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Faith: What Christians Believe, Why They Believe It, and Why It Matters Author: Harold Fickett Iii, Charles W. Colson Narrator: Charles W. Colson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 19, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Rightly understood and rightly communicated, the Christian faith is one of great joy. It is an invitation to God's kingdom, where tears are replaced by laughter and longing hearts find their purpose and their home. This is the heart of the gospel: God's search to reclaim us and love us as his own. But have we truly grasped this? Those of us who have disdained Christianity as a religion of bigotry--have we repudiated the genuine article or merely demonstrated our own prejudice and ignorance? Those of us who are Christians--have we deeply apprehended the mission of Jesus, and do our ways and character faithfully reflect his beauty? From the nature of God, to the human condition, to the work of Jesus, to God's coming kingdom, and all that lies between, how well do we understand the foundational truths of Christianity and their implications? The Faith is a book for our troubled times and for decades to come, for Christians and non-Christians alike. It is the most important book Chuck Colson and Harold Fickett have ever written: a thought-provoking, soul-searching, and powerful manifesto of the great, historical central truths of Christianity that have sustained believers through the centuries. Brought to immediacy with vivid, true stories, here is what Christianity is really about and why it is a religion of hope, redemption, and beauty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. Tammy Bruce Mon, 09 Feb 2004 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 12, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures Brian Greene Wed, 12 Nov 2003 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160442 thebookvoice.com 22:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 12, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time and the Texture of Reality Author: Brian Greene Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 12, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly distant objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by the trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy that have made The Elegant Universe a modern classic, Brian Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world. With 146 illustrations Jacket photograph by DB Image/Brand X Pictures https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Can I Do?: Making a Global Difference Right Where You Are Author: David Livermore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: While “missions” used to be the territory of experts and missionary professionals, globalization has made the issues and needs of our world accessible to average Americans. Many American Christians feel overwhelmed by the scope of the brokenness in the world and conclude all they can do is go on with their lives. Others respond by giving and praying, and still others want to do more. What Can I Do shows that global mission is something we all can be part of in tangible ways. And while that might include going on a short term mission trip or providing financial support, there are many more ongoing and holistic forms of engagement. This book helps readers see that the roles they already have—business leader, scientist, teacher, student, parent, or neighbor—can provide ways to engage in global mission. Mission is what we were created to do. It includes evangelistically calling people to follow Jesus wherever we go, whatever we do. But it’s more than that. This book will help us explore the way our ordinary, everyday tasks of work and life can be part of God’s mission to heal a broken world. David Livermore Tue, 22 Feb 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159361 thebookvoice.com 5:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Can I Do?: Making a Global Difference Right Where You Are Author: David Livermore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: While “missions” used to be the territory of experts and missionary professionals, globalization has made the issues and needs of our world accessible to average Americans. Many American Christians feel overwhelmed by the scope of the brokenness in the world and conclude all they can do is go on with their lives. Others respond by giving and praying, and still others want to do more. What Can I Do shows that global mission is something we all can be part of in tangible ways. And while that might include going on a short term mission trip or providing financial support, there are many more ongoing and holistic forms of engagement. This book helps readers see that the roles they already have—business leader, scientist, teacher, student, parent, or neighbor—can provide ways to engage in global mission. Mission is what we were created to do. It includes evangelistically calling people to follow Jesus wherever we go, whatever we do. But it’s more than that. This book will help us explore the way our ordinary, everyday tasks of work and life can be part of God’s mission to heal a broken world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Can I Do?: Making a Global Difference Right Where You Are Author: David Livermore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: While “missions” used to be the territory of experts and missionary professionals, globalization has made the issues and needs of our world accessible to average Americans. Many American Christians feel overwhelmed by the scope of the brokenness in the world and conclude all they can do is go on with their lives. Others respond by giving and praying, and still others want to do more. What Can I Do shows that global mission is something we all can be part of in tangible ways. And while that might include going on a short term mission trip or providing financial support, there are many more ongoing and holistic forms of engagement. This book helps readers see that the roles they already have—business leader, scientist, teacher, student, parent, or neighbor—can provide ways to engage in global mission. Mission is what we were created to do. It includes evangelistically calling people to follow Jesus wherever we go, whatever we do. But it’s more than that. This book will help us explore the way our ordinary, everyday tasks of work and life can be part of God’s mission to heal a broken world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158163 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Galileo's Daughter: A Historical Memoir of Science, Faith and Love Author: Dava Sobel Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Galileo Galilei was the foremost scientist of his day. Though he never left Italy, his inventions and discoveries were heralded around the world. His telescopes allowed him to reveal the heavens and enforce the astounding argument that the earth moves around the sun. For this belief, he was brought before the Holy Office of the Inquisition, accused of heresy, and forced to spend his last years under house arrest. Galileo's oldest child was thirteen when he placed her in a convent near him in Florence, where she took the most appropriate name of Suor Maria Celeste. Her support was her father's greatest source of strength. Her presence, through letters which Sobel has translated from Italian and masterfully woven into the narrative, graces her father's life now as it did then. GALILEO'S DAUGHTER dramatically recolors the personality and accomplishment of a mythic figure whose seventeenth-century clash with Catholic doctrine continues to define the schism between science and religion. Moving between Galileo's public life and Maria Celeste's sequestered world, Sobel illuminates the Florence of the Medicis and the papal court in Rome during an era when humanity's perception of its place in the cosmos was overturned. With all the human drama and scientific adventure that distinguished Latitude, GALILEO'S DAUGHTER is an unforgettable story. Dava Sobel Tue, 03 May 2005 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158163 thebookvoice.com 10:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Galileo's Daughter: A Historical Memoir of Science, Faith and Love Author: Dava Sobel Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Galileo Galilei was the foremost scientist of his day. Though he never left Italy, his inventions and discoveries were heralded around the world. His telescopes allowed him to reveal the heavens and enforce the astounding argument that the earth moves around the sun. For this belief, he was brought before the Holy Office of the Inquisition, accused of heresy, and forced to spend his last years under house arrest. Galileo's oldest child was thirteen when he placed her in a convent near him in Florence, where she took the most appropriate name of Suor Maria Celeste. Her support was her father's greatest source of strength. Her presence, through letters which Sobel has translated from Italian and masterfully woven into the narrative, graces her father's life now as it did then. GALILEO'S DAUGHTER dramatically recolors the personality and accomplishment of a mythic figure whose seventeenth-century clash with Catholic doctrine continues to define the schism between science and religion. Moving between Galileo's public life and Maria Celeste's sequestered world, Sobel illuminates the Florence of the Medicis and the papal court in Rome during an era when humanity's perception of its place in the cosmos was overturned. With all the human drama and scientific adventure that distinguished Latitude, GALILEO'S DAUGHTER is an unforgettable story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Galileo's Daughter: A Historical Memoir of Science, Faith and Love Author: Dava Sobel Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Galileo Galilei was the foremost scientist of his day. Though he never left Italy, his inventions and discoveries were heralded around the world. His telescopes allowed him to reveal the heavens and enforce the astounding argument that the earth moves around the sun. For this belief, he was brought before the Holy Office of the Inquisition, accused of heresy, and forced to spend his last years under house arrest. Galileo's oldest child was thirteen when he placed her in a convent near him in Florence, where she took the most appropriate name of Suor Maria Celeste. Her support was her father's greatest source of strength. Her presence, through letters which Sobel has translated from Italian and masterfully woven into the narrative, graces her father's life now as it did then. GALILEO'S DAUGHTER dramatically recolors the personality and accomplishment of a mythic figure whose seventeenth-century clash with Catholic doctrine continues to define the schism between science and religion. Moving between Galileo's public life and Maria Celeste's sequestered world, Sobel illuminates the Florence of the Medicis and the papal court in Rome during an era when humanity's perception of its place in the cosmos was overturned. With all the human drama and scientific adventure that distinguished Latitude, GALILEO'S DAUGHTER is an unforgettable story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Think the Way You Do: The Story of Western Worldviews from Rome to Home Author: Glenn S. Sunshine Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: How do we come by our worldviews and philosophies? What impact did Christianity have on the worldviews that are common to Western civilization? Why You Think the Way You Do traces the development of the worldviews that underpin the Western world. Professor and historian Glenn S. Sunshine demonstrates the decisive impact that the growth of Christianity had in transforming the outlook of pagan Roman culture into one that—based on biblical concepts of humanity and its relationship with God—established virtually all the positive aspects of Western civilization. The two-pronged assault in our time on the biblically based worldview by postmodern philosophy and the writings of neo-atheists has made it even more crucial that we acknowledge and defend its historical roots. This authoritative, accessible survey discusses Western worldviews as a continuous narrative rather than as simply a catalogue of ideas. Why You Think the Way You Do: - Traces the effects that changes in worldview had on society. - Helps you understand your own worldview and those of other people. - Helps you recognize the ways that your worldview, philosophies, beliefs, and presuppositions affect the way you think about everything. Glenn S. Sunshine Tue, 13 Oct 2009 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155414 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Think the Way You Do: The Story of Western Worldviews from Rome to Home Author: Glenn S. Sunshine Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: How do we come by our worldviews and philosophies? What impact did Christianity have on the worldviews that are common to Western civilization? Why You Think the Way You Do traces the development of the worldviews that underpin the Western world. Professor and historian Glenn S. Sunshine demonstrates the decisive impact that the growth of Christianity had in transforming the outlook of pagan Roman culture into one that—based on biblical concepts of humanity and its relationship with God—established virtually all the positive aspects of Western civilization. The two-pronged assault in our time on the biblically based worldview by postmodern philosophy and the writings of neo-atheists has made it even more crucial that we acknowledge and defend its historical roots. This authoritative, accessible survey discusses Western worldviews as a continuous narrative rather than as simply a catalogue of ideas. Why You Think the Way You Do: - Traces the effects that changes in worldview had on society. - Helps you understand your own worldview and those of other people. - Helps you recognize the ways that your worldview, philosophies, beliefs, and presuppositions affect the way you think about everything. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Think the Way You Do: The Story of Western Worldviews from Rome to Home Author: Glenn S. Sunshine Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: How do we come by our worldviews and philosophies? What impact did Christianity have on the worldviews that are common to Western civilization? Why You Think the Way You Do traces the development of the worldviews that underpin the Western world. Professor and historian Glenn S. Sunshine demonstrates the decisive impact that the growth of Christianity had in transforming the outlook of pagan Roman culture into one that—based on biblical concepts of humanity and its relationship with God—established virtually all the positive aspects of Western civilization. The two-pronged assault in our time on the biblically based worldview by postmodern philosophy and the writings of neo-atheists has made it even more crucial that we acknowledge and defend its historical roots. This authoritative, accessible survey discusses Western worldviews as a continuous narrative rather than as simply a catalogue of ideas. Why You Think the Way You Do: - Traces the effects that changes in worldview had on society. - Helps you understand your own worldview and those of other people. - Helps you recognize the ways that your worldview, philosophies, beliefs, and presuppositions affect the way you think about everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Telling the Truth: Evangelizing Postmoderns Author: D. A. Carson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A pre-modern baseball umpire would have said something like this: 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as they are.' The modernist would have said, 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as I see 'em.' And the postmodernist umpire would say, 'They ain't nothing until I call 'em.'' With that humorous quote, Ravi Zacharias illustrates the challenge postmodernism poses to Christians passionate about evangelism. How do you communicate truth to a world that isn't sure what truth is--or even if truth is? How do you commend spiritual absolutes to people who insist there are none? If you've puzzled, even struggled, over such questions, the book you hold in your hands is required reading, Telling the Truth provides informed insights on the heart of the Gospel, the soul of postmodern culture, and their complex interface. This book is a compilation of thoughts and strategies from twenty-nine prominent practitioners of contemporary evangelism. Originating at a three-day conference held at Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, Telling the Truth draws on knowledge gained in the trenches by Ravi Zacharias, Kelly Monroe, D.A. Carson, Ajith Fernando, and other notables. It will open your eyes to how the contest for souls is fought, guerilla-style, at a multitude of fronts: relationships, the university, ethnicity, reason and emotion, the pulpit, communications . . . in short, the broad spectrum of human experience and values. You'll be challenged to discern between the unchanging Gospel and the flexible means by which we communicate it. Telling the Truth can help you lay the groundwork necessary to point biblically uninformed, postmodern men and women toward an encounter with non-negotiable truth -- an absolute revealed in the Bible that points to the reality of sin and the need for a Savior. D. A. Carson Tue, 26 Jan 2010 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154891 thebookvoice.com 16:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Telling the Truth: Evangelizing Postmoderns Author: D. A. Carson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A pre-modern baseball umpire would have said something like this: 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as they are.' The modernist would have said, 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as I see 'em.' And the postmodernist umpire would say, 'They ain't nothing until I call 'em.'' With that humorous quote, Ravi Zacharias illustrates the challenge postmodernism poses to Christians passionate about evangelism. How do you communicate truth to a world that isn't sure what truth is--or even if truth is? How do you commend spiritual absolutes to people who insist there are none? If you've puzzled, even struggled, over such questions, the book you hold in your hands is required reading, Telling the Truth provides informed insights on the heart of the Gospel, the soul of postmodern culture, and their complex interface. This book is a compilation of thoughts and strategies from twenty-nine prominent practitioners of contemporary evangelism. Originating at a three-day conference held at Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, Telling the Truth draws on knowledge gained in the trenches by Ravi Zacharias, Kelly Monroe, D.A. Carson, Ajith Fernando, and other notables. It will open your eyes to how the contest for souls is fought, guerilla-style, at a multitude of fronts: relationships, the university, ethnicity, reason and emotion, the pulpit, communications . . . in short, the broad spectrum of human experience and values. You'll be challenged to discern between the unchanging Gospel and the flexible means by which we communicate it. Telling the Truth can help you lay the groundwork necessary to point biblically uninformed, postmodern men and women toward an encounter with non-negotiable truth -- an absolute revealed in the Bible that points to the reality of sin and the need for a Savior. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Telling the Truth: Evangelizing Postmoderns Author: D. A. Carson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: 'A pre-modern baseball umpire would have said something like this: 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as they are.' The modernist would have said, 'There's balls, and there's strikes, and I call 'em as I see 'em.' And the postmodernist umpire would say, 'They ain't nothing until I call 'em.'' With that humorous quote, Ravi Zacharias illustrates the challenge postmodernism poses to Christians passionate about evangelism. How do you communicate truth to a world that isn't sure what truth is--or even if truth is? How do you commend spiritual absolutes to people who insist there are none? If you've puzzled, even struggled, over such questions, the book you hold in your hands is required reading, Telling the Truth provides informed insights on the heart of the Gospel, the soul of postmodern culture, and their complex interface. This book is a compilation of thoughts and strategies from twenty-nine prominent practitioners of contemporary evangelism. Originating at a three-day conference held at Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, Telling the Truth draws on knowledge gained in the trenches by Ravi Zacharias, Kelly Monroe, D.A. Carson, Ajith Fernando, and other notables. It will open your eyes to how the contest for souls is fought, guerilla-style, at a multitude of fronts: relationships, the university, ethnicity, reason and emotion, the pulpit, communications . . . in short, the broad spectrum of human experience and values. You'll be challenged to discern between the unchanging Gospel and the flexible means by which we communicate it. Telling the Truth can help you lay the groundwork necessary to point biblically uninformed, postmodern men and women toward an encounter with non-negotiable truth -- an absolute revealed in the Bible that points to the reality of sin and the need for a Savior. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics Author: Scott Rae Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Understanding the basis of making moral choices is crucial as society becomes increasingly complex. Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics gives college students a solid grounding in both theory of ethics and its applications to the social issues of today. Avoiding undue dogmatism, Professor Scott B. Rae outlines the distinctive elements of Christian ethics. Students are also exposed to various ethical systems and the key historical figures associated with them, including Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, and Kant. After describing a seven-step procedure for tackling ethical dilemmas, the author uses case studies to address a number of current issues: abortion, reproductive technology, euthanasia, capital punishment, sexual ethics, the morality of war, and the legislation of morality. Discussion of medical ethics draws upon the most up-to-date material available. Scott Rae Tue, 21 Jun 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154699 thebookvoice.com 16:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics Author: Scott Rae Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Understanding the basis of making moral choices is crucial as society becomes increasingly complex. Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics gives college students a solid grounding in both theory of ethics and its applications to the social issues of today. Avoiding undue dogmatism, Professor Scott B. Rae outlines the distinctive elements of Christian ethics. Students are also exposed to various ethical systems and the key historical figures associated with them, including Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, and Kant. After describing a seven-step procedure for tackling ethical dilemmas, the author uses case studies to address a number of current issues: abortion, reproductive technology, euthanasia, capital punishment, sexual ethics, the morality of war, and the legislation of morality. Discussion of medical ethics draws upon the most up-to-date material available. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics Author: Scott Rae Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Understanding the basis of making moral choices is crucial as society becomes increasingly complex. Moral Choices: An Introduction to Ethics gives college students a solid grounding in both theory of ethics and its applications to the social issues of today. Avoiding undue dogmatism, Professor Scott B. Rae outlines the distinctive elements of Christian ethics. Students are also exposed to various ethical systems and the key historical figures associated with them, including Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, and Kant. After describing a seven-step procedure for tackling ethical dilemmas, the author uses case studies to address a number of current issues: abortion, reproductive technology, euthanasia, capital punishment, sexual ethics, the morality of war, and the legislation of morality. Discussion of medical ethics draws upon the most up-to-date material available. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Compass: Volume One Of An Audio Library of Stories For A Life's Journey Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: William J. Bennett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 1995 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Moral Compass is the inspiring and instructive companion volume to William J. Bennett's bestselling work, The Book of Virtues, offering many more examples of good and bad, right and wrong, in great works from literature and in exemplary stories from history. Organized by the stages along life's journey, these stories and poems serve as reference points on a moral compass, guiding the reader through the ethical and spiritual challenges along the pathway of life: leaving home, entering into marriage, easing the burdens of others, nurturing one's children, and fulfilling the obligations of citizenship and leadership. Drawn from familiar Western history and mythology as well as a wide selection of tales and folklore from Asia, Africa, and Latin America, the stories in The Moral Compass are literary and evocative, designed to inspire as well as instruct. Complete with informative introductions and notes, The Moral Compass is an indispensable guide that will help family members meet the challenges of life at any age. William J. Bennett Fri, 01 Dec 1995 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153973 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Compass: Volume One Of An Audio Library of Stories For A Life's Journey Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: William J. Bennett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 1995 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Moral Compass is the inspiring and instructive companion volume to William J. Bennett's bestselling work, The Book of Virtues, offering many more examples of good and bad, right and wrong, in great works from literature and in exemplary stories from history. Organized by the stages along life's journey, these stories and poems serve as reference points on a moral compass, guiding the reader through the ethical and spiritual challenges along the pathway of life: leaving home, entering into marriage, easing the burdens of others, nurturing one's children, and fulfilling the obligations of citizenship and leadership. Drawn from familiar Western history and mythology as well as a wide selection of tales and folklore from Asia, Africa, and Latin America, the stories in The Moral Compass are literary and evocative, designed to inspire as well as instruct. Complete with informative introductions and notes, The Moral Compass is an indispensable guide that will help family members meet the challenges of life at any age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Compass: Volume One Of An Audio Library of Stories For A Life's Journey Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: William J. Bennett Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 1995 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Moral Compass is the inspiring and instructive companion volume to William J. Bennett's bestselling work, The Book of Virtues, offering many more examples of good and bad, right and wrong, in great works from literature and in exemplary stories from history. Organized by the stages along life's journey, these stories and poems serve as reference points on a moral compass, guiding the reader through the ethical and spiritual challenges along the pathway of life: leaving home, entering into marriage, easing the burdens of others, nurturing one's children, and fulfilling the obligations of citizenship and leadership. Drawn from familiar Western history and mythology as well as a wide selection of tales and folklore from Asia, Africa, and Latin America, the stories in The Moral Compass are literary and evocative, designed to inspire as well as instruct. Complete with informative introductions and notes, The Moral Compass is an indispensable guide that will help family members meet the challenges of life at any age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151541 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 3: Possession and Group Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: November 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this final volume of his compelling audio series based on the bestselling book People of the Life, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of all psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In Volume 3, Dr. Peck explores the largely unknown world of possession and exorcism. He also describes the unique relationship between group evil and individual evil, demonstrating how one person can affect or be affected by the actions and attitudes of a group. Drawing on his experiences as a psychiatrist and his observations of vivid incidents of evil in today's society. Dr. Peck takes us further into the dark side of the human psyche. Told in Dr. Peck's characteristic warm and accessible style, People of the Life Volume 3 concludes the groundbreaking exploration of the essence of evil and provides a spiritual understanding as well as a way of coping with this age-old problem. M. Scott Peck Sun, 01 Nov 1992 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151541 thebookvoice.com 1:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 3: Possession and Group Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: November 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this final volume of his compelling audio series based on the bestselling book People of the Life, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of all psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In Volume 3, Dr. Peck explores the largely unknown world of possession and exorcism. He also describes the unique relationship between group evil and individual evil, demonstrating how one person can affect or be affected by the actions and attitudes of a group. Drawing on his experiences as a psychiatrist and his observations of vivid incidents of evil in today's society. Dr. Peck takes us further into the dark side of the human psyche. Told in Dr. Peck's characteristic warm and accessible style, People of the Life Volume 3 concludes the groundbreaking exploration of the essence of evil and provides a spiritual understanding as well as a way of coping with this age-old problem. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 3: Possession and Group Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: November 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this final volume of his compelling audio series based on the bestselling book People of the Life, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of all psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In Volume 3, Dr. Peck explores the largely unknown world of possession and exorcism. He also describes the unique relationship between group evil and individual evil, demonstrating how one person can affect or be affected by the actions and attitudes of a group. Drawing on his experiences as a psychiatrist and his observations of vivid incidents of evil in today's society. Dr. Peck takes us further into the dark side of the human psyche. Told in Dr. Peck's characteristic warm and accessible style, People of the Life Volume 3 concludes the groundbreaking exploration of the essence of evil and provides a spiritual understanding as well as a way of coping with this age-old problem. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151540 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 2: The Hope for Healing Human Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this second of a three volume audio series based on his best-selling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In this second volume, Dr. Peck uses real-life examples to demonstrate how we can be dramatically affected by the presence of evil in our relationships and provides insight on how we can overcome it. Told in Dr. Peck's warm and accessible style, People of the Lie Volume 2 continues his groundbreaking and compelling exploration of the essence of evil, and enhances our ability to understand and to cope with this age-old problem. M. Scott Peck Sat, 01 Aug 1992 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151540 thebookvoice.com 1:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 2: The Hope for Healing Human Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this second of a three volume audio series based on his best-selling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In this second volume, Dr. Peck uses real-life examples to demonstrate how we can be dramatically affected by the presence of evil in our relationships and provides insight on how we can overcome it. Told in Dr. Peck's warm and accessible style, People of the Lie Volume 2 continues his groundbreaking and compelling exploration of the essence of evil, and enhances our ability to understand and to cope with this age-old problem. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 2: The Hope for Healing Human Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this second of a three volume audio series based on his best-selling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In this second volume, Dr. Peck uses real-life examples to demonstrate how we can be dramatically affected by the presence of evil in our relationships and provides insight on how we can overcome it. Told in Dr. Peck's warm and accessible style, People of the Lie Volume 2 continues his groundbreaking and compelling exploration of the essence of evil, and enhances our ability to understand and to cope with this age-old problem. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 1: Toward a Psychology of Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: May 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this first of a three volume audio series based on his bestselling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In his characteristic warm and accessible style, Dr. Peck explains that while the notion of evil has been present in religious thought for centuries , the concept has not been fully addressed by the psychiatric community. Dr. Peck links the two to show us how truly evil people are not necessarily criminals but those among us who appear as upstanding members of society. Using individual case studies to present vivid incidents of human evil, Dr. Peck describes how these 'People of the Lie' hide behind the façade of normalcy as they continue to plague our lives. A groundbreaking and compelling audio program that explores the essence of evil, People of the Lie sets us on a path toward understanding and coping with this age-old program. M. Scott Peck Fri, 01 May 1992 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151537 thebookvoice.com 1:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 1: Toward a Psychology of Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: May 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this first of a three volume audio series based on his bestselling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In his characteristic warm and accessible style, Dr. Peck explains that while the notion of evil has been present in religious thought for centuries , the concept has not been fully addressed by the psychiatric community. Dr. Peck links the two to show us how truly evil people are not necessarily criminals but those among us who appear as upstanding members of society. Using individual case studies to present vivid incidents of human evil, Dr. Peck describes how these 'People of the Lie' hide behind the façade of normalcy as they continue to plague our lives. A groundbreaking and compelling audio program that explores the essence of evil, People of the Lie sets us on a path toward understanding and coping with this age-old program. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the Lie Vol. 1: Toward a Psychology of Evil Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: May 1, 1992 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Dr. M. Scott Peck has inspired millions by combining the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In this first of a three volume audio series based on his bestselling book People of the Lie, Dr. Peck once again integrates religious teaching with the science of psychology as he offers hope for healing one of society's most persistent failings -- human evil. In his characteristic warm and accessible style, Dr. Peck explains that while the notion of evil has been present in religious thought for centuries , the concept has not been fully addressed by the psychiatric community. Dr. Peck links the two to show us how truly evil people are not necessarily criminals but those among us who appear as upstanding members of society. Using individual case studies to present vivid incidents of human evil, Dr. Peck describes how these 'People of the Lie' hide behind the façade of normalcy as they continue to plague our lives. A groundbreaking and compelling audio program that explores the essence of evil, People of the Lie sets us on a path toward understanding and coping with this age-old program. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments takes us on a wonderful, joyous exploration of Americana with this second volume of never-before-available spoken-word accounts of what makes the United States so special. An American Moment with Charles Kuralt -- a timeless series of television essays about uniquely American people, places, and ideas -- was Kuralt's last project before his death on Independence Day, 1997. In this rare and special recording, Kuralt visits: Noah Webster's House, the makers of the red, white and blue barber's pole, a hospital for eagles, the sequoia forest, the road less traveled, and more. A remarkable collection of pieces that remind us of Charles Kuralt's unmatched ability to capture the extraordinary aspects of ordinary lives, More Charles Kuralt's American Moments warms the heart and touches the soul. Charles Kuralt Tue, 01 Jun 1999 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151486 thebookvoice.com 1:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments takes us on a wonderful, joyous exploration of Americana with this second volume of never-before-available spoken-word accounts of what makes the United States so special. An American Moment with Charles Kuralt -- a timeless series of television essays about uniquely American people, places, and ideas -- was Kuralt's last project before his death on Independence Day, 1997. In this rare and special recording, Kuralt visits: Noah Webster's House, the makers of the red, white and blue barber's pole, a hospital for eagles, the sequoia forest, the road less traveled, and more. A remarkable collection of pieces that remind us of Charles Kuralt's unmatched ability to capture the extraordinary aspects of ordinary lives, More Charles Kuralt's American Moments warms the heart and touches the soul. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: June 1, 1999 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: More Charles Kuralt's American Moments takes us on a wonderful, joyous exploration of Americana with this second volume of never-before-available spoken-word accounts of what makes the United States so special. An American Moment with Charles Kuralt -- a timeless series of television essays about uniquely American people, places, and ideas -- was Kuralt's last project before his death on Independence Day, 1997. In this rare and special recording, Kuralt visits: Noah Webster's House, the makers of the red, white and blue barber's pole, a hospital for eagles, the sequoia forest, the road less traveled, and more. A remarkable collection of pieces that remind us of Charles Kuralt's unmatched ability to capture the extraordinary aspects of ordinary lives, More Charles Kuralt's American Moments warms the heart and touches the soul. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Practice: The Way to a Meaningful Life Author: His Holiness The Dalai Lama Narrator: Jeffrey Hopkins, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As human beings, we all share the desire for happiness and meaning in our lives. According to His Holiness the Dalai Lama, the ability to find true fulfillment lies within each of us. In this very special book, the spiritual and temporal leader of Tibet, Nobel Prize winner, and bestselling author helps readers embark upon the path to enlightenment with a stunning illumination of the timeless wisdom and an easy-access reference for daily practice. Divided into a series of distinct steps that will lead spiritual seekers toward enlightenment, How to Practice is a constant companion in the quest to practice morality, meditation, and wisdom. This accessible book will guide you toward opening your heart, refraining from doing harm, and maintiaining mentaltranquility as the Dalai Lama shows you how to overcome everyday obstacles, from feelings of anger and mistrust to jealousy, insecurity, and counterproductive thinking. Imbued with His Holiness' vivacious spirit and sense of playfulness, How to Practice offers sage and practical insight into the human psyche and into the deepest aspirations that bind us all together. His Holiness The Dalai Lama Tue, 01 Jan 2002 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151247 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Practice: The Way to a Meaningful Life Author: His Holiness The Dalai Lama Narrator: Jeffrey Hopkins, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As human beings, we all share the desire for happiness and meaning in our lives. According to His Holiness the Dalai Lama, the ability to find true fulfillment lies within each of us. In this very special book, the spiritual and temporal leader of Tibet, Nobel Prize winner, and bestselling author helps readers embark upon the path to enlightenment with a stunning illumination of the timeless wisdom and an easy-access reference for daily practice. Divided into a series of distinct steps that will lead spiritual seekers toward enlightenment, How to Practice is a constant companion in the quest to practice morality, meditation, and wisdom. This accessible book will guide you toward opening your heart, refraining from doing harm, and maintiaining mentaltranquility as the Dalai Lama shows you how to overcome everyday obstacles, from feelings of anger and mistrust to jealousy, insecurity, and counterproductive thinking. Imbued with His Holiness' vivacious spirit and sense of playfulness, How to Practice offers sage and practical insight into the human psyche and into the deepest aspirations that bind us all together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Practice: The Way to a Meaningful Life Author: His Holiness The Dalai Lama Narrator: Jeffrey Hopkins, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: As human beings, we all share the desire for happiness and meaning in our lives. According to His Holiness the Dalai Lama, the ability to find true fulfillment lies within each of us. In this very special book, the spiritual and temporal leader of Tibet, Nobel Prize winner, and bestselling author helps readers embark upon the path to enlightenment with a stunning illumination of the timeless wisdom and an easy-access reference for daily practice. Divided into a series of distinct steps that will lead spiritual seekers toward enlightenment, How to Practice is a constant companion in the quest to practice morality, meditation, and wisdom. This accessible book will guide you toward opening your heart, refraining from doing harm, and maintiaining mentaltranquility as the Dalai Lama shows you how to overcome everyday obstacles, from feelings of anger and mistrust to jealousy, insecurity, and counterproductive thinking. Imbued with His Holiness' vivacious spirit and sense of playfulness, How to Practice offers sage and practical insight into the human psyche and into the deepest aspirations that bind us all together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder Series: #3 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.07 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Antifragile is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, The Black Swan, and The Bed of Procrustes. Nassim Nicholas Taleb, the bestselling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, reveals how to thrive in an uncertain world.   Just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension, and rumors or riots intensify when someone tries to repress them, many things in life benefit from stress, disorder, volatility, and turmoil. What Taleb has identified and calls “antifragile” is that category of things that not only gain from chaos but need it in order to survive and flourish.    In The Black Swan, Taleb showed us that highly improbable and unpredictable events underlie almost everything about our world. In Antifragile, Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is beyond the resilient or robust. The resilient resists shocks and stays the same; the antifragile gets better and better.   Furthermore, the antifragile is immune to prediction errors and protected from adverse events. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is what we call “efficient” not efficient at all? Why do government responses and social policies protect the strong and hurt the weak? Why should you write your resignation letter before even starting on the job? How did the sinking of the Titanic save lives? The book spans innovation by trial and error, life decisions, politics, urban planning, war, personal finance, economic systems, and medicine. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are loud and clear.   Antifragile is a blueprint for living in a Black Swan world.   Erudite, witty, and iconoclastic, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: The antifragile, and only the antifragile, will make it. Includes a bonus PDF of supplemental charts and graphics Please note that that bleeps in the audio are intentional and are as written by the author. No material is censored, and no audio content is missing. Praise for Antifragile   “Ambitious and thought-provoking . . . highly entertaining.”—The Economist   “A bold book explaining how and why we should embrace uncertainty, randomness, and error . . . It may just change our lives.”—Newsweek   “Revelatory . . . [Taleb] pulls the reader along with the logic of a Socrates.”—Chicago Tribune   “Startling . . . richly crammed with insights, stories, fine phrases and intriguing asides . . . I will have to read it again. And again.”—Matt Ridley, The Wall Street Journal   “Trenchant and persuasive . . . Taleb’s insatiable polymathic curiosity knows no bounds. . . . You finish the book feeling braver and uplifted.”—New Statesman   “Antifragility isn’t just sound economic and political doctrine. It’s also the key to a good life.”—Fortune   “At once thought-provoking and brilliant.”—Los Angeles Times Nassim Nicholas Taleb Tue, 27 Nov 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150962 thebookvoice.com 16:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder Series: #3 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.07 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Antifragile is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, The Black Swan, and The Bed of Procrustes. Nassim Nicholas Taleb, the bestselling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, reveals how to thrive in an uncertain world.   Just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension, and rumors or riots intensify when someone tries to repress them, many things in life benefit from stress, disorder, volatility, and turmoil. What Taleb has identified and calls “antifragile” is that category of things that not only gain from chaos but need it in order to survive and flourish.    In The Black Swan, Taleb showed us that highly improbable and unpredictable events underlie almost everything about our world. In Antifragile, Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is beyond the resilient or robust. The resilient resists shocks and stays the same; the antifragile gets better and better.   Furthermore, the antifragile is immune to prediction errors and protected from adverse events. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is what we call “efficient” not efficient at all? Why do government responses and social policies protect the strong and hurt the weak? Why should you write your resignation letter before even starting on the job? How did the sinking of the Titanic save lives? The book spans innovation by trial and error, life decisions, politics, urban planning, war, personal finance, economic systems, and medicine. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are loud and clear.   Antifragile is a blueprint for living in a Black Swan world.   Erudite, witty, and iconoclastic, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: The antifragile, and only the antifragile, will make it. Includes a bonus PDF of supplemental charts and graphics Please note that that bleeps in the audio are intentional and are as written by the author. No material is censored, and no audio content is missing. Praise for Antifragile   “Ambitious and thought-provoking . . . highly entertaining.”—The Economist   “A bold book explaining how and why we should embrace uncertainty, randomness, and error . . . It may just change our lives.”—Newsweek   “Revelatory . . . [Taleb] pulls the reader along with the logic of a Socrates.”—Chicago Tribune   “Startling . . . richly crammed with insights, stories, fine phrases and intriguing asides . . . I will have to read it again. And again.”—Matt Ridley, The Wall Street Journal   “Trenchant and persuasive . . . Taleb’s insatiable polymathic curiosity knows no bounds. . . . You finish the book feeling braver and uplifted.”—New Statesman   “Antifragility isn’t just sound economic and political doctrine. It’s also the key to a good life.”—Fortune   “At once thought-provoking and brilliant.”—Los Angeles Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder Series: #3 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.07 of Total 14 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Antifragile is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, The Black Swan, and The Bed of Procrustes. Nassim Nicholas Taleb, the bestselling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, reveals how to thrive in an uncertain world.   Just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension, and rumors or riots intensify when someone tries to repress them, many things in life benefit from stress, disorder, volatility, and turmoil. What Taleb has identified and calls “antifragile” is that category of things that not only gain from chaos but need it in order to survive and flourish.    In The Black Swan, Taleb showed us that highly improbable and unpredictable events underlie almost everything about our world. In Antifragile, Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is beyond the resilient or robust. The resilient resists shocks and stays the same; the antifragile gets better and better.   Furthermore, the antifragile is immune to prediction errors and protected from adverse events. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is what we call “efficient” not efficient at all? Why do government responses and social policies protect the strong and hurt the weak? Why should you write your resignation letter before even starting on the job? How did the sinking of the Titanic save lives? The book spans innovation by trial and error, life decisions, politics, urban planning, war, personal finance, economic systems, and medicine. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are loud and clear.   Antifragile is a blueprint for living in a Black Swan world.   Erudite, witty, and iconoclastic, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: The antifragile, and only the antifragile, will make it. Includes a bonus PDF of supplemental charts and graphics Please note that that bleeps in the audio are intentional and are as written by the author. No material is censored, and no audio content is missing. Praise for Antifragile   “Ambitious and thought-provoking . . . highly entertaining.”—The Economist   “A bold book explaining how and why we should embrace uncertainty, randomness, and error . . . It may just change our lives.”—Newsweek   “Revelatory . . . [Taleb] pulls the reader along with the logic of a Socrates.”—Chicago Tribune   “Startling . . . richly crammed with insights, stories, fine phrases and intriguing asides . . . I will have to read it again. And again.”—Matt Ridley, The Wall Street Journal   “Trenchant and persuasive . . . Taleb’s insatiable polymathic curiosity knows no bounds. . . . You finish the book feeling braver and uplifted.”—New Statesman   “Antifragility isn’t just sound economic and political doctrine. It’s also the key to a good life.”—Fortune   “At once thought-provoking and brilliant.”—Los Angeles Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating True Peace: Ending Violence in Yourself, Your Family, Your Community, and the World Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Michael York Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Creating True Peace is both a profound work of spiritual guidance and a practical blueprint for peaceful inner change and global change. It is Thich Nhat Hanh's answer to our deep-rooted crisis of violence and our feelings of helplessness, victimization, and fear. As a world-renowned writer, scholar, spiritual leader, and Zen Buddhist monk, Thich Nhat Hanh was one of the most visible, revered activists for peace and Engaged Buddhism—the practice he created that combines mindful living and social action. Having lived through two wars in his native Vietnam, he works to prevent conflict of all kinds— from the internal violence of individual thoughts to interpersonal and international aggression. Now, in perhaps his most important work, Thich Nhat Hanh uses a beautiful blend of visionary insight, inspiring stories of peacemaking, and a combination of meditation practices and instruction to show us how to take Right Action. A book for people of all faiths, it is a magnum opus—a compendium of peace practices that can help anyone practice nonviolent thought and behavior, even in the midst of world upheaval. More than any of his previous books, Creating True Peace tells stories of Thich Nhat Hanh and his students practicing peace during wartime. These demonstrate that violence is an outmoded response we can no longer afford. The simple, but powerful daily actions and everyday interactions that Thich Nhat Hanh recommends can root out violence where it lives in our hearts and minds and help us discover the power to create peace at every level of life—personal, family, neighborhood, community, state, nation, and world. Whether dealing with extreme emotions and challenging situations or managing interpersonal and international conflicts, Thich Nhat Hanh relied on the 2,600-year-old traditional wisdom and scholarship of the Buddha, as well as other great scriptures. He teaches us to look more deeply into our thoughts and lives so that we can know what to do and what not to do to transform them into something better. With a combination of courage, sweetness, and candor, he tells us that we can make a difference; we are not helpless; we can create peace here and now. Creating True Peace shows us how. Thich Nhat Hanh Fri, 01 Aug 2003 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150618 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating True Peace: Ending Violence in Yourself, Your Family, Your Community, and the World Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Michael York Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Creating True Peace is both a profound work of spiritual guidance and a practical blueprint for peaceful inner change and global change. It is Thich Nhat Hanh's answer to our deep-rooted crisis of violence and our feelings of helplessness, victimization, and fear. As a world-renowned writer, scholar, spiritual leader, and Zen Buddhist monk, Thich Nhat Hanh was one of the most visible, revered activists for peace and Engaged Buddhism—the practice he created that combines mindful living and social action. Having lived through two wars in his native Vietnam, he works to prevent conflict of all kinds— from the internal violence of individual thoughts to interpersonal and international aggression. Now, in perhaps his most important work, Thich Nhat Hanh uses a beautiful blend of visionary insight, inspiring stories of peacemaking, and a combination of meditation practices and instruction to show us how to take Right Action. A book for people of all faiths, it is a magnum opus—a compendium of peace practices that can help anyone practice nonviolent thought and behavior, even in the midst of world upheaval. More than any of his previous books, Creating True Peace tells stories of Thich Nhat Hanh and his students practicing peace during wartime. These demonstrate that violence is an outmoded response we can no longer afford. The simple, but powerful daily actions and everyday interactions that Thich Nhat Hanh recommends can root out violence where it lives in our hearts and minds and help us discover the power to create peace at every level of life—personal, family, neighborhood, community, state, nation, and world. Whether dealing with extreme emotions and challenging situations or managing interpersonal and international conflicts, Thich Nhat Hanh relied on the 2,600-year-old traditional wisdom and scholarship of the Buddha, as well as other great scriptures. He teaches us to look more deeply into our thoughts and lives so that we can know what to do and what not to do to transform them into something better. With a combination of courage, sweetness, and candor, he tells us that we can make a difference; we are not helpless; we can create peace here and now. Creating True Peace shows us how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating True Peace: Ending Violence in Yourself, Your Family, Your Community, and the World Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Michael York Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Creating True Peace is both a profound work of spiritual guidance and a practical blueprint for peaceful inner change and global change. It is Thich Nhat Hanh's answer to our deep-rooted crisis of violence and our feelings of helplessness, victimization, and fear. As a world-renowned writer, scholar, spiritual leader, and Zen Buddhist monk, Thich Nhat Hanh was one of the most visible, revered activists for peace and Engaged Buddhism—the practice he created that combines mindful living and social action. Having lived through two wars in his native Vietnam, he works to prevent conflict of all kinds— from the internal violence of individual thoughts to interpersonal and international aggression. Now, in perhaps his most important work, Thich Nhat Hanh uses a beautiful blend of visionary insight, inspiring stories of peacemaking, and a combination of meditation practices and instruction to show us how to take Right Action. A book for people of all faiths, it is a magnum opus—a compendium of peace practices that can help anyone practice nonviolent thought and behavior, even in the midst of world upheaval. More than any of his previous books, Creating True Peace tells stories of Thich Nhat Hanh and his students practicing peace during wartime. These demonstrate that violence is an outmoded response we can no longer afford. The simple, but powerful daily actions and everyday interactions that Thich Nhat Hanh recommends can root out violence where it lives in our hearts and minds and help us discover the power to create peace at every level of life—personal, family, neighborhood, community, state, nation, and world. Whether dealing with extreme emotions and challenging situations or managing interpersonal and international conflicts, Thich Nhat Hanh relied on the 2,600-year-old traditional wisdom and scholarship of the Buddha, as well as other great scriptures. He teaches us to look more deeply into our thoughts and lives so that we can know what to do and what not to do to transform them into something better. With a combination of courage, sweetness, and candor, he tells us that we can make a difference; we are not helpless; we can create peace here and now. Creating True Peace shows us how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Summer Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: After almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has visited every corner of the country, sharing with us his fascinating encounters with the people he's met along the way. Now in Charles Kuralt's Summer, he douses the heat with breezy tales of our most extraordinary summer celebrations. Drawing on pieces from his years at CBS News as well as new never-before-recorded material, Kuralt recalls some of his favorite summertime adventures. From Memorial Day in Gettysburg and tubing down a Wisconsin river to stone skipping in Mackinac Island and Fourth of July rituals around America, Kuralt captures all of the joyous sounds of the season. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Summer is like a cold glass of lemonade on a lazy, hazy summer afternoon. Charles Kuralt Sun, 01 Jun 1997 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150488 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Summer Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: After almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has visited every corner of the country, sharing with us his fascinating encounters with the people he's met along the way. Now in Charles Kuralt's Summer, he douses the heat with breezy tales of our most extraordinary summer celebrations. Drawing on pieces from his years at CBS News as well as new never-before-recorded material, Kuralt recalls some of his favorite summertime adventures. From Memorial Day in Gettysburg and tubing down a Wisconsin river to stone skipping in Mackinac Island and Fourth of July rituals around America, Kuralt captures all of the joyous sounds of the season. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Summer is like a cold glass of lemonade on a lazy, hazy summer afternoon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Summer Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: After almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has visited every corner of the country, sharing with us his fascinating encounters with the people he's met along the way. Now in Charles Kuralt's Summer, he douses the heat with breezy tales of our most extraordinary summer celebrations. Drawing on pieces from his years at CBS News as well as new never-before-recorded material, Kuralt recalls some of his favorite summertime adventures. From Memorial Day in Gettysburg and tubing down a Wisconsin river to stone skipping in Mackinac Island and Fourth of July rituals around America, Kuralt captures all of the joyous sounds of the season. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Summer is like a cold glass of lemonade on a lazy, hazy summer afternoon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Spring Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Spring, he disposes with winter's chill by recounting some of the most miraculous rites of spring he has witnessed over the years. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From a garden blossoming along a Virginia roadside and the sap rising in the maple trees of Vermont to butterflies awakening and migrating along the California coast and jazz musicians chasing the winter blues away, Kuralt captures the beauty of spring in all its glory. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Spring will brighten our hearts as spring brightens our days. Charles Kuralt Sat, 01 Mar 1997 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150486 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Spring Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Spring, he disposes with winter's chill by recounting some of the most miraculous rites of spring he has witnessed over the years. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From a garden blossoming along a Virginia roadside and the sap rising in the maple trees of Vermont to butterflies awakening and migrating along the California coast and jazz musicians chasing the winter blues away, Kuralt captures the beauty of spring in all its glory. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Spring will brighten our hearts as spring brightens our days. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Spring Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1997 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Spring, he disposes with winter's chill by recounting some of the most miraculous rites of spring he has witnessed over the years. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From a garden blossoming along a Virginia roadside and the sap rising in the maple trees of Vermont to butterflies awakening and migrating along the California coast and jazz musicians chasing the winter blues away, Kuralt captures the beauty of spring in all its glory. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Spring will brighten our hearts as spring brightens our days. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Christmas Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1996 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Christmas, he retraces his most memorable Christmas sojourns to remind us of the many marvelous ways that we celebrate this special holiday. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From the simple joys of sleigh riding and a colonial Williamsburg Christmas to thre modern-day wisemen and his historic Christmas in Vietnam, he demonstrates that the miraculous effects of the Christmas season survive even under the mot trying circumstances. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Christmas will revive the holiday spirit in all of us. Charles Kuralt Fri, 01 Nov 1996 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150480 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Christmas Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1996 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Christmas, he retraces his most memorable Christmas sojourns to remind us of the many marvelous ways that we celebrate this special holiday. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From the simple joys of sleigh riding and a colonial Williamsburg Christmas to thre modern-day wisemen and his historic Christmas in Vietnam, he demonstrates that the miraculous effects of the Christmas season survive even under the mot trying circumstances. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Christmas will revive the holiday spirit in all of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charles Kuralt's Christmas Author: Charles Kuralt Narrator: Charles Kuralt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1996 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Throughout his almost four decades of life on the road, Charles Kuralt has introduced us to people and places that have warmed our hearts. Now in Charles Kuralt's Christmas, he retraces his most memorable Christmas sojourns to remind us of the many marvelous ways that we celebrate this special holiday. Combining ageless pieces from his years at CBS News with never-before-recorded material, Kuralt takes us on an unforgettable journey. From the simple joys of sleigh riding and a colonial Williamsburg Christmas to thre modern-day wisemen and his historic Christmas in Vietnam, he demonstrates that the miraculous effects of the Christmas season survive even under the mot trying circumstances. A listening treasure from one of our most beloved chroniclers, Charles Kuralt's Christmas will revive the holiday spirit in all of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problems With Philosophy Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Problems of Philosophy' discusses Bertrand Russell's views on philosophy and the problems that arise in the field. Russell's views focus on knowledge rather than the metaphysical realm of philosophy. 'The Problems with Philosophy' revolves around the central question that Russell asks in his opening line of Chapter 1 - Is there any knowledge in the world which is so certain that no reasonable man could doubt it? He examines this question by delving into the idea of reality versus appearance, as for Russell and other philosophers who share his ideas it is sensory perception of the world around them that shapes their knowledge. It is in this work that he discusses his idea of sense-data to help explain the differences between appearance and reality. 'The Problems of Philosophy' is Russell's first attempt at recording and working through a theory of epistemology, which is the theory of the nature of human knowledge. Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was an English philosopher, logician, mathematician, social critic, and historian. He is remembered as being a leader in the British revolt against idealism, as well as a founding father of the field of analytic philosophy. He was also well known for his very public anti-war and anti-imperialist stances. Bertrand Russell Fri, 12 Oct 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150240 thebookvoice.com 4:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problems With Philosophy Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Problems of Philosophy' discusses Bertrand Russell's views on philosophy and the problems that arise in the field. Russell's views focus on knowledge rather than the metaphysical realm of philosophy. 'The Problems with Philosophy' revolves around the central question that Russell asks in his opening line of Chapter 1 - Is there any knowledge in the world which is so certain that no reasonable man could doubt it? He examines this question by delving into the idea of reality versus appearance, as for Russell and other philosophers who share his ideas it is sensory perception of the world around them that shapes their knowledge. It is in this work that he discusses his idea of sense-data to help explain the differences between appearance and reality. 'The Problems of Philosophy' is Russell's first attempt at recording and working through a theory of epistemology, which is the theory of the nature of human knowledge. Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was an English philosopher, logician, mathematician, social critic, and historian. He is remembered as being a leader in the British revolt against idealism, as well as a founding father of the field of analytic philosophy. He was also well known for his very public anti-war and anti-imperialist stances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problems With Philosophy Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: The Problems of Philosophy' discusses Bertrand Russell's views on philosophy and the problems that arise in the field. Russell's views focus on knowledge rather than the metaphysical realm of philosophy. 'The Problems with Philosophy' revolves around the central question that Russell asks in his opening line of Chapter 1 - Is there any knowledge in the world which is so certain that no reasonable man could doubt it? He examines this question by delving into the idea of reality versus appearance, as for Russell and other philosophers who share his ideas it is sensory perception of the world around them that shapes their knowledge. It is in this work that he discusses his idea of sense-data to help explain the differences between appearance and reality. 'The Problems of Philosophy' is Russell's first attempt at recording and working through a theory of epistemology, which is the theory of the nature of human knowledge. Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was an English philosopher, logician, mathematician, social critic, and historian. He is remembered as being a leader in the British revolt against idealism, as well as a founding father of the field of analytic philosophy. He was also well known for his very public anti-war and anti-imperialist stances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. Aaron James Tue, 30 Oct 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Kurt Andersen, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 25, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Redefining the classic essay, this modern edition of Ralph Waldo Emerson’s most famous work, Self-Reliance, includes self-reflections from both historical and contemporary luminaries. With quotes from the likes of Henry Ford and Helen Keller to modern-day thought leaders like Jesse Dylan, Steve Pressfield, and Milton Glaser, we’re reminded of the relevance of Emerson’s powerful words today. Emerson’s words are timeless. Persuasive and convincing, he challenges readers to define their own sense of accomplishment and asks them to measure themselves against their own standards, not those of society. This famous orator has utter faith in individualism and doesn’t invoke beyond what is humanly possible, he just believes deeply that each of us is capable of greatness. He asks us to define that greatness for ourselves and to be true to ourselves. At times harsh, at times comforting, Emerson’s words guide the reader to challenge their own beliefs and sense of self. This modern edition of Self-Reliance is ideal for graduates or those who are in the midst of a career or lifestyle change. Emerson’s sage guidance wrapped in modern-day reflections is a great reminder about the potential within us all and that life is what you make of it. Ralph Waldo Emerson Wed, 25 May 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147713 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Kurt Andersen, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 25, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Redefining the classic essay, this modern edition of Ralph Waldo Emerson’s most famous work, Self-Reliance, includes self-reflections from both historical and contemporary luminaries. With quotes from the likes of Henry Ford and Helen Keller to modern-day thought leaders like Jesse Dylan, Steve Pressfield, and Milton Glaser, we’re reminded of the relevance of Emerson’s powerful words today. Emerson’s words are timeless. Persuasive and convincing, he challenges readers to define their own sense of accomplishment and asks them to measure themselves against their own standards, not those of society. This famous orator has utter faith in individualism and doesn’t invoke beyond what is humanly possible, he just believes deeply that each of us is capable of greatness. He asks us to define that greatness for ourselves and to be true to ourselves. At times harsh, at times comforting, Emerson’s words guide the reader to challenge their own beliefs and sense of self. This modern edition of Self-Reliance is ideal for graduates or those who are in the midst of a career or lifestyle change. Emerson’s sage guidance wrapped in modern-day reflections is a great reminder about the potential within us all and that life is what you make of it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reliance Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Kurt Andersen, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 25, 2011 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Redefining the classic essay, this modern edition of Ralph Waldo Emerson’s most famous work, Self-Reliance, includes self-reflections from both historical and contemporary luminaries. With quotes from the likes of Henry Ford and Helen Keller to modern-day thought leaders like Jesse Dylan, Steve Pressfield, and Milton Glaser, we’re reminded of the relevance of Emerson’s powerful words today. Emerson’s words are timeless. Persuasive and convincing, he challenges readers to define their own sense of accomplishment and asks them to measure themselves against their own standards, not those of society. This famous orator has utter faith in individualism and doesn’t invoke beyond what is humanly possible, he just believes deeply that each of us is capable of greatness. He asks us to define that greatness for ourselves and to be true to ourselves. At times harsh, at times comforting, Emerson’s words guide the reader to challenge their own beliefs and sense of self. This modern edition of Self-Reliance is ideal for graduates or those who are in the midst of a career or lifestyle change. Emerson’s sage guidance wrapped in modern-day reflections is a great reminder about the potential within us all and that life is what you make of it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consider the Lobster: And Other Essays Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Robert Petkoff, David Foster Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Do lobsters feel pain? Did Franz Kafka have a funny bone? What is John Updike's deal, anyway? And what happens when adult video starlets meet their fans in person? David Foster Wallace answers these questions and more in essays that are also enthralling narrative adventures. Whether covering the three-ring circus of John McCain's 2000 presidential race, plunging into the wars between dictionary writers, or confronting the World's Largest Lobster Cooker at the annual Maine Lobster Festival, Wallace projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his and a voice as powerful and distinct as any in American letters. David Foster Wallace Tue, 12 Sep 2017 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302289 thebookvoice.com 15:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consider the Lobster: And Other Essays Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Robert Petkoff, David Foster Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Do lobsters feel pain? Did Franz Kafka have a funny bone? What is John Updike's deal, anyway? And what happens when adult video starlets meet their fans in person? David Foster Wallace answers these questions and more in essays that are also enthralling narrative adventures. Whether covering the three-ring circus of John McCain's 2000 presidential race, plunging into the wars between dictionary writers, or confronting the World's Largest Lobster Cooker at the annual Maine Lobster Festival, Wallace projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his and a voice as powerful and distinct as any in American letters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consider the Lobster: And Other Essays Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Robert Petkoff, David Foster Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Do lobsters feel pain? Did Franz Kafka have a funny bone? What is John Updike's deal, anyway? And what happens when adult video starlets meet their fans in person? David Foster Wallace answers these questions and more in essays that are also enthralling narrative adventures. Whether covering the three-ring circus of John McCain's 2000 presidential race, plunging into the wars between dictionary writers, or confronting the World's Largest Lobster Cooker at the annual Maine Lobster Festival, Wallace projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his and a voice as powerful and distinct as any in American letters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141883 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “How can men best live together?” Twenty-three centuries after its compilation, Politics still has much to contribute to this central question of political science. Aristotle’s thorough and carefully argued analysis covers a huge range of political issues in the effort to establish which types of constitution are best, both ideally and in particular circumstances, and how they may be maintained. Like his predecessor, Plato, Aristotle believed that the ideal constitution should be in accordance with nature, and that it is needed by man, “a political animal,” to fulfill his potential. His premises and arguments form an essential background to the thinking of such philosophers as Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Jean Bodin, and Richard Hooker, and raise questions that are as relevant to modern society as they were to the ancient world. Aristotle Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141883 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “How can men best live together?” Twenty-three centuries after its compilation, Politics still has much to contribute to this central question of political science. Aristotle’s thorough and carefully argued analysis covers a huge range of political issues in the effort to establish which types of constitution are best, both ideally and in particular circumstances, and how they may be maintained. Like his predecessor, Plato, Aristotle believed that the ideal constitution should be in accordance with nature, and that it is needed by man, “a political animal,” to fulfill his potential. His premises and arguments form an essential background to the thinking of such philosophers as Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Jean Bodin, and Richard Hooker, and raise questions that are as relevant to modern society as they were to the ancient world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “How can men best live together?” Twenty-three centuries after its compilation, Politics still has much to contribute to this central question of political science. Aristotle’s thorough and carefully argued analysis covers a huge range of political issues in the effort to establish which types of constitution are best, both ideally and in particular circumstances, and how they may be maintained. Like his predecessor, Plato, Aristotle believed that the ideal constitution should be in accordance with nature, and that it is needed by man, “a political animal,” to fulfill his potential. His premises and arguments form an essential background to the thinking of such philosophers as Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Jean Bodin, and Richard Hooker, and raise questions that are as relevant to modern society as they were to the ancient world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectivism: The Philosophy of Ayn Rand Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Johanna Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This brilliantly conceived and well-organized book is based on a lecture course given by Dr. Leonard Peikoff in 1976, prepared with the help of Ayn Rand and entitled “The Philosophy of Objectivism.” Ayn Rand said of these lectures: “Until or unless I write a comprehensive treatise on my philosophy, Dr. Peikoff’s course is the only authorized presentation of the entire theoretical structure of objectivism—that is, the only one that I know to be fully accurate.” As Rand’s designated heir and foremost interpreter, Peikoff here reveals both the abstract fundamentals of objectivism and its practical applications, covering topics from certainty to money, from logic to art. With much new material that Rand offered only in private conversations with Peikoff, these clear, cogent chapters illuminate objectivism and its creator with startling clarity. Leonard Peikoff Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141712 thebookvoice.com 19:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectivism: The Philosophy of Ayn Rand Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Johanna Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This brilliantly conceived and well-organized book is based on a lecture course given by Dr. Leonard Peikoff in 1976, prepared with the help of Ayn Rand and entitled “The Philosophy of Objectivism.” Ayn Rand said of these lectures: “Until or unless I write a comprehensive treatise on my philosophy, Dr. Peikoff’s course is the only authorized presentation of the entire theoretical structure of objectivism—that is, the only one that I know to be fully accurate.” As Rand’s designated heir and foremost interpreter, Peikoff here reveals both the abstract fundamentals of objectivism and its practical applications, covering topics from certainty to money, from logic to art. With much new material that Rand offered only in private conversations with Peikoff, these clear, cogent chapters illuminate objectivism and its creator with startling clarity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectivism: The Philosophy of Ayn Rand Author: Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Johanna Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This brilliantly conceived and well-organized book is based on a lecture course given by Dr. Leonard Peikoff in 1976, prepared with the help of Ayn Rand and entitled “The Philosophy of Objectivism.” Ayn Rand said of these lectures: “Until or unless I write a comprehensive treatise on my philosophy, Dr. Peikoff’s course is the only authorized presentation of the entire theoretical structure of objectivism—that is, the only one that I know to be fully accurate.” As Rand’s designated heir and foremost interpreter, Peikoff here reveals both the abstract fundamentals of objectivism and its practical applications, covering topics from certainty to money, from logic to art. With much new material that Rand offered only in private conversations with Peikoff, these clear, cogent chapters illuminate objectivism and its creator with startling clarity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. Steven Pinker Tue, 04 Oct 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567 thebookvoice.com 37:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Here is the world's most famous master plan for seizing and holding power. Astonishing in its candor, The Prince is a disturbingly realistic and prophetic work on what it takes to be a prince, a king, a president. When, in 1512, Machiavelli was removed from his post in his beloved Florence, he resolved to set down a treatise on leadership that was practical, not idealistic. The prince he envisioned would be unencumbered by ordinary ethical and moral values. Through the years, The Prince has been misunderstood to the extent that Machiavelli's name has become synonymous with unscrupulous political behavior. However, it remains essential reading as the ultimate book on power politics. In it Machiavelli analyzes the usually violent means by which men seize, retain, and lose political power. The Prince provides a remarkably uncompromising picture of the true nature of power, no matter who controls it or in what era.Included are selections from Machiavelli's Discourses upon the First Ten Books of Titus Livy. Niccolo Machiavelli Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138924 thebookvoice.com 4:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Here is the world's most famous master plan for seizing and holding power. Astonishing in its candor, The Prince is a disturbingly realistic and prophetic work on what it takes to be a prince, a king, a president. When, in 1512, Machiavelli was removed from his post in his beloved Florence, he resolved to set down a treatise on leadership that was practical, not idealistic. The prince he envisioned would be unencumbered by ordinary ethical and moral values. Through the years, The Prince has been misunderstood to the extent that Machiavelli's name has become synonymous with unscrupulous political behavior. However, it remains essential reading as the ultimate book on power politics. In it Machiavelli analyzes the usually violent means by which men seize, retain, and lose political power. The Prince provides a remarkably uncompromising picture of the true nature of power, no matter who controls it or in what era.Included are selections from Machiavelli's Discourses upon the First Ten Books of Titus Livy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Here is the world's most famous master plan for seizing and holding power. Astonishing in its candor, The Prince is a disturbingly realistic and prophetic work on what it takes to be a prince, a king, a president. When, in 1512, Machiavelli was removed from his post in his beloved Florence, he resolved to set down a treatise on leadership that was practical, not idealistic. The prince he envisioned would be unencumbered by ordinary ethical and moral values. Through the years, The Prince has been misunderstood to the extent that Machiavelli's name has become synonymous with unscrupulous political behavior. However, it remains essential reading as the ultimate book on power politics. In it Machiavelli analyzes the usually violent means by which men seize, retain, and lose political power. The Prince provides a remarkably uncompromising picture of the true nature of power, no matter who controls it or in what era.Included are selections from Machiavelli's Discourses upon the First Ten Books of Titus Livy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicomachean Ethics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Named for Aristotle's son, Nicomachus, who was the first to edit this work, The Nicomachean Ethics plays a prominent role in defining Aristotelian ethics. In the ten books of this work, Aristotle explains the good life for man: the life of happiness. For Aristotle, happiness exists when the soul is in accordance with virtue. Virtue exists in a deliberate choice of actions that take a middle course between excess and deficiency; this is the famous doctrine of the 'golden mean.' Courage, for example, is the mean between cowardice and rashness. Justice is the mean between a man's getting more or less than his due. The supreme happiness, according to Aristotle, is to be found in a life of philosophical contemplation or, at least, in a virtuous life of political activity and public munificence. A student of Plato and a teacher of Alexander the Great, Aristotle is one of the towering figures in Western thought. Aristotle Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137917 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicomachean Ethics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Named for Aristotle's son, Nicomachus, who was the first to edit this work, The Nicomachean Ethics plays a prominent role in defining Aristotelian ethics. In the ten books of this work, Aristotle explains the good life for man: the life of happiness. For Aristotle, happiness exists when the soul is in accordance with virtue. Virtue exists in a deliberate choice of actions that take a middle course between excess and deficiency; this is the famous doctrine of the 'golden mean.' Courage, for example, is the mean between cowardice and rashness. Justice is the mean between a man's getting more or less than his due. The supreme happiness, according to Aristotle, is to be found in a life of philosophical contemplation or, at least, in a virtuous life of political activity and public munificence. A student of Plato and a teacher of Alexander the Great, Aristotle is one of the towering figures in Western thought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicomachean Ethics Author: Aristotle Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Named for Aristotle's son, Nicomachus, who was the first to edit this work, The Nicomachean Ethics plays a prominent role in defining Aristotelian ethics. In the ten books of this work, Aristotle explains the good life for man: the life of happiness. For Aristotle, happiness exists when the soul is in accordance with virtue. Virtue exists in a deliberate choice of actions that take a middle course between excess and deficiency; this is the famous doctrine of the 'golden mean.' Courage, for example, is the mean between cowardice and rashness. Justice is the mean between a man's getting more or less than his due. The supreme happiness, according to Aristotle, is to be found in a life of philosophical contemplation or, at least, in a virtuous life of political activity and public munificence. A student of Plato and a teacher of Alexander the Great, Aristotle is one of the towering figures in Western thought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Pain Author: C.S. Lewis Narrator: James Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Why Must We Suffer? “If God is good and all-powerful, why does he allow his creatures to suffer pain?” And what about the suffering of animals, who neither deserve pain nor can be improved by it? The greatest Christian thinker of our time sets out to disentangle these knotty issues. With his signature wealth of compassion and insight, C.S. Lewis offers answers to these crucial questions and shares his hope and wisdom to help heal a world hungering for a true understanding of human nature. C.S. Lewis Tue, 21 Aug 2012 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137651 thebookvoice.com 3:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Pain Author: C.S. Lewis Narrator: James Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Why Must We Suffer? “If God is good and all-powerful, why does he allow his creatures to suffer pain?” And what about the suffering of animals, who neither deserve pain nor can be improved by it? The greatest Christian thinker of our time sets out to disentangle these knotty issues. With his signature wealth of compassion and insight, C.S. Lewis offers answers to these crucial questions and shares his hope and wisdom to help heal a world hungering for a true understanding of human nature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Pain Author: C.S. Lewis Narrator: James Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Why Must We Suffer? “If God is good and all-powerful, why does he allow his creatures to suffer pain?” And what about the suffering of animals, who neither deserve pain nor can be improved by it? The greatest Christian thinker of our time sets out to disentangle these knotty issues. With his signature wealth of compassion and insight, C.S. Lewis offers answers to these crucial questions and shares his hope and wisdom to help heal a world hungering for a true understanding of human nature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glance Author: Jalaluddin Rumi, Coleman Barks Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an intriguing and deeply personal introduction to the exquisitely packaged The Glance, Coleman Barks interprets this love that transcends time, gender, sex, and age. This program features 12 sensational poems enhanced with music to intensify the mystical Rumi experience. Jalaluddin Rumi, Coleman Barks Fri, 28 Sep 2001 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135235 thebookvoice.com 0:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glance Author: Jalaluddin Rumi, Coleman Barks Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an intriguing and deeply personal introduction to the exquisitely packaged The Glance, Coleman Barks interprets this love that transcends time, gender, sex, and age. This program features 12 sensational poems enhanced with music to intensify the mystical Rumi experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glance Author: Jalaluddin Rumi, Coleman Barks Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: In an intriguing and deeply personal introduction to the exquisitely packaged The Glance, Coleman Barks interprets this love that transcends time, gender, sex, and age. This program features 12 sensational poems enhanced with music to intensify the mystical Rumi experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like This Author: Coleman Barks, Jalaluddin Rumi Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through rendering of Rumi's poems and stories, Coleman Barks has established himself as perhaps the leading voice for Rumi's work. HIs warm and sensitive reading combines with the world-renowned musicianship of Hamza El Din and Steve Coughlin to create an enthralling listening experience. Coleman Barks, Jalaluddin Rumi Tue, 30 Mar 2010 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135234 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like This Author: Coleman Barks, Jalaluddin Rumi Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through rendering of Rumi's poems and stories, Coleman Barks has established himself as perhaps the leading voice for Rumi's work. HIs warm and sensitive reading combines with the world-renowned musicianship of Hamza El Din and Steve Coughlin to create an enthralling listening experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like This Author: Coleman Barks, Jalaluddin Rumi Narrator: Coleman Barks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Through rendering of Rumi's poems and stories, Coleman Barks has established himself as perhaps the leading voice for Rumi's work. HIs warm and sensitive reading combines with the world-renowned musicianship of Hamza El Din and Steve Coughlin to create an enthralling listening experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confucius - In a Nutshell Author: Neil Wenborn Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 19 minutes Release date: September 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Confucius stands alone among the world's great thinkers. Perhaps no other teacher has exerted so powerful a hold over so many people for so long. For two and a half millennia his sayings, preserved and developed by generations of his followers, have shaped the cultural and political life of the world's most populous nation, and they continue to offer fresh insights for today's globalised society. This audiobook sets Confucius's life and teachings in the context of the long history of China, and examines the origins, meanings and influence of one of history's most enduring philosophical traditions. Neil Wenborn Sat, 10 Sep 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129792 thebookvoice.com 1:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confucius - In a Nutshell Author: Neil Wenborn Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 19 minutes Release date: September 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Confucius stands alone among the world's great thinkers. Perhaps no other teacher has exerted so powerful a hold over so many people for so long. For two and a half millennia his sayings, preserved and developed by generations of his followers, have shaped the cultural and political life of the world's most populous nation, and they continue to offer fresh insights for today's globalised society. This audiobook sets Confucius's life and teachings in the context of the long history of China, and examines the origins, meanings and influence of one of history's most enduring philosophical traditions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confucius - In a Nutshell Author: Neil Wenborn Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 19 minutes Release date: September 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: Confucius stands alone among the world's great thinkers. Perhaps no other teacher has exerted so powerful a hold over so many people for so long. For two and a half millennia his sayings, preserved and developed by generations of his followers, have shaped the cultural and political life of the world's most populous nation, and they continue to offer fresh insights for today's globalised society. This audiobook sets Confucius's life and teachings in the context of the long history of China, and examines the origins, meanings and influence of one of history's most enduring philosophical traditions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/126026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/126026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: Jinananda, Nicolas Soames Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of the most significant books ever written by a head of State, the Meditations are a collection of philosophical thoughts by the Emperor Marcus Aurelius (121-180 ce). Covering issues such as duty, forgiveness, brotherhood, strength in adversity and the best way to approach life and death, the Meditations have inspired thinkers, poets and politicians since their first publication more than 500 years ago. Today, the book stands as one of the great guides and companions - a cornerstone of Western thought. Marcus Aurelius Tue, 10 May 2011 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/126026 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/126026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: Jinananda, Nicolas Soames Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of the most significant books ever written by a head of State, the Meditations are a collection of philosophical thoughts by the Emperor Marcus Aurelius (121-180 ce). Covering issues such as duty, forgiveness, brotherhood, strength in adversity and the best way to approach life and death, the Meditations have inspired thinkers, poets and politicians since their first publication more than 500 years ago. Today, the book stands as one of the great guides and companions - a cornerstone of Western thought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/126026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditations Author: Marcus Aurelius Narrator: Jinananda, Nicolas Soames Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: One of the most significant books ever written by a head of State, the Meditations are a collection of philosophical thoughts by the Emperor Marcus Aurelius (121-180 ce). Covering issues such as duty, forgiveness, brotherhood, strength in adversity and the best way to approach life and death, the Meditations have inspired thinkers, poets and politicians since their first publication more than 500 years ago. Today, the book stands as one of the great guides and companions - a cornerstone of Western thought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autobiographical Reflections Author: Eric Voegelin Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is an ideal introduction to the ideas of Eric Voegelin, a man whom many regard as the greatest thinker of our time. Here we encounter the stages in the development of his unique philosophy of consciousness; his key intellectual breakthroughs; his theory of history; and his diagnosis of the political ills of the modern age. The book also provides a veritable catalog of the thinkers who formed the intellectual foundation of the twentieth century. Voegelin’s personal recollections of these men provide fresh insight into their thought as well, as he discusses their contributions to his own philosophical development and to the consciousness of the age. In the course of these reminiscences emerges a portrait of a man of wit, courage, affability, and principle. Eric Voegelin Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:28:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124210 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autobiographical Reflections Author: Eric Voegelin Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is an ideal introduction to the ideas of Eric Voegelin, a man whom many regard as the greatest thinker of our time. Here we encounter the stages in the development of his unique philosophy of consciousness; his key intellectual breakthroughs; his theory of history; and his diagnosis of the political ills of the modern age. The book also provides a veritable catalog of the thinkers who formed the intellectual foundation of the twentieth century. Voegelin’s personal recollections of these men provide fresh insight into their thought as well, as he discusses their contributions to his own philosophical development and to the consciousness of the age. In the course of these reminiscences emerges a portrait of a man of wit, courage, affability, and principle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autobiographical Reflections Author: Eric Voegelin Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Lessons in Philosophy Publisher's Summary: This is an ideal introduction to the ideas of Eric Voegelin, a man whom many regard as the greatest thinker of our time. Here we encounter the stages in the development of his unique philosophy of consciousness; his key intellectual breakthroughs; his theory of history; and his diagnosis of the political ills of the modern age. The book also provides a veritable catalog of the thinkers who formed the intellectual foundation of the twentieth century. Voegelin’s personal recollections of these men provide fresh insight into their thought as well, as he discusses their contributions to his own philosophical development and to the consciousness of the age. In the course of these reminiscences emerges a portrait of a man of wit, courage, affability, and principle.